BUSH 

hob NmiH HB 

B 

hubb 

Bra 

H i 

mm 

With ?^>>Wvi;"'U!:<- W 




■■Mil 



■I 






■ 6* 





























J* /<§§§«». ^ . <■" />^% - .. ..<* 



0' .' 










k :£te \./ .•$&•; %/ .•»•, \<s 



J ^ 







$ 
% 







X ' 







,*•• 












.4* /km*:, v. ,<-° 



* % *ti%a 




: ; : ! i i ." ■ 



THE AMERICAN SYSTEM OF EDUCATION. 



/ . A 

HAND-BOOK 

it 

OF 

ENGLISH ORTHOGRAPHY, 

EMBRACING THE CHOICE 

GOTHIC, CELTIC, FRENCH, LATIN, AND GREEK WORDS 

OF THE 

ENGLISH LANGUAGE, 

ON THE 

Basts of tijc 3B!<rrttr=35oofc of £titglo=<Saroii ©rtfjograpfjM. 

IN THREE PARTS. 



FIRST FAHT.-TUE MATERIALS OF THE ORTHOGRAPHY. 

SECOND PAST.— STUDIES IN THE ORTHOGRAPHY. 

THIRD PXKTl-ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 



"Whereas our tongue is mixed, it is no disgrace." — Camden, 
We received from the Normans the first germs ot* Romantic poetry." — Campbell. 



21 CiUrarg Association. 



NEW-YORK : 

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY JOHN A.GRAY 

97 CLIFF STREET. 

1853. 








T^ntered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1852, 

13fl lamcis Scott arrti Sofjn IL. (tfjapman, 

FOR A LITUR4R7 ASSOCIATION, 

la the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the United States for the Southern iJUtrtci 
of New- York. 



DR. WISDOM 



GOTHIC, CELTIC, FRENCH, AND CLASSIC ELEMENTS OF 
THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE. 



The address of Dr. "Wisdom on the Anglo-Saxon part of the English 
language produced no ordinary sensation in the country. It brought rich 
mines of thought to view. Teachers and trustees vied with each other in 
carrying out the plans which the Doctor suggested in it. The ministers of 
the gospel aided the common enthusiasm on the subject, and gave themselves 
to investigation and effort. The feeling, every where manifested, was some- 
what like that which a man feels when he visits, after a long travel in foreign 
parts, his native country and paternal home. So Professor Cadmus informs 
the Association. 

After the feeling had somewhat subsided, there was a common desire to 
hear Dr. Wisdom on the other elements of the English language. Let us 
see, said they, how they were engrafted on the Anglo-Saxon. Let us see the 
English language in the origin, engrafting, resemblance, and growth of its 
several parts. These feelings were soon gratified. The Doctor cheerfully 
acceded to their wishes, and addressed them on the Gothic, Celtic, French, 
and Classic elements of our language. 

OUTLINE OF THE ADDRESS. 

Gentlemen, said Dr. "Wisdom, I am happy to meet you here this evening. 
You have honored me almost too much by the respect paid to my views 
and suggestions. Rather let me say, you have honored both me and your- 
selves in honoring the Anglo-Saxon part of our language — our mother- 
tongue. 

Gentlemen, allow me to refresh your minds by a reference to my last 
address. The topic must ever be dear to those who speak the English 



IV GOTHIC, CELTIC, FKENCH, AND CLASSIC 

language. You agreed with rue in that address that the ANGLO-SAXON 
is the basis of our language — the stock on "which the other elements that 
compose it have been engrafted. These elements, you wish to know. You 
desire a knowledge of their engrafture. 

The desire, gentlemen, is alike natural and honorable. You would not 
willingly be ignorant of the rich armory of English speech? -You would 
not be coldly indifferent to the sources from which you have received such 
rich and varied instruments of thought ? You wish to become acquainted 
with the contributions which have ennobled the English language and made 
it the glory of the earth. 

I would not, gentlemen, unduly elevate our native speech. And yet, I 
must praise it. Like the American nation, it gathers to itself the elements 
of power from the four quarters of the globe. It is the asylum of free 
thought and song. Its various elements are points of union between it and 
all other languages, and hold out a fresh promise of readily Anglicizing the 
mind of the world. 

But your wish, gentlemen. I return to it. And yet, I can only gratify it 
in part. This address is designedly too general and popular in its character 
to meet fully your wishes. It will serve, perhaps, as a finger-post on the 
cross-ways of thought, and thus fulfil its mission. 

I mention the GOTHIC element first. Next to the Anglo-Saxon, it claims 
our earliest attention. It embraces words from the German, Danish, Swedish, 
and Norwegian languages. As early as A. D. *787, the people speaking 
these languages began to make inroads upon England. Conquest brought 
them to the shores of Albion. War first engrafted their speech upon the 
Anglo-Saxon stock. Now, gentlemen, it is to be remembered that all these 
tongues are sisters to the Saxon speech. There was a time when this 
speech was understood in Central and Northern Europe. But time, culture, 
climate, new scenes and pursuits, have altered their features. The ancient 
Goths occupied the island of Gothland and the shores of the Baltic. They 
lived in contact with our Anglo-Saxon forefathers. They formed the second 
migration from Asia into Europe about thirteen hundred years before the 
Christian era. The words from this source relate chiefly to war, common 
life, and sensible things. 

The Celtic element of our language is small, and was received from the 
Celts — tribes that formed the first migration from Asia into Europe. This 
occurred about fifteen hundred years before the Christian era. They settled 
in Spain, Gaul, and Great Britain, but were doomed to yield in every place 
to the Gothic tribes. They live still in their descendants in France, Wales, 
Scotland, and Ireland. The words from this source are few in number. 



ELEMENTS OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE. V 

Some of them have been retained from the ancient Celtic language; others 
have come to us through the Latin. Some are common to the Celtic and 
Gothic tongues ; others still are of late introduction, and have been received 
from the Welsh and the Gaelic of Scotland and Ireland. They refer chiefly 
to common life, religion, and rude art. 

The French element of our language is quite respectable. It was intro- 
duced at the Norman Conquest, A. D. 1066, at which period, it became at 
once the language of courts," colleges, and official life. It was spoken in 
England till the time of Edward the Third, A. D. 1327. From that time 
Anglo-Saxon dates its supremacy. But it retained many French words ; and 
since then, has received many more through the agency of commerce, manu- 
factures, and the arts. They refer mainly to law, taste, and fashion. 

The Classic element of the English language, embracing words from the 
Latin and Greek, is of great importance. A few words from this source 
were received in connection with the conquest of Britain by Caesar, 55 B. C. 
During the Christian Anglo-Saxon monarchs, many words were introduced. 
These referred to the affairs of the Church. A great accession took place at 
the revival of learning, or about the time of Henry the Eighth. Since this 
period, the learned have swelled the number to thousands. The work is 
still progressing. Classic words seem to have a charm for educated mind. 
Looking over the words from this source, we find that they refer to religion, 
law, arts, and sciences. 

These are the main elements of our language. Gentlemen, would you ask 
why we should study them ? Why ? Oh, it is pleasant to know our ancestry 1 
It must be agreeable to be made acquainted with exotic words as well as 
exotic plants ! Such knowledge is valuable. It is history and philosophy. 
Words are records, and form the true history of a people — their autobiography. 
Words are philosophy. Inquiring into their origin, uses, and changes, we see 
the visible workings of the soul : we trace the progress of a people in 
knowledge, manners, and the duties of life. More than this : studying them 
in groups under the leading divisions of thought, we have an opportunity 
of seeing the character and civilization of the Anglo-Saxon, Gothic, Celtic, 
French, and Classic nations. "Language is not made, but grows." "The 
heart of a people is iis mother-tongue." 

Let me conclude this address, gentlemen, in the words of the emi- 
nent Grimm. Speaking of the English language, he says: "It possesses, 
through its abundance of free medial tones, which may be learned indeed, 
hut which no rules can teach, the power of expression such as never per- 
haps was attained by any human tongue. Its altogether intellectual and 
singularly happy foundation and development has arisen from a surprising 



VI ELEMENTS OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE. 

alliance between the two noblest languages of antiquity, the German and 
Romanesque — the relation of which to each other is well known to be such, 
that the former supplies the material foundation, the latter the abstract 
notions. Yes, truly, the English language may with good reason call itself 
a universal language, and seems chosen, like the people, to rule in future 
times in a still greater degree in all the corners of the earth. In richness, 
sound reason, and flexibility, no modern tongue can be compared with it, 
not even the German, which must shake off many a weakness before it can 
enter the lists with the English." 



THE LITERARY ASSOCIATION TO THE READER. 



The Literary Association, relying on the Address of Dr. "Wisdom, was 
about to commit the third Hand-Book of English Orthography to the care 
of the public, without a word of introduction, when it occurred to them 
that some questions would arise in the mind of the reader, which should be 
anticipated. ^ 

The Plan of the Work. The plan of the work is, in the main, that of the 
other Hand-Books. The work is divided into three parts : the first embraces 
the materials of the words of Gothic, Celtic, French, Latin and Greek 
origin ; the second, their application in the formation and use of such words ; 
and the third, their etymology, so far as to trace the engrafted elements 
to the Latin and Greek, and thence to their origin in nature. The same 
topics are presented, but handled more fully. In pursuing this course, the 
Association was influenced by the importance of a judicious repetition, and 
the advanced state of the pupil, which demanded a more thorough treat- 
ment of the whole subject. 

The Variations from the second Hand-Booh. In some cases, the Association 
has seen fit to vary the general plan. There is more system introduced. 
The terminations, suffixes and prefixes, from the various languages, are pre- 
sented together, and, as far as possible, arranged in classes. This last feature 
is one of much interest, and will render the study of the materials of 
orthography more agreeable and prosperous. The law of mind, by which 
the child picks up nouns first, then adjectives, and afterwards verbs, is given 
in full. According to ' this plan, three exercises will complete each study, 
and furnish the child with the most desirable words in the language on each 
topic of thought, and in the order in which they enter into the structure of 
sentences. 

The Claims of the Work ? This third Hand-Book has some original and 
substantial claims. They are presented in the following particulars : 

1. The child is naturally introduced to the study of English Orthography, 
In this introduction, he is led to see its relations, and extent, The field is 
surveyed and bounded. 



Vlll THE LITEEAKY ASSOCIATION TO THE EEAUER. 

2. The mixed character of English Orthography is noticed and explained. 
The words of Gothic, Celtic, French, Latin and Greek origin, although na- 
turalized, retain much of their national form and structure. See p. 17. 

3. The engrafted elements of the English language, consisting of the dif- 
ferent national groups of words just mentioned, are carefully estimated. 
Their history is given. See p. 18, etc. 

4. The elements of orthography are pointed out and defined. Such are 
the sounds and letters of the English language ; syllables, accent and quan- 
tity. See pp. 33, 39, etc. 

5. The subject of etymology is presented fully. The attention of the 
reader is called to its two forms : the historic and philosophic. They are 
illustrated. In addition to these, great care has been bestowed on the 
subject of English etymology. Simple guides are furnished, and the nature 
of the inquiry clearly stated. This is a point of interest. See p. 44, etc. 

6. The subject of double letters has been examined. The doubling forms 
no part of the spelling of such words as robber, batter, mapping. It is an 
organic necessity. See p. 92. 

7. The terminations are separated from suffixes proper. Their office is to 
express the relations of words. See p. 52. 

8. The suffixes have been investigated anew. Their national origin is in- 
dicated. They are grouped under the things for which they stand. Their 
form is made more simple, and their number greatly reduced, by distin- 
guishing between the true suffixes and the letters that connect them with 
the radical words. See p. 56. 

9. The prefixes have been reduced to system. They are classified, and 
all referred to motion and rest in place and time. This feature is full of in- 
terest. See p. 73. 

10. The relations of suffixes and prefixes to the radical word and to each 
other are noticed. Radical words are the seeds of language. The prefixes 
represent their relations in place, and tim.e, and the suffixes furnish a history 
of their growth. See pp. 72, 87. 

These are the prominent features of the First Part. The Second Part has 
some additional claims to attention. They are presented in the following 
particulars : 

1. Some seven thousand words, from the various sources from which our 
language has enriched itself, are arranged under the various topics of 
thought — a ready and rich vocabulary foi each subject. 

2. These words are defined. As far as practicable, the primary meaning 
is given, and then the secondary. 

3. They are arranged in families. The radical word is given in full, and 



THE LITERARY ASSOCIATION TO THE READER. ix 

in connection with it, the suffixes and prefixes by which the child constructs 
the derivatives for himself. 

4. They are divided into three great groups — nouns, adjectives and verbs. 
In this division they are presented in connection with each topic, and in 
accordance with the laws of the mind. The three necessary parts of a sen- 
tence are furnished. 

5. They are arranged under the names of the nations irom which they 
have, been received. By this arrangement, we are able to see at every step 
where the old Saxon was rich and where it was poor. It forms a sort of 
history. 

6. They are also disposed under the things to which they relate. The 
child, by this disposition, not only acquires a ready and fine assemblage of 
words for every topic of thought, but also an excellent method of thinking — 
he passes methodically through the domain of language and nature. 

The Third Part presents the study of English words in a new and natural 
light. They are referred to their origin in nature. This is their philo- 
sophic etymology. The organ of speech gives forth the word. But on 
examination, it has been found that this organ is acted upon by the other 
organs of the body, by things without us and the soul within us. All 
these aid the organ of speech in shaping voice into words. This discovery has 
led the Association to group the radical words of our language under the 
bodily organs and things in nature that gave rise to them. By this arrange- 
ment, the pupil finds the study of etymology to be the study of the actions of 
his own bodily organs. In the beginning of the Third Part this is explained. 
See p. 300, etc. 

The Words in the Collection. The words in the third Hand-Book amount 
to over seven thousand. In selecting them, the Association was guided by 
the wants of the mind, and the requisites of good taste. Technical terms 
are sparingly introduced. These will be best learned in connection with 
the arts and sciences to which they belong. Long abstract terms have been 
commonly excluded, Economy, as well as good taste, led the Association to 
overlook them, and select words more portable and effective. 

The National Origin of the Words. The words, in the collection, are referred 
to their national origin. In making this reference, the Association experi- 
enced at first no ordinary difficulties. The word, it was evident, could be 
traced back to the Greek, perhaps to the Sanskrit. Where should we stop? 
At that language from which we directly received it. But how was this point 
\o be determined } By two principles— the form of the word, and the his- 
tory of the word. Father, for instance, could not be received directly from 
the French or Latin, because its form has not the closest resemblance to the 

1* 



X THE LITERARY ASSOCIATION TO THE READER. 

French pere or the Latin pater. Language, on the other hand, is referred 
at once to the French, and not to the Latin, because its form is agreeable 
with the French langage. 

The Mode of Study ? The mode of study is the same as that pointed out 
in the Hand-Book of Anglo-Saxon Orthography. The Instructions may be 
recited in oral or written analyses : the Studies may be recited in oral or 
written exercises, in which the child shall fill up all the blanks, pronounce, 
define and use each word in the exercise. A model and complete exercise is 
furnished for the guidance of the child. See p. 111. 

Wherever it is practicable, the primary meaning should be given ; as, 
insult, to leap upon. This being done, the child is prepared to understand 
the secondary meaning ; as, insult, to strike against, to hurt by act or word. 
In furnishing the primary meaning of words, the Literary Association have 
avoided all display of Latin and Greek roots, in the Second Part, feeling 
that at this stage they would only perplex the mere English pupil, while 
they could be of little use to the Latin and Greek scholar. 

The Difficulties of the System and Plan of Study? The difficulties attending 
the introduction of the Hand-Book into any school must be imaginary. The 
system is practicable any where : the plan is an economy of time. The 
writing of the exercises on slates, or in blank books, engages the attention, 
and forbids an afflictive ennui. It secures a correct orthography. The recita- 
tion is full of interest. It is at once an exercise in reading, pronunciation and 
composition. Interest waits upon it. As one child after another is called 
up and reads a part of the exercise, the instances of the use of the words 
keep up a lively attention to the end. The progress is rapid. 

The Results of the third Hand-Book ? The results of the third Hand- 
Book must be desirable. Studied according to the plan laid down, the child 
will have a fine knowledge of the engrafted elements of our language, and 
a pleasing method of thinking. "Words, and what they stand for, will be 
intimately united, and all that pertains to their orthography, will be under- 
stood. The materials of sentences, nouns, adjectives and verbs, will be at 
hand, duly disposed under the leading topics of thought. 

Combining these results, with those arising from the study of the Hand- 
Book of Anglo-Saxon Orthography, the child will be well furnished with 
the materials of a rich and ready language. More than twelve thousand 
elite words will be subject to his will. And yet, the study of words is 
not complete. A Hand-Book of Synonymes, based on the same principles, 
and embracing a critical view of the orthography and history of words, re- 
mains to be taken up, and then the verbal study of our native language 
will be sufficiently thorough for almost any department of life. 



TABLE OF CONTENTS 



jftrst $art. 

Instruction I. — Orthography. 

Inst. II. — Varieties op Orthography. 

Inst. III. — English Orthography. 

Inst. IV. — History of English Orthography. 

Inst. V. — Language. 

Inst. VI. — Variety of Languages. 

Inst. VII. — The English Language. 

Inst. VIII. — Origin of the English Language. 

Inst. IX. — The Elements of the English Language. 

Inst. X. — The Anglo-Saxon Element. 

Inst. XL — The Gothic Element. 

I.vsr. XII. — The Celtic Element. 

Inst. XIII. — The French Element. 

Inst. XIV. — The Classic Element, 

Inst. XV.— English Words. 

Inst. XVI. — Words are the beginning of Language. 

Inst. XVII, — The Knowledge of Words. 

Inst. XVIII. — The Sounds and Letters of the English Language. 

Inst. XIX.— The History of the English Alphabet. 

Inst. XX.— Classification of the Alphabet. 

Inst. XXL — How the Forty Sounds are represented by Twenty-six Letters. 

Inst. XXII. — Permutation and Transition of Letters. 

Lnst. XXIII. — Syllables. 






Xll TABLE OF CONTENTS. 

Inst. XXIV. — Quantity. 
Inst. XXV. — Accent. 

Inst. XXVI. — Orthoepy and Orthography. 
Inst. XXVII. — Etymology. 
Inst. XXVIII. — Two Kinds of Etymology. 
Inst. XXIX. — Guides to English Orthography. 
Inst. XXX. — Composition and Derivation of "Words. 
Inst. XXXI. — Terminations. 
Inst. XXXII. — Terminations that mark Number. 
Inst. XXXIII. — Terminations that mark Gender. 
Inst. XXXIV.— Suffixes. 

Inst. XXXV. to XLVII. — Suffixes that denote what is Little or Minute. 

the Agent or Doer, 
the Act. 

the Act of Making, 
the Thing which is made. 
may or can be. 
made of. 
pertaining to. 
the Quality, 
the State or Condition, 
abounding in. 
the Place where, 
like. 
Inst. XLVIII. — Compound Suffixes. 

Inst. XLIX. — Suffixes that have more than one Meaning. 
Inst. L. — Relation of Suffixes to Radical Words. 
Inst. LI. — Prefixes. 

Inst. LII. to LXII. — Prefixes that denote Rest and Motion 
in Time and Place. 

within or between Objects in Time and Place. 
from a Place or Point of Time. 
out of A Place or Point of Time. 
without or beyond a Place or Point of Time. 
before or after some Place or Point of Time. 
above or below some Place or Point of Time. 
about a Place or Point of Time. 
against, in Place or Time. 
through a Place and Point of Time. 
forward and backward, in Place and Time. 
Inst. LXIII. — Prefixes that denote apart or separation in Time and Place. 



TABLE OF CONTENTS. Xlll 

Inst. LXIY. to LXVIT. — Prefixes that denote together, in Time and Place. 

to or upon, in Time and Place. 

destitution of, in Time and Place. 

well or ill, in Time and Place. 
Inst. LXVIII. — The Relation of Prefixes to Radical Words. 
Inst. LXIX. — English Orthoepy and Orthography. 
Inst. LXX — Different Sounds of the Same Letter. 
Inst. LXXI. — Medial Sounds, or Vocal Synonymes. 
Inst. LXXII. — The Doubling of Letters. 
Inst. LXXIII. — Silent Letters. 
Inst. LXXIV. — Accent and Orthoepy. 
Inst. LXXV. — Quantity and Orthoepy. 
Inst. LXXVI. — Spelling. 
Inst. LXXVII. — Articulation. 
Inst. LXXVI1I. — Enunciation. 
Inst. LXXIX. — Pronunciation. 
Inst. LXXX. — A Survey of the Materials. 
Inst. LXXXI. — The Collected Materials of the Hand-Book. 

Chapter I. — The Studies Explained. 

Chap. II. — The Scope of these Studies. 

Chap. III. — The Use of such Studies. 

Chap. IV. — The Plan of Study Laid Down. 

Chap. V. — The Model Laid Down. 

Chap. VI. — The Course of Studies. 

Chap. VII. — The Plan of Study Applied. 

Chap. VIIL— The Study. 

Chap. IX. — The Recitation. 

Chap. X. — Home. 

Chap. XI.— Man. 

Chap. XII. — The Pursuits of Man. 

Chap. XIII. — Nature. 

Chap. XIV. — Necessary Things. 

Chap. XV— God. 

Chap. XVI. — Knowledge. 

£i)trir $art. 

Chapter I. — English Etymology. 

Studies : Etymology — The Subject of Etymology — The Out- 



xiv TABLE OF CONTENTS. 

line of Etymology — Words grouped according to their Ety- 
mology. 
Chap. II. — Studies in Etymology. 

Studies : The Studies— A Prepared Study. 

Chap. III. — Home. 

Studies : House— Groups of Houses— Furniture— The Family 
—Masters and Servants— Food— Clothing. 

Chap. IV.— Man. 

Studies: Man— The Body— The Head— The Chest— The Hands 
— The Feet — The Organ of Speech — Muscular Action — The 
Senses— The Soul, 

Chap. V. — Society. 

Studies : Society— The Nation— The Church. 

Chap. VI. — Business. 

Studies : Cultivators of *the Soil — Fishing and Hunting — 
Workers in Wood and Metals — Manufacturers — Distribu- 
tors — Protectors-— Teachers— -Artists — Lawyers — Doctors 
— Amusements. 

Chap. VII. — Nature. 

Studies : Minerals — Plants — Animals — Earth — Heavens — 
Nature. 

Chap. VHI— Place and Time. 

Studies: Place— Time. 

Chap. IX.— Form and Quantity. 

Studies : Form— Quantity— Length and Measure. 

Chap. X. — God. 

Studies : God— Last Things. 
Chap. XL — The Retrospect. 



FIRST PART. 



THE MATERIALS OF THE ORTHOGRAPHY. 



HAND-BOOK OF ORTHOGRAPHY 



EMBRACING THE 



GOTHIC, CELTIC, FRENCH, AND CLASSIC WORDS OP THE ENGLISH 

LANGUAGE, 



BASIS OF THE ANGLO-SAXON 



INSTRUCTION I. 

ORTHOGRAPHY. 

Orthogkaphy, as the name imports, treats of the correct 
writing of words. Its aim is to make articulate sounds visi- 
ble, and teach by letters what is taught by sounds. The 
eye is made to accord with the ear, and convey the same 
information to the soul. 

Orthography, as such, is an important branch of know- 
ledge. It was brought into notice with written language. 
While language was only spoken, there was no need of it. 
The child caught the word by ear, as he caught a strain of 
music, and repeated it in happy imitation. But as soon as 
man attempted to make speech visible by the use of certain 
marks called letters, orthography arose, and has ever since 
been a part of the study of written language. Before that 



16 OETHOGEAPHY. 

period, it had a kind of existence in pictures and symbols. 
As these were the forerunners of our present letters, so were 
picture and symbol- writing the forerunners of our present 
orthography. 

INSTRUCTION II. 

VARIETIES OF ORTHOGRAPHY. 

The first orthography, like the first language, exists only 
in its thousands of varieties. Its record is found in the 
giving of the law at Mount Sinai. Its varieties are found 
every where. Each nation has its own orthography ; and in 
it, is readily distinguished from all others. As the English- 
man and Frenchman are easily known by their features, so 
their languages, even where the words stand for the same 
things, are known at once by their orthography. So it is 
with all other nations. An instance will explain this. We 
select the word, father. Its English, Gothic, Celtic, French, 
Latin and Greek orthography is as follows : father y vater and 
fader, athair, p&re, pater, pater. 

Varieties of orthography, as thus indicated, are to be 
explained in the same way as varieties: of language. The 
causes are nearly the same, and are, differences of climate, 
education, pursuits of life, objects, and the organ of hearing. 
The ear has always influenced orthography. 

The instance given above may serve to illustrate this, and 
make clear what we mean by them. It may do more. It 
may direct our attention to their importance. They are 
guides in the study of languages, and prepare us to look for, 
and find the same word in different languages, but under 
different forms, 



ORTHOGRAPHY. 17 



INSTRUCTION III. 

ENGLISH ORTHOGRAPHY. 

English Orthography is wanting in regularity. Kules 
are almost useless. In vain we look for a key, or method. 
The only key is the eye, fixing attention on the forms of 
words ; the only method is written exercises, teaching by the 
sense of touch. 

English Orthography is too diverse for rules. A few in- 
stances will illustrate this remark. 

1. The spelling and speaking of words differ widely. The 
words, slags, tripped, boxes, plucked, loaves, for instance, are 
pronounced as if spelled, stagz, iript, boclcsez, pluckt and loavz. 

2. Letters have different sounds. We spell city with a c and 
pronounce it with an s ; toss and egg double the last letter, 
but only one of them is heard when the words are spoken. 

3. The same combination of letters often has a variety of 
sounds. This is the case in such words as hough, cough, 
enough, plough, rough, and sough. 

4. Letters are doubled or dropped without certain rules. This 
is seen in such words as dumess, instiling and fuiness, skil- 
ful ; doe, foe, hoe, and go, so and motto. 

5. There are forty sounds in the English language, and only 
tiuenty-six letters to represent them. Four of these, c, x, q andy, 
are useless, since they are only substitutes for other letters. 
So we have only twenty-two characters with which to write 
the forty sounds. 

The diveesity of English Oethography may be ex- 
plained. It is OWING MAINLY TO THE MIXED CHARACTER 
of our language, and its diverse pronunciation. 

1. The Anglo-Saxon part of our language was received 



18 ORTHOGRAPHY. 

from different tribes of Angles and Saxons. It has its own 
laws. 

2. When it was developed in England, no less than eight 
kingdoms of Saxons existed in that country, with local 
differences, greater than what we find in our own country. 

3. The Norman Conquest deluged the whole, and changed 
the entire face of things. French words were introduced. 
They have their laws. 

4. The mingling of the Saxons and French after the con- 
quest, led to many changes. The French affected, in some 
degree, the Saxon ; and the Saxon conformed, in many 
things, to the French. 

5. Early English writers paid little attention to spelling. 
They were guided solely by the ear ; and this was an uncer- 
tain guide. The same word was spelled, in some instances, 
no less than fourteen different ways. 

6. Our language is mixed; so is its orthography. It is natu- 
ral that words taken from the Gothic, Celtic, French, Latin and 
Greek should retain much of their native form, and be spelled in 
some degree in 'a foreign land as they were spelled at home. 
Foreign words, like foreign people, retain their native char- 
acter, even when naturalized. 



INSTRUCTION IV. 

HISTORY OF ENGLISH ORTHOGRAPHY. 

English Orthography arose with the written form of 
the English language. It appeared first in the old Anglo- 
Saxon, the mother-tongue of our native speech, and differed 
widely from our present orthography. Since then, it has 
passed through many changes, and is still changing. 

A few facts, connected with the history of these changes, 



ORTHOGRAPHY. 19 

may serve to shed some light on English Orthography. It 
arose with the introduction of Christianity into England, 
A. D. 596. The Anglo-Saxons had written characters or 
letters before they came to England. 

1. The first writers were Anglo-Saxon, They had no guide 
but their ear, and in following it, were often governed by 
fancy. There was nothing certain. The same word was 
spelled in various ways, even by the same author. The laws 
of Ethelbert were the first native productions reduced to ivriting. 

2. Changes were soon introduced according to the pleasure of 
the writer. Eules were disregarded. Thus, we have the 
word Father, in the Lord's Prayer, spelled Fader, Faeder, 
and Fadir. As late as A.D. 1611, in the same prayer, the 
words, debts and debtors, are spelled dettes and detters. 

3. The advent of the Danes into England was attended with 
many changes. They corrupted the old Saxon, and changed 
the forms of words at pleasure, especially terminations. 

4. The Norman Conquest, A. D. 1066, affected the orthog- 
raphy of the language still more. After a while, there ap- 
peared a desire on the part of the Saxons to Normanize their 
words, and conform to French taste. 

5. Out of the mixture of Saxon and French arose new 
changes. Broad vowels and irregular forms were preferred ; 
as, wop for wept, and dalf Tor delved. Here we find the 
origin of our present English — between A. D. 1066 and 
1327. 

6. The dawn of English learning in the fourteenth century 
brought other changes. The vowels were especially subjected 
to change. Chaucer, Mandeville and Wickliffe represent 
this period. 

7. The maturity of the English language and learning under 
Elizabeth, in the sixteenth century, added some changes. These 
arose from the free introduction of Latin and Greek words. 



20 ORTHOGRAPHY. 

8. • Recent changes. Since the time of Elizabeth, in the 
sixteenth century, the changes in English Orthography have 
been mostly of a trifling character. The matter is not yet 
settled. The dispute about the spelling of certain classes 
of words, still continues. Walker and Webster divide the 
English mind. And what is it about ? About using or 
leaving out the letters, u, e, k ; using a single or double I, 
an s for a c, a z for an 5 ; or changing re into er, in certain 
classes of words. So English Orthography now stands. 



INSTRUCTION V. 

LANGUAGE. 

Language existed long before Orthography. Men talked 
about the loves and sorrows of the family, life and death, 
buying and selling, learning and teaching, before they 
thought of writing about them. They had a spoken lan- 
guage. It was only when they thought of speaking through 
the eye, that orthography and written language arose. 

The word, language, to which we now direct attention, is 
derived from the Latin word for tongue, and comes to us 
through the French. It stands for that system of sounds and 
letters by which we make ourselves known to each other — 
a system of signs by which we talk to each other through 
the eye and ear. The letters are nearly the same in all lan- 
guages : the sounds are very different. 

Language, as thus viewed, is simple, but wonderful. 
God and man are its associated authors. It is a mighty 

WORK, EXCELLING EVERY THING ELSE ON THE EARTH. It 

is greater than buildings, or machines, or paintings, or 
music, or poetry. It is a rich treasury, and contains the 
records of the history, manners, religion and works of man. 



ORTHOGRAPHY. 21 

Such, is language ; and such it is mainly by orthography. The 
spoken word perishes : the written word abides for ever. 



INSTRUCTION VI. 
THE VAEIETY OF LANGUAGES. 

The languages of the earth are numerous, amounting to 
no less than three thousand. This is a wonderful fact. 

All these languages are varieties of one original speech, 
existing now only in sounds and words common to them 
all. This is easily understood. Climate, objects, pursuits 
and circumstances change all things. We find, accordingly, 
that those animals that spread widest over the face of the 
earth, present the greatest variety. Man, in this respect, 
stands at the head of all earthly creatures. Now what is 
true of himself, is true also of his language. It presents 
great variety. 

This view is confirmed by a comparison of languages. 
Northern tongues are harsh and full of consonants : south- 
ern tongues are soft and fall of vowels. There is every 
possible grade of expression, varying ever with the country 
or the people. Our day, for instance, is the Saxon daeg 
and the German tag. 

If we enter fully into the comparison of languages, we 
find a thread of unity, on which are strung wonderful resem- 
blances, running through the living and dead tongues of the 
earth. The English language appears a sister in the Gothic 
or Germanic family ; and the whole family appears a sister 
branch to the dialects of southern Asia, both springing 
from the Sanskrit, the sacred language of Hindostan. 
This again is linked with the Zend, and through it, with the 
languages of central and western Asia. 



22 ORTHOGRAPHY. 

History confirms this wonderful unity. All European, 
African and American tongues are readily traced to Asia. 
In the centre of this grand division, and stretching down 
to the lovely vale of Cashmir, we find the nursery of human 
speech. There is the Sanskrit, of which we have spoken, 
and thence went forth the Zend to stock western and cen- 
tral Asia, and the Coptic to stock Africa. 

A view of the languages of Europe will explain all. 
Sixteen hundred years before Christ, the Celts, from cen- 
tral Asia, entered Europe, which probably up to that time, 
had remained unoccupied by man. For centuries, there 
was but one language in Europe, and one religion, the 
Druidic, with its bleeding sacrifice, like the Christian, and 
its faith in the immortality of the soul. Some eight hun- 
dred years before Christ, the Teutones or Goths, from 
northwestern and central Asia, found their way also into 
Europe. The Celts fled before them, or were enrolled with 
the conquerors. The British islands now became the asy- 
lum of the Celt, and Europe a Gothic nation. To this 
people, the Anglo-Saxon belong. Of their language, ours 
is a member, being the young and promising sister. About 
the sixth century after Christ, the Slavic people came from 
northwestern Asia, and spread over Kussia, Poland and 
Hungary. From these three great waves of emigration have 
arisen all the nations of Europe, and from a mixture of 
their languages have been formed all the tongues spoken 
and written, living and dead, on that wonderful division of 
the globe. All the European languages are of Asiatic origin. 
Nothing is more clear than that Greek and Latin, Anglo- 
Saxon and German, are varieties, derived alike from some 
ancient original. 



OKTHOGKAPHY. 23 

INSTRUCTION VII. 
THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE. 

The English language is one of many. It is strong, rich 
and beautiful among the three thousand languages of 
earth. It is not native to any place where it is now spoken , 
the word, English, being derived from Angles, the name of 
one of the Saxon tribes that passed over from Gekmany 
to England, A. D. 450. 

The English language is not an original one. It is a de- 
rived language, and draws its words from many sources. 
Even its form is not original. It is unlike all others in this 
respect, being very simple, and admitting a very few changes in 
its words. But these things constitute its greatness. It 
has shaken off the feebleness of the early languages, and 
dropped nearly all their irregularity. 

It is a mixed language. The Saxon speech, introduced 
into England, A. D. 450, is its basis, or stock. On this 
stock, the Dane, Swede and Norwegian engrafted much of 
their native speech. The Norman followed, and put in the 
scion of French. The English were pleased with these en- 
graftures. They added strength and beauty to the old 
Saxon speech. They were pleased, and proceeded with the 
work of engrafting. Words from, the Latin, Greek and 
modern languages were freely added ; and the English lan- 
guage became remarkable as a mixed form of speech. The 
work is still progressing. Commerce imports words as well 
as wares from all parts of the world. 

INSTRUCTION VIII. 

ORIGIN OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE. 

The name of our language can be traced as far back as 



24 ORTHOGRAPHY. 

the descent of the Angles in A. D. 450. But not so the 
thing. The basis of our language is as old as that date; 
so are its changes, as seen in our grammar. But the pres- 
ent English is more recent. It arose out of the mixture 
of the Saxon and French, between the tenth and thirteenth 
centuries. It arose on this wise. The Saxon peasants and 
French nobles were obliged to mingle in the common affairs 
of life. Self-interest led the Saxon to Normanize his lan- 
guage, and the French to Anglicize his speech. Then arose 
wandering poets, and warmed the present English into life. 
The descent of the English language through the Saxon, 
can be traced to the continent of Europe. There it appears 
as a sister of the Gothic family. But Europe is not its na- 
tive place. It is of Asiatic origin. Its home is to be sought 
in the northwestern parts of Hindostan, the seat of the 
far-famed Sanskrit language — sister to the Zend and 
Coptic. 



INSTRUCTION IX. 

THE ELEMENTS OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE. 

The word, element, in this connection, means a distinct 
part of a language. It is applied alone to mixed languages, 
like the English, and embraces the words received from any 
other language, living or dead ; as the French or Latin. 

The study of the elements of the English language has been 
too much neglected. A knowledge of them is necessary 
to a correct knowledge of our native speech. It makes us 
acquainted with our forefathers, their character and condi- 
tion. It shows us where our mother-tongue was deficient, 
and where it was necessary to borrow, in order to make up 
deficiencies. It defines great points of history, preserving 



ORTHOGRAPHY. 25 

the records of the contact of our forefathers with other 
nations. 

The elements of the English language, to which we are 
now directing attention, are* quite numerous. There is 
scarcely any nation on earth with which we have not been 
in close contact, and from which we have not received by 
commerce, expeditions and missions, some words. The 
chief elements, however, are few. They are the Saxon, 
Gothic, Celtic, French^ Latin and Greek. 



INSTRUCTION X. 

THE ANGLO-SAXON ELEMENT. 

The Anglo-Saxon portion of our language is something 
more than an element. It is our mother-tongue. It was the 
native speech of the mass of the English nation from the 
eighth to the tenth century after Christ. For a while, it was 
subdued by the French, and survived only among the sturdy 
peasants. Policy and self-interest favored its introduction 
again to power. It came forth from retirement, and min- 
gled with the French. Commerce restored it : poetry nursed 
its new existence. 

The restoration of the Anglo-Saxon gave rise to our 
present English. The French and Latin words, then in 
common use among the people, were adopted and moulded* 
according to the form and spirit of the Anglo-Saxon. So 
it became our mother-tongue. As such it still remains. 

It is a rich portion of our language, and by far the most 
important. The words that compose it, are the words of 
home, of childhood, of nature, of the heart, of domestic life, 
of business, of definite thought and action. It is the portion 
of our language best adapted for early education, and should ever 
2 



26 , ORTHOGRAPHY. 

form the basis of English speech. By it, we are allied to the 
great Gothic or Germanic family of languages, and the 
sacred Sanskrit of Hindostan. 



INSTRUCTION XI. 

THE GOTHIC ELEMENT. 

The Gothic element is very much like the Anglo-Saxon, 
and naturally follows it. It embraces words from the 
German, Danish, Swedish, Norwegian and Icelandic lan- 
guages. All these are sister speeches to the English tongue, 
and compose the Gothic family. Nothing certain is known 
of this family of languages till a short time before the Chris- 
tian era. We know that the Goths followed the Celts about 
the year 680 B. C, and drove them to the west and south 
of Europe. We know also that the name means brave, 
and was applied by the Romans to those German tribes best 
known to them in the latter days of the Empire. The 
Greeks speak of them in the eighth century before Christ. 
They dwelt then on the Black Sea. 

As early as A. D. 787, some of the Gothic tribes found 
their way to England, and made a conquest of Northum- 
berland. They were known as Northmen, and in 1003, 
had possession of the whole of England. 

In this way, the Gothic element was introduced into Great 
Britain, and engrafted by war upon the Anglo-Saxon stock. 
Commerce and social intercourse, since then, have increased 
the number of words from this source, and made our lan- 
guage strong and copious by contributions from its sister 
languages. The Gothic family of languages, and especially 
the German and Mceso-Gothic, connect the English with 
the Sanskrit. 



ORTHOGRAPHY. 27 



INSTRUCTION XII. 

THE CELTIC ELEMENT. 



The Celtic element of our language is small, but interest- 
ing. . It was derived from the Celts, the earliest inhabitants 
of Great Britain. They formed the first emigration from 
Asia into Europe, some sixteen hundred years before Christ. 

The words from this source have been received into the 
English language at four different periods. Some of them 
have been introduced recently from the Gaelic of Scotland- 
and Ireland, and the Cambrian of Wales, branches of the 
Celtic stock. Some of them were introduced through the 
Latin, between the Danish and Norman conquests, or be- 
tween A. D. 787 and 1066. Others are common to the Gothic 
stock, and were brought into use about the same period. 
The greater number, by far, are relics of the old Celtic 
stock which remained alive in England after the descent of 
the Angles and Saxons upon that island. They refer chief- 
ly to places, and belong to geography. In this respect, the 
Celtic bears the very same relation to the English language 
as the Indian dialects. Both exist in the English tongue in 
names of places. 

INSTRUCTION XIII. 

THE FRENCH ELEMENT. 

The French element occupies a large place in our lan- 
guage. It was received from the Norman-French, a lan- 
guage speken on the continent, from the river Loire to 
Flanders. This language is a mixture of the Latin and the 
old dialects of Gaul, now called France. These dialects 
were chiefly Celtic. 



28 ORTHOGRAPHY. 

The French element, as thus explained, was partly intro- 
duced by intercourse between the Saxons and Normans 
before the Conquest. But its marked appearance in Eng- 
land dates from William the Conqueror, A. D. 1066. It 
came in like a flood. The Anglo-Saxon was swept away 
into the "walks of common life. Norman-French was the 
language of courts and official life. It ceased to be such in 
A. D. 1327, and the Anglo-Saxon was restored — it ceased, 
but left many words mingled with the Anglo-Saxon 
speech. 

Since then, there have been many additions. New words- 
have been introduced from time to time by commerce, in- 
tercourse and the arts. The practice of using French words 
and phrases in English speech, although in bad taste, has 
introduced many words into our language. This practice 
arose from the intermingling of the Saxons and Normans, 
and their attempts to understand each other. 

The words embraced in the French element have enriched 
our language. They refer chiefly to law, taste and the arts. 
Poetry owes much to the Norman-French. This element 
in our language connects with the Latin and Greek and the 
old Pelasgic of Greece. 

INSTRUCTION XIII. 
THE CLASSIC ELEMENT. 

The Classic element embraces words from the Latin and 
Greek languages. The Latin language was spoken by the 
ancient Romans, and received its name from Latium, the 
name of their country, It is a mixture of the old dialects 
of Italy, altered somewhat by the Greek. The Greek 
language was spoken by the ancient Greeks, inhabitants of 



ORTHOGRAPHY. 29 

Greece, and is a mixture of old dialects of that country. 
Both are now dead languages. 

The Latin part of the classic element is very important. 
It began to be introduced by Caesar, 55 B. C. For five 
hundred years, the Romans ruled Britain, and the Latin 
language was spoken by the rulers. Only a few words, 
however, were introduced into the language of the Anglo- 
Saxons. 

Christianity brought in many. During the time of the 
Christian Saxon kings, religious teachers and lovers of 
Latin learning, introduced many Latin words. They 
referred chiefly to the church. 

The revival of learning in the fourteenth century brought 
in still more. About this time, ignorance prevailed. Monks 
kept the keys of knowledge. Its treasures were locked up 
in the Latin tongue. 

Since that revival, or the time of Henry the Eighth, the 
work of accession has gone steadily on. The learned have 
loved the classics, and introduced their thoughts and words 
freely. In the sixteenth century, during the reign of 
Elizabeth, Latin words were largely interwoven into the 
English language. 

Such is a view of the Latin part of the classic element. 
The words embraced in it refer to law, religion and the 
arts, and are useful in completing the English language. 

The Greek portion of the classic element is not so extensive 
as the Latin. Much of it came into the English through 
the Latin and French. Much of it was brought in by the 
early religious teachers of England; Other ways remain to 
be noticed. The lovers of Greek learning have introduced 
many Greek words. The progress of arts and sciences has 
brought in more. Like the Latin, they help to complete 



30 ORTHOGRAillY. 

the materials of the English language, and make it capable 
of expressing all the thoughts of all men. 



INSTRUCTION XV. 

ENGLISH WOKDS. 

The words of the English language have swelled to 
eighty thousand, and present a mixed appearance, somewhat 
like the American nation. We can almost apply to it the 
language of wonder used by the Jews on the day of Pente- 
cost : How hear we every man in our own tongue, in which 
we were born — Celts, Saxons, Danes, Swedes, Norwegians, 
Germans, French, Spanish, Italian, Eussian, Jew, Persian, 
and Hindoo ! The old Eoman and Greek are also repre- 
sented. Such is the mixed assemblage of words composing 
the English language. 

These words naturally arrange themselves in groups, 
distinguished by native features. They apply to distinct 
objects of thought. The Anglo-Saxon words refer chiefly 
to home, the heart, and sensible things ; the Gothic relate 
mainly to the same ; the Celtic appear in torn fragments ; 
the French direct us to manufactures, law and taste ; and 
the classic, to arts, sciences and religion. Such things are 
worthy of attention. 

These groups of words retain the spirit of the languages 
from which they have been received. They have taken the 
form of the Anglo-Saxon, but preserved their native life. 
We may look upon them as naturalized words, appearing 
at home in our native language, but retaining so much of 
the languages to which they were native as to remind us 
constantly of their origin. This is an important feature in 
our knowledge. At this point, words become history, and 



ORTHOGRAPHY. 31 

inform vis of the nations with which we have been in con- 
tact, and from which we have borrowed words to make up 
the deficiencies of Anglo-Saxon speech. 

Words are history. They stand for things. The words 
composing the different elements of the English language 
record many things about the people who used them first, 
and now stand in the English language, for things which 
the Groth, Celt, Frank, Latin and Greek first saw and felt. 
Such views bring to light the importance of words. Their 
study is the study of man. 



INSTRUCTION XVI. 

WORDS ARE THE BEGINNING OF LANGUAGE. 

The whole word formed the beginning of infant speech. 
Language has not commenced in any instance as we begin 
to teach it to our children. The alphabet is unknown to 
the child. Syllables are unnoticed. The whole word caught 
the ear and early employed the tongue. Adam, we are 
told, gave names to living things. So the first language 
began on earth. So every child begins his speech. 

Words also are the beginning of every new engrafture. 
Entire words introduced the different elements that compose 
the English language. As the gardener takes a bud from a 
tree, and buds it upon a new stock, so the Anglo-Saxon has 
take* words from various languages, and engrafted them 
upon his own. The letters and syllables are but little 
regarded. He has always taken the entire word, and intro- 
duced it entire, or changed its form a little to make it agree 
with the forms of his mother-tongue. So the various ele- 
ments have been brought into the English language. 



32 ORTHOGRAPHY, 

I NSTR UCTION XVII. 

THE KNOWLEDGE OF WORDS. 

Words are only signs, and can be understood best by see- 
ing or feeling the things for which they stand. In this consists 
the true knowledge of words. 

There is something more. Words are compound things. 
The spoken word is composed of sounds,- send divisions of 
sounds, called syllables. The written word is composed of 
letters, and divisions of letters, called syllables. These things 
are to be known. v 

This is not all. Words have a structure, or make. They 
are buildings, and are composed of sounds or letters. 
This is true of every word ; but particularly so, of deriva- 
tive and compound ones. In looking at the structure of 
words, we must see how they are reared or formed from 
simple words by prefixes and suffixes. 

Words also have a history, and one that is very interest- 
ing. The origin and changes of words form its records. 
They are very instructive, and tell us much about our fore- 
fathers and the nations with whom they lived in intercourse. 
In studying the history of words, we must not overlook 
their national origin, but trace them to their Saxon, Gothic, 
Celtic, French, Latin or Greek source. An instance will 
illustrate this point. The word, tribulation, now means dis- 
tress or sorrow. It is derived from the Latin, and at' first 
meant the act of separating the corn from the husks. It may 
be traced to another word, which is its root, and the name 
of the roller by which this separation took place. 

There is still another thing to be known to complete the 
knowledge of words. Words are living things. Instead 
of being skeletons of letters, or forms of empty sound, they 



ORTHOGRAPHY. 33 

are bodied thought — the soul made visible. They are to be 
known by seeing and feeling this embodiment — the idea or 
thought expressed. 

INSTRUCTION XVIII. 

THE SOUNDS. AND LETTERS OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE. 

The words that compose the English language are spoken. 
In speaking them, the ear takes notice of certain sounds. 
Thus, in speaking the word, man, it distinguishes three 
sounds, represented by the letters, m, a, n. If we examine, 
in this way, all the words of our language, we will find that 
they are all spoken by forty sounds. Some of these are 
common to all languages on the earth : others are peculiar 
to our own. This is found to be the case when we com- 
pare them with those of the Anglo-Saxon, Gothic, Celtic, 
French, Latin and Greek languages. And yet, the sounds 
of languages, when they differ, are only varieties of the same 
sounds. 

The words that compose the English language are writ- 
ten. In writing them, the eye observes distinct characters 
or letters. Thus, in writing the word, hope, it observes 
four letters, h, o, p, e. If we examine, in this way, all the 
written words of our language, we will find only twenty-six 
letters. These are known as the English alphabet. 

The word, alphabet, is composed of the names of the first 
two Greek letters, alpha, beta, which are the same as our a, 
b. It is the name of the letters of a language orderly dis- 
posed. The order of our alphabet is not natural. The true 
order is as follows : h, a, i, u, o, e, w, p, b, f v, t, d, k, g, s, 
z, I, m, n, r, j, c, q, x, 

Our alphabet is not a complete one. It has three great 
defects. " 

2* 



34 ORTHOGRAPHY. 

1. Deficient. It has only twenty-six letters to mark forty 
sounds. 

2. Redundant The letters, c, q, x, are of no use. 

3. Irregular. It represents some single sounds by double 
letters ; as in THme, SKine ; and some double sounds by sin- 
gle letters ; as in pine, jest. 



INSTRUCTION XIX. 

THE HISTOEY OF THE ENGLISH ALPHABET. 

The English alphabet has a history, and one made up 
of very instructive records. It is pleasant to know where 
and how we obtained those letters in which we make our 
hopes and sorrows visible. It is desirable to be able to 
trace them to their source, and note the changes which have 
passed upon them. 

The English alphabet is immediately descended from the 
Anglo-Saxon, There are points of difference, however, be- 
tween them. The Anglo-Saxon contained twenty-three letters. 
Among these, are not to be found the letters, j, h, q, v, w 
and z. Among these, is found a character representing the 
sounds of th, as heard in thin and thine. 

The Anglo-Saxon alphabet is derived from the Latin. We 
know not the precise time. We only know that in the 
third century, the Latin alphabet was applied to the Gothic 
languages, of which the Anglo-Saxon is a branch. 

The Latin aljjhabet is to be traced to the Greek, which 
was introduced into Italy by the Etrurians, about twelve 
hundred years before the Christian era. 

The Greek alphabet is not an original one. It was received 
from the Phoenician, which is the same as the Hebrew. 



ORTHOGRAPHY. 35 

Cadmus introduced it into Greece, some sixteen hundred 
years before the Christian era. 

Beyond this, we look in vain for any thing like an alpha- 
bet. We find symbols, 'pictures, and sounds, but no letters. 
Such is the history of the English alphabet. 

It is somewhat remarkable that the first or most ancient 
alphabet was not an orderly collection of simple sounds, or 
letters representing them ; but a collection of syllables. 
Alphabets were first syllabic. 



INSTRUCTION XX. 

CLASSIFICATION OF THE ALPHABET. 

The letters composing the English alphabet have points 
of resemblance and difference among themselves. These 
points are of great importance. 

They differ to the eye, while they are the same to the ear. 
This is the case with /and pli in the word, Philip. 

Some of them are simple voice, and can form words or 
syllables by themselves. These are vowels, and have all 
a, flat and continuous sound ; as, a, e, i, o, u. 

Others are unable to form any word or syllable by them- 
selves. These are called consonants; as, b, c, d, f, g, h,j, k, 
I, m, n, p, q, r, s, t, v, w, x, z. 

Some of the consonants have a close resemblance to the 
vowels, and are called liquids ; as, I, m, n, r. Their sound is 
flat and continuous. 

Others are called mutes, and cannot form any thing like 
a word or syllable by themselves. They are silent letters ; 
as, g, d, t. 

Some of the letters of the alphabet have a smooth sound; 
as, p, b : others have a rough one ; as, sh, f. 



36 ORTHOGRAPHY. 

Some of tli em are sharp, and sound like a whisper ; as, k, 
s, t : others are flat, and have a natural sound ; as, d, b, z. 

The alphabet, as thus classified, may be presented at one 
view. 

1. Vowels, or the letters that have a smooth, flat, continu- 
ous sound, and form syllables by themselves : a, e, i, o, u. 

2. ^ Liquid consonants, or those letters that have a smooth, 
flat, continuous sound, and form an imperfect syllable by 
themselves: I, m, n, r. 

3. Mutes, or those letters that have a flat or sharp, 
smooth or rough sound, but can form no syllable by them- 
selves ; as, p, t, k, s, b, d, g, z, f th, k, sh, v. 

j 1. Smooth and sharp : p, t, k, s. ( 1. Sharp and smooth: p, t, k, s. 

\ 2. Smooth and flat : b, d, g, z. \ 2. Sharp and rough : /, th, k, sh. 

3. Rough and sharp : /, th, k, sh. j 3. Flat and smooth : b, d, g, z. 



( 3. Rough and sharp : /, th, k, sh. ( 

( 4. Rough and flat : v, th, g, zh. ( 



4. Rough and flat : v, th, g, zh. ( 4. Flat and rough : v, th, g, zh. 

INSTRUCTION XXI. 

HOW THE FORTY SOUNDS ARE REPRESENTED BY TWENTY-SIX LETTERS. 

The forty sounds which compose the spoken English 
language are represented by tiuenty-six letters. This is done 
in three ways. 

1. By certain letters or marks ; as, d, b, in the words, did, 
bad. > 

2. By making one letter stand for two or more sounds ; as 
a in the words, father, fate, all. 

3. By combining two letters; as, sh, ch, and ng, in the 
words, s/iine, cMld, and sing. 

The whole subject may be presented at one view. We 
give, for this purpose, the forty sounds of the English lan- 
guage as they are actually represented. 



ORTHOGRAPHY. 



37 



The Vowel Sounds. 
.1. a as in father. 

2. a as in fate. 

3. a as in fat. 

4. a as in all, water. 

5. e as in mete, feet. 

6. e as in bed. 



There are twelve vowels. 

7. * as in pit. 

8. o as in note. 

9. o as in not. 

10. oo as in look, book. 

11. u as in twbe. 

12. Mas in tub. 



II. Diphthongs. There are four diphthongs. 

1. oi as in oil, 3. i as in pine. 

2. oa as in lowd. 4. ew as in new. 

III. Consonants. There are twenty-four consonants. 



1. 


y 


as m ye. 


13. 


z as m zone. 


2. 


IV 


as in woe. 


14. 


zh as in azure. 


3. 


p 


as in pipe. 


15. 


h as in he. 


4. 





as in babe. 


16. 


1 as in ?ame. 


5. 


f 


as in /an. 


17. 


m as in man. 


6. 


V 


as in vain. 


18. 


n as in new. 


7 


t. 


as in feipe. 


19. 


r as in rap. 


8. 


d 


as in ^id. 


20. 


ch as in cAild. 


9. 


h 


as in Hte. 


21. 


th as in thin. 


10. 


9 


as in game. 


22. 


th as in thine. 


11. 


s 


as in sin. 


23. 


ng as in sing. 


12. 


sh 


as in shine. 


24. 


j (dzh) as in join. 



The letters c, q, and x are represented by other letters : 
c by 5 or h ; q by kw, and cc b} r les or #s. */ is represented 
by dzh. 

INSTRUCTION XXII. 

PERMUTATION AND TRANSITION OF LETTERS. 



The sounds and letters of the English language are by 



38 ORTHOGRAPHY. 

no means stable. They undergo some changes in speech 
and writing, which require attention. 

The ear often takes notice of one sonnd substituted for 
another. The sound of u is heard for o and e, in the word, 
contentment. Days and boxes are pronounced as if written, 
dayZj bocksez. 

The letters also undergo some changes. Man becomes 
men, foot becomes feet, and li/e becomes live. The letter d, 
in the prefix, ad, becomes c, f p, and n in the words, ac- 
cent, a/front, appear, a?znex. These changes are called per- 
mutation. 

Permutation is the exchange of one letter for another. It 
takes place among letters of the same, or neighboring organs 
in the same language. It also takes place in order to se- 
cure a pleasant sound. Permutation is important, and goes 
far to explain the great differences that exist in the spelling 
of words. 

There is another change in letters to be noticed. "Words, 
in passing from one language into another, undergo some 
changes. One letter is exchanged for another of the same 
class. This is called. transition. 

Transition is the exchange of one letter for another of the same 
class. It takes place between different languages. Thus, the 
letter, o, in brother, is/ in Latin, and jo/i in Greek: brother, 
f rater, jphrater. This change arises out of variety of pronun- 
ciation, and is of much importance. It becomes a guide, 
and enables us to see the same word in different languages, 
changed only by the transition of one or more of its letters , 
as, father, pater, voter, athair ; the English word, live, and 
the German, leben. 



ORTHOGRAPHY. 39 

INSTRUCTION XXIII. 

SYLLABLES. 

There are many words in the English language which 
are broken up into parts in sounding them ; as, or-der-ly. 
These parts are called syllables. 

The word, syllable, is derived from two Greek words, 
which mean to take together. If I sound the word, happy, I 
take the sounds of h, a, p in the one case, and p, y in the 
other case, together, and thus divide the word into two syl- 
lables. 

A syllable, in a spoken ivord, is a word, or so much of it as 
is sounded at once. A syllable, in a written word, is a letter 
or letters representing a syllable in a spoken word. In the 
first languages, all words were of one syllable. 

Syllables are important. Their proper division is by no 
means an easy matter. I divide the word, agree, into two 
syllables, a-gree ; but plague is not divided. The word, 
episcopal, may be divided in two ways, epi-sco-pal or e-pis- 
co-pal. Which is the correct division ? Three things are 
to be our guide in this matter — three simple things. 

1. There are as many syllables in a word as there are 
distinct vowel sounds ; as, man, hu-man-i-ty. 

2. Compound words are always divided into the simple 
ones; as, up-on, false-hood. 

3. Derivative words almost always have the terminations, 
prefixes, and 'suffixes separated from the root or radical 
word ; as, LOV-er, un-Gra AXD-ed. 

The ear often interferes with the third rule, and requires 
words to be divided so as to secure a pleasing sound ; as, 
big-a-my, not bi-ga-my. Good society and a good diction- 
ary will be our best guides in this matter. 



40 ORTHOGRAPHY. 

The division of words into syllables brings to view a 
point of interest. In the spoken word, we hear double 
sounds : in the written word, we see double letters ; as, hap^y, 
bafter. These donble sonnds and letters are not the spelling 
of such words as they appear in. They are the two ele- 
ments which enter into the sound of every letter, and are 
known as the radical and vanish in vowels, and the vowel 
and consonantal element in consonants. Both appear in 
the written word only in the consonant ; as, laftfer, tolling. 
In such words, the sound belongs to both syllables; as, 
lac?-cfer, sin-wing. 

Words, when divided into syllables, have points of re- 
semblance. They are divided into classes according to the 
number of syllables they contain. 

A word of one syllable is called a monosyllable ; as, child, 
he. A word of two syllables is called a dissyllable ; as, 
an-chor, ru-by. A word of three syllables is called a trisyl- 
lable ; as, wo-man-hood. A word of more than three syllables 
is called a polysyllable ; as, hu-man-i-ty. 

The words that compose the English language differ in 
the number of their syllables. Anglo-Saxon and' Gothic 
words are mainly monosyllables ; the French and classic 
words are rarely of this class. They are chiefly dissyllables, 
trisyllables and polysyllables. 

INSTRUCTION XXIV. 

QUANTITY. 

Some syllables require a longer time to pronounce them 
than others, and are said to be long or short. If I sound 
the words, men and mend, which are words of one syllable, 
mend is longer than men by the sound of the letter, d. The 
length of syllables, as thus seen, is called quantity. 



ORTHOGRAPHY. 41 

The word, quantity, is of Latin origin, and is applied to 
any thing that can be measured. As such, it can be applied 
to syllables, since time is required in sounding them. Quan- 
tity is the length of syllables, as long or short. 

The quantity of syllables in English depends on the 
vowels. In every syllable, there must be one vowel, and 
this is long or short. It is long when it ends a word or 
syllable: it is short when followed by a consonant. The 
word, father, is an instance ; the syllable, fa, being long, and 
ther, short. 

The quantity of syllables in Latin and Greek depended 
on the syllables. The great difference between the English 
and classical languages on this subject may be thus stated: 
In English, quantity is measured by the length of the vowel, 
and in Latin and Greek, by the length of the syllable. 
Thus, the Romans would call ar, in arma, a long syllable, 
while we would call it short. 

The quantity of syllables, as thus explained, is readily 
measured by the ear. To guide it, however, it may be well 
to remember that a syllable with a long vowel is long, and 
that a syllable with a short vowel becomes long when fol- 
lowed by a number of consonants ; as, sit, sight. 

Quantity is of much importance. It gives variety to 
speaking and reading, and forms the pleasing measure that 
is felt in the arrangement of words in poetry. 

Like the leaves of the forest when summer is green, 
That host with their banners at sunset were seen. 



INSTRUCTION XXV. 

ACCENT. 

If I pronounce the word, ty-rant, there is more elevation 



42 ORTHOGRAPHY. 

and force of voice on the syllable, ty ) than on rant. This is 
called accent. Its sign is \ 

The word, accent, comes from two Latin words, and means 
to sing to. It referred, in ancient times, to the pitch of voice 
in singing or rehearsing. Its meaning now is somewhat dif- 
ferent. Accent is the elevation and stress of voice on a syllable. 

Every word of more than one syllable has an accent ; 
as, anchor, forefoot, hereft, abroad. Words of more than 
two syllables commonly have two accents, the primary and 
secondary. This is the case in the word, as-pi-ra-tion. The 
accent on the syllable, ra, is primary : the accent on as is 
secondary. 

The position of the accent is not easily fixed in English. 
This is owing, in a good degree, to the mixed character of 
our language. Every nation has its own rules for accenting 
words; Now, since we have borrowed words somewhat 
largely from many languages, especially the French, Latin 
and Greek, our mode of accenting them will naturally be 
of a mixed character. It will partake somewhat of all these 
languages. The use of good society and a good dictionary 
should be our guides. It is commonly placed, however, on 
the root. 

The use of accent is now to be pointed out. It is of 
much importance, and adds much variety to conversation 
and reading. 

1. It changes the meaning of words. Torment means a 
state of pain ; but torment means to put in a state of pain. 

2. It changes nouns, or the names of things', into verbs ; 
as, rebel, rebe 1 ; convert, convert. 

3. It determines the nature of compound words, and 
binds the single ones composing them together ; as, house- 
hold-stuff, door -key. 

4. It exerts an influence on the orthography of words. 



ORTHOGRAPHY. 43 

5. It determines the nature of English poetry. Poetic 
feet, or measures, depend entirely on accent: 



INSTRUCTION XXVI. 

OETHOEPT AND OETHOGRAPHT. 

The words of the English language are both spoken and 
written, and require attention to orthoepy and orthography. 
If I pronounce a word, as, welfare, it is an exercise in or- 
thoepy : if I write it, it is an exercise in orthography. 

Orthoepy is derived from two Greek words, and means 
correct pronunciation. It relates to the spoken word, and 
determines its proper sound, accent and quantity. 

Orthoepy is seldom presented correctly in the speech of 
any one. Errors are common. Four of these require 
marked attention. 

1. Error of sound. To pronounce the word, neither, as if 
written nightlier or nayther, and not neethur, is. an error of 
sound or articulation. 

2. Error of accent. To say perfume when speaking of the 
odor of a flower, and not perfume, is an error of accent. 

3. Error of quantity. To say orator, and not orator, is 
an error of quantity and accent. 

4. Error of indistinctness. To pronounce the word, con- 
tentment, as if written cuntintmunt, is an error of indistinct- 
ness, and one that is very common. 

This state of things need not discourage us. There are 
guides. They are found in the usage of good societ}^, a 
good dictionary, and the etymology of words. The flower 
anemone is pronounced by some as if written anemmony. 
Its etymology is Greek, and determines the point. It is 

I pronounced anemone, as if written an&mohny. 



44 ORTHOGRAPHY. 

Orthography is derived from two Greek words, and means 
correct writing. It relates to the written word, and ascer- 
tains its spelling. It has ever been an unsettled subject. 
The speaking and spelling of words do not agree, and thus 
there is room for different views in matters of orthography. 
A good dictionary and the etymology of words are our best 
guides. 



INSTRUCTION XXVII. 

ETYMOLOQY. 

Words have all had an origin and growth. Some of 
those which we use in daily speech are older than Egypt 
or Assyria. They were used in the cradle of the human 
race. In coming down to us from that distant past, they 
have undergone many changes of form and signification. 
Indeed, many of them are very unlike what they were 
once. 

Words, as thus viewed, present an interesting point of 
study. It is known as etymology. 

The wo^d, etymology, is derived from two Greek words, 
and means a true account. It requires us to trace a word 
through all its changes to its origin, and give its exact 
meaning when first used. Thus, the word, hypocrite, means 
one who appears to be what he is not. We have received 
it from the Greek through the French. It is composed of 
two words, which mean to separate under, and was applied 
to those who acted on the Grecian stage under a mask. 
This is its etymology. 

The etymology of words is profitable and interesting. 
Some knowledge of it is necessary, if we would become 



ORTHOGRAPHY. 45 

familiar with our native tongue. It embraces three par- 
ticulars : 

1. The tracing of a word to its root or roots. The termina- 
tions, prefixes and suffixes are to be removed, and the rad- 
ical word reached. In the word, unrighteous, we take away 
the prefix, un, and the suffix, eous. The radical word, right, 
remains, which means that which is straight, or not inclined. 

2. The tracing of a word to its root and the -language where 
it was first used. The word, hypocrite^ as presented above, 
is an instance. 

3. The growth of the ivord from its origin to its present use. 
The word, sacrament, for instance, is now used to denote 
baptism and the Lord '<s Sapper, or the communion of Chris- 
tians as they partake of bread and wine in remembrance 
of Christ's death. It was used by the early Christian church 
to denote any sacred transaction, as the incarnation of Christ. 
We pass now to the Eomans ; for the word is of Latin origin. 
Here it was used for any solemn oath. We pass beyond even 
this, and find it in use among the Eoman soldiers. It meant 
the military oath by which each soldier bound himself never 
to abandon his standard. Once more : We look into Eoman 
law, and find the word used as -the name of the pledge given 
by the plaintiff and defendant in certain suits, the loser 
devoting his pledge to the use of the temple. This is its 
origin, and here we see that it meant a sacred thing, because 
it was devoted to the temple. 

Such is a view of etymology. It is the study of history 
as seen in the origin and growth of words. 

But a question of some interest arises here. Where shall 
we stop in tracing the word backward towards its source ? 
In the word, mother, where shall we stop? At the old 
Saxon, moder ; Gothic, mutter; Celtic, mathair ; French, 



46 ORTHOGRAPHY. 

mire; Latin, mater / Greek, mater, or Sanskrit, matri? At 
the old Saxon mocler. And why ? Because it has come 
directly from it, and agrees best with the Saxon name of 
mother in form. We trace it only to that language from 
which we have directly received it. The form and history 
of the word is our guide, as in the case of mother already 
given. 



INSTRUCTION XXVIII. 
TWO KINDS OF ETYMOLOGY. 

The etymology, or true account of a word, which we 
have given, is historic. It traces a word, as we trace a 
river, back to its native source. Arrived at the fount of 
the river, we may pause, or proceed to examine and explain 
the rise of the river at that place. We may do the same 
thing when we arrive at the primary word. Thus poet is 
traced to the French, and thence to the Latin and Greek. 
In the latter language, it seems to take its rise, and means 
CREATOR. This is historic etymology. ■ 

There is another and higher kind. It is that which 
attempts to explain the fount. It seeks the full account of 
the origin of words. Why did they arise and take the 
forms which now belong to them ? Or if these are altered 
forms, what shapes did they take at first, and why did they 
take them ? This is philosophic etymology, as it attempts the 
explanation of the sounds, forms and meanings of words. 

It consists of two parts. The first is a comparison of 
words in various languages, in order to find their common 
origin and original form. In making this comparison, we 
are guided chiefly by consonants, for vowels are of little 
account, since they are very changeable. Consonants 



ORTHOGRAPHY. 47 

alone can fix the resemblance and form of words, and 
are^to receive the chief care in the comparison. The 
change of consonants of the same, or neighboring organs, is 
common, and does not interfere with this principle. An 
instance will explain all that we have said. 

The word, father, is familiar. I wish to find its ety- 
mology. I trace it in the German vater or fader ; Latin 
pater ; Greek pater / Celtic athair / Spanish and Italian 
padre ; French pere ; Sanskrit piiri, and Hebrew ab. 

In looking over all these forms, I find a wonderful agree- 
ment. They all have a common origin. All those with 
two syllables, ending in er, and ri, have taken this syllable 
from a word which means, man. The re of the French 
pere is the same. It is a suffix ; and we remove it. Then 
they all agree in every important particular. Each becomes 
a word of one syllable, having the open A or one of its 
modifications, e or z, and the consonant B, or a consonant 
of the same organ, v, p, f tli. But what is the meaning 
of this primary word, ah, pa, fa, ath, pe or pi ? It is the 
instinctive sound of childhood calling to its source — the 
father, or man who owns the relationship. 

Etymology, as thus explained, is of great importance. 
It is not, however, very valuable as a guide to the primi- 
tive, or seed-words which God has sown in all languages. 
They have experienced so many changes of form, sound 
and meaning, in the migrations of man over the earth, as to 
make their study almost hopeless. It is valuable in guiding 
us in the comparison of words in different languages. It 
makes their study easy and instructive. So certain is this guide, 
that we may set it down as a common rule, that words that 
have the same consonants, or those of the same organ, are the 
same words, and have a common origin. Thus, our word, 



48 ORTHOGRAPHY. 

sister, is the same as the German schwester ; Latin soror ; 
French soeur ; Celtic suir ; Sanskrit swasri. . * 



INSTRUCTION XXIX. 

GUIDES TO ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 

The English language, as is well known, is a mixed one. 
It embraces words from the principal languages of the 
world. 

Once, it was a simple language. When it was introduced 
into the Isle of Thanet, it was altogether Anglo-Saxon. It 
was Anglo-Saxon when, in 827, it became the living speech 
of England. 

Since then, a change has passed upon it. The Anglo- 
Saxon is only the basis of the English language. Some 
forty thousand words have been adopted from the various 
European languages, the Latin and the Greek, and natural- 
ized. It is like our nation. The colonies of Plymouth- 
rock and Jamestown have grown into a mighty nation ; and 
one of the forms of growth, has been the adoption of the 
citizens of other nations. So the Anglo-Saxon has grown 
into the present English by the free adoption of words from 
other languages. 

In looking over the forty thousand words which have be- 
come English in this way, we wish to know their origin. 
We wish to know from whence we have adopted them, as 
we wish to know that Webster came to us from the English, 
Andrew Jackson from the Irish, the Buchanans from the 
Scotch, and the De Witts from the Dutch. 

This wish is not very easily gratified in all cases. It is 
attended with toil and some study. In many cases, how- 
ever, the task is easy. There are many of the adopted 



ORTHOGRAPHY. 49 

words of our language that can be as readily referred to 
the languages from which we have directly received them, 
as many of our citizens can be referred to the nations from 
which they came to us. 

Many words are readily referred to the Gothic family ; as, 
dog, gruff, sod, stop, stout, mighty and sleight. 

Many words are as easily referred to the French; as, 
frank, encore, ennui, escort, jolly and depot. 

Many words can be recognized at once as of Latin descent ; 
as, orb, globe, form, quantity, subject, copula and predi- 
cate. 

Some words are known at a glance to be of Greek ex- 
tract ; as, tome, theology, geology, euphony, anatomy and 
atmosphere. 

The greater part of the adopted words of our language 
are not so easily identified as being of Grothic, French, Latin 
or Greek origin. And why ? They are common to many 
languages ; and it is possible that they may have come to 
us from any one of the Gothic sisterhood, or from any one 
of the classic languages or their derivatives. 

To what language, then, shall we refer them ? This is no 
easy question to answer. We reply, however, to that lan- 
guage from which they have directly come to us. This is the 
only simple and safe principle on which we can classify the 
adopted words of our language. What, if the word be- 
longed remotely to the Greek ! It was adopted by the Eo- 
mans and naturalized. We have received it as a Latin 
word, just as we have received the Wallaces of Ireland, 
although originally Scotch, as Irish, and the Le Olercs of 
England, although originally French, as English. If we 
adopt any other principle, there is no reason why we should 
stop short in the genealogy of languages till we reach the 
3 



50 ORTHOGRAPHY. 

first language, or pause in the genealogy of men till we stop 
at the family of Eden. 

But how are we to know from what languages we have 
received the adopted words of our own ? By the applica- 
tion of two simple principles — their form and their history. 
These are our only certain guides. And they are generally 
sufficient. Words, like men, have a national form ; and by 
it, they may be readily identified. Terminations, suffixes 
and prefixes are as much French, Latin and Greek, as the 
Frenchman, Koman and Greek himself. Even where they 
are the same, they have undergone some change which 
naturalizes them to the French, Latin or Greek lan- 
guage. 

The same is true to a great extent of radical words. They 
may have come down to us through the Gothic, French, 
Latin and Greek, from the distant Sanskrit, but in each of 
these languages, they appear in their national forms. This 
may be illustrated by the word, night : Anglo-Saxon night ; 
German nacht ; Celtic nochd ; Latin noct ; Spanish noche ; 
French nuit ; Greek nux ; Sanskrit nisa. 

The form of words will generally enable us to refer them 
at once to that language from which we have directly 
adopted them. I find, for instance, the word, centre, in 
the English language. It is an adopted word. From 
whence ? I compare it with the Greek Icentron ; Latin cen- 
trum ; and French centre. It agrees with the latter in form, 
and is naturally referred to the French language. I take 
again the word, tart, and ask from whence it has come ? 
The French tarte and Danish taart are before us. So is the 
Anglo-Saxon teari It agrees with each of these in form ; 
but history refers it to the Anglo-Saxon. Another instance. 
The word, juice, agrees very well in form with the Danish 



ORTHOGRAPHY. 51 

juys and the French, jus. Gkiided by its history, we refer 
it to the French language. 

The word, form, is one in common nse. From what lan- 
guage have we directly received it ? We compare it with 
the Grerman form ; French forme ; Spanish forma, and Latin 
forma. According to the first principle, it would be referred 
at once to the German or French, but history requires us to 
make the reference to the Latin language. The word must 
have found its way directly into our language in connection 
with mathematics. 

Such are the workings of the two principles which we 
have laid down for tracing the immediate origin of the 
adopted words of our language. The form of all such 
words is our common guide. Where this is uncertain, the 
history of the word under examination will supply the de- 
ficiency and direct us to the proper source. 



INSTRUCTION XXX. 

THE COMPOSITION AND DERIVATION OF WORDS. 

There are in all languages a limited number of original 
words from which all others have been formed. Those origi- 
nals, m many cases, are to be traced up to the first language. 
As Grod created trees whose seed were in themselves to mul- 
tiply their kinds upon the earth, so He gave man those 
names of things that have become the seed-words of all 
languages. By the aid of these, and in imitation of the 
actions of things, new original words have been added from 
time to time. The original words are about three hun- 
dred in number. 

From original words, found in all languages, others have 



52 ORTHOGRAPHY. 

been formed. The formation has taken place in two ways : 
by composition and derivation. 

Composition is the union of two or more words to form a new 
one * as, steam-boat. In this instance, the word, steam-boat, is 
a compound one ; and the words, steam and boat, are simple 
ones. 

Derivation is the drawing or deriving a word from its root or 
original. It applies only to derivative words. I take the 
word, affrighted, and remove the prefix, af and the suffix, 
ed, and there remains the original word, fright. This is deri- 
vation. 

The derivation of words, as thus viewed, is just the oppo- 
site of their formation, and requires attention to termina- 
tions, prefixes and suffixes. Derivative words are 
formed by the addition of these : their derivation is shown 
by the subtraction of these. If the formation of words is 
illustrated by the increase of a river, flowing from a fountain 
and receiving tributary streams, so the derivation of words 
is illustrated by following the same river up from its mouth 
to its head. 

INSTRUCTION XXXI. 

TERMINATIONS. 

Words are related to each other in language. If I say, 
the boy's booh, the words, boy and book, are related to each 
other as possessor and thing possessed, and the letter s, with 
the apostrophe before it, expresses this relation. It is 
known as a termination. 

Terminations are changes in the forms of ivords to express 
their relations. They are found in almost all languages, and 
are of the greatest importance. They express number, 
gender, case, tense and person. 



ORTHOGRAPHY. 53 

The terminations belonging to the Anglo-Saxon part of 
the English language, have already been given in the 
Hand-Book of Anglo-Saxon Orthography. There are a 
few terminations in the English language still remaining to 
be explained. These belong to the engrafted elements : 
words of French, Latin and Greek origin retain their own 
terminations, and require our attention. 

The terminations of the English language, derived from 
the Gothic, Celtic, French and classic languages, are very 
few in number. The reason of this may be stated. Ter- 
minations mark the relations of words to one another, and 
belong to Grammar. Now, the relations or grammar of 
words, in our language, belongs to the Anglo-Saxon part, 
and is given in the first Hand-Book. 



INSTRUCTION XXXII. 
TERMINATIONS THAT MARK NUMBER. 

The names of single things, derived from the French, 
Latin and Greek languages, are changed into the names 
of plural things by certain terminations. These are as fol- 
lows : x, s, es ; a, m, i, es, us ; a, es, ta ; im, i. 

EXERCISE. 



Beau, a well-dressed young man. 
Beauz, -well-dressed young men. 
More Monsieur, Sir, a title of address to a man. 
* 1 than one. Messieurs, Sirs, a title of address to men. 
E$ Madame, a title of address to a lady. 

MesDAME.s, a title of address to ladies. 



54 



ORTHOGRAPHY. 



A 

M. 

I. 

ES. 
US. 



Arcanum, a secret thing. 
Arcanac, secret things. 
Larva, a young insect in its grub state. 
Larvce, young insects in their grub state. 
More Magus, a wise man of Persia. 
than one. Mag?', "wise men of Persia. 

Basis, the foundation of a thing. 

Bes«s, more than one foundation. 

Apparatus, means to secure an end. 

Apparatms, more than one means to secure an end. 






ES. 



TA. 



Phenomenon, an event that is visible. 
Phenomena, events that are visible. 
More Crisis, the turning point of an affair. 
than one. Crises, the turning points of affairs. 
Dogma, a doctrine, or fixed opinion. 
DoGMAta, doctrines, or fixed opinions. 



IM. 



miscellaneous. 



Cherub, the Hebrew name of an angel. 
More GnERvmm, the name of angels. 
than one. Virtuoso, one who loves music and painting. 
Virtuos?', those who love music and painting. 



NSTRUCTION XXXIII 



TERMINATIONS THAT MARK GENDER. 

All languages have certain ways by which the names 
of males and females are distinguished from one another. 
It is often done by using different words ; as, boy, girl* 
beau, belle. It is commonly done by terminations. The 
name of the male is changed into the name of the female 
by the addition of a letter, or letters ; as, lion, lioness ; poet, 



ORTHOGRAPHY. 55 

poetess. The termination, ess, so common in English, was 
received from the French. They borrowed it from the 
Latin. It was originally Greek. 

The names of some male persons, derived from the 
French, Latin and Greek, are changed into the names of 
females by the following terminations : 

EXERCISE. 



ESS.^ 



IX. 



Actor, a man who acts on the stage. 

The sign of Actrcss, a woman who acts on the stage. 
a female ^ . , , 

J Jtoet, a man who makes poetry. 

name. ' r J 

FoKTess, a woman who makes poetry. 



Testator, a man who leaves a will at death. 

Testatum, a woman who leaves a will at death. 

The sign of Administrator, a man who attends to the affairs of one 
a female q • .,, , .„ 

J dying without a will. 

name. J ° 

Administratrix, a woman who attends to the affairs of 

one dying without a will. 



{The sign of Hero, a man who does deeds in arms. 
l„^ Hero£w£, a woman who does deeds in arms. 



name. 



MISCELLANEOUS. 



m. 



INA. 



Carl, the name of a poor old man. 
C.KRhin, the name of a poor old woman. 
Ihe sign of Sultan, the name of the Emperor of Turkey. 
name Sultana, the name of the Empress of Turkey. 
Czar, the name of the Emperor of Russia. 
CzARtna, the name of the Empress of Russia. 



56 ORTHOGRAPHY. 



INSTRUCTION XXXIV. 

SUFFIXES. 



The things, which words stand for, are constantly chang- 
ing. They appear in new relations and new aspects. In- 
stead of representing these changes by new words, we 
commonly represent them by changes in the form of the 
radical word. I think, for instance, of the action of baking, 
and express it by the word, bake. I may think also of the 
agent and the place where this action takes place. I can 
express them by a change in the form of the word, bake, 
by adding er, ery to it. Thus arise the two words, baker, 
bakery. These changes take place by suffixes. 

Suffixes are letters added to the end of a word to form neiv 
ones with new significations. They occur in all languages, 
and are the fragments of original words, now in many cases 
lost. 

The suffixes in the English language, like the language 
itself, are of a mixed character. They have been received 
from the Gothic, French, Latin and Greek tongues. The 
most of them, however, are the same suffixes under different 
forms, and may be happily brought together and studied in 
group's. These groups may be arranged under the objects 
to which they relate. For instance, the Gothic, er ; the 
French, ier ; the Latin, or, and the Greek, ist, er, tor, refer 
to the AGENT, or doer, and may be grouped under this head. 

In the study of suffixes, the pupil should carefully distin- 
guish the suffix from the connecting vowel. Thus, Eal, ial and 
ual, as they appear in the words, corporeal, dictators? and 
habitz^a?, are not different suffixes from al, in the word 
finaZ. The E, I and U are connecting vowels. Consonants, 



ORTHOGRAPHY. 57 

and even a syllable, as well as vowels, sometimes form the 
connection between suffixes and the radical words. These, 
too, must be carefully distinguished from suffixes. Thus, 
T in parenTal, and is in artisan, connect the radical words, 
parens and ars, with the suffixes, al and an. 

The suffixes of the engrafted parts of the English lan- 
guage have been classified in the order of their meaning : 
thus, those denoting little or minute ; the agent or actor ; the 
act ; the act of making ; the thing made or produced by the act ; 
may or can be ; made of; pertaining to ; quality ; state or con- 
dition ; abounding in ; the place where; like. Then the com- 
pound suffixes, and ism with its various meanings. 



INSTRUCTION XXXV. 

SUFFIXES THAT DENOTE WHAT IS LITTLE OR MINUTE. 

The names of things are often changed into the names of 
little things of the same kind by the addition of a letter, or 
letters. Mall, for instance, is the name of a large wooden 
beetle ; mallei is the name of a small one. 

Additions of this character are called suffixes, and are 
derived from the Gothic, French, Latin and Greek languages. 
They are ling ; et ; ule, cule, cle, el ; and isk, and mean 
little or minute. Those of Anglo-Saxon origin have 
already been noticed. 

EXERCISE. 



LING- ' Little ^ UCK > a water-fowl, named from its ducking 
) DvcKling, a little water-fowl that ducks. 

3* 



58 



ORTHOGRAPHY. 



ET. \ 



Little. 



Mall, a large beetle for driving any thing. 
MallcJ, a little beetle for driving any thing. 



ULE. 



CULE. 



CLE. 



EL. 



Little, 
minute. 



Globe, a round body. 

Globule, a little round body. 

Animal, a living creature that breathes. 

Animalcw/?, a very little animal. 

Corpus, the Latin name for body. 

CoRPUscfe, a little body, as an atom. 

Saccus, the Latin name for bag ; not used in English. 

Satchc?, a little bag. 



ISK. \ 



Little. 



Aster, the Greek name for star; not used in English. 
AsTERis/t, a little star. 



NSTRUCTION XXXVI. 



SUFFIXES TflAT DENOTE THE AGENT, OR ACTOR. 



The names of agents, in English, are formed from verbs 
and nouns by certain suffixes. They are of Gothic, French, 
Latin and Greek origin, and are as follows : er, ar, ard; ier, 
ee, eur, on, ain ; eer, or, an, ant, ent, ate, ary, ive, zen ; ian, 



ite, ist, ask 



All these denote the agent, or actor. 



ER. 

AR. 

ARD. 



EXERCISE. 
GOTHIC. 

Rob, to seize by force. 

RoBBer, one who robs. 

~ , Lie, to stretch ; to utter what is false. 
One who. " ' *.*.•*■» 

Liar, one who utters what is ialse. 

Cow, to depress ; to humble by fear. 

Coward, one who is humbled by fear. 




ORTHOGRAPHY. 59 



Cash, what is kept in a casket ; money in hand. 
CAsnier, one who pays out cash in a bank. 
Pay, to send to ; to give what is due. 
One who. Pay#?, one who is to receive what is paid. 

AMAieur, one who cultivates an art from taste. 
Gluttow, one who eats to excess. 
CuiEFtain, the leader of a troop. 



-ppj? C Auction, the act of increasing ; a public sale. 

AucTioN^er, one who sells at public sales. 

^tj Act, to urge ; to do any thing. 

AcTor, one who does any thing. 

Art, strength ; the practice of skill. 

AitTiscm, one who is versed in practical skill. 
AN" ... 

Europe, a large division of the world. 

European, one who lives in Europe. 

Assist, to stand by ; to aid. 
One who. AssiST<m£, one who aids. 

Adhere, to stick to. 

ADHERm/, one who adheres. 

Grade, a step ; a degree. 

GRADuafc, one who takes a degree. 

Mission, the sending of any one. 

MissioNary, one who is sent ; a minister to the heathen, 
jy-p CaptJw, one who is taken in war. 

FvGnive, one who runs away. 
ZEN. (_ Cmzen, one who lives in a city. 



ENT. 
ATE. 
ARY 



IAN. 



Arithmetic, belonging to numbers. 
ARiTHMEncian, one who is skilled in numbers. 
Christ, the Anointed One ; the Saviour. 
Christ/ow, one who believes in Christ. 



TE. 1 0n€ who ' ERKMite, one who lies in a desert. 

Psalm, something produced by the touch ; a sacred song, 
Psalm«£, one who composes psalms. 
AST. [_ ExcoMias^, one who praises. 



60 



ORTHOGRAPHY. 



INSTRUCTION XXXVII. 

SUFFIXES TIIAT DENOTE THE ACT. 

Many words in the English language stand for the act by 
which a thing is done. They are nouns, and are formed 
from verbs by certain suffixes. These are of Latin origin. 
Such are ion, sion, merit, ent, and escent. All these denote the 
ACT expressed by the radical word ; as, intrude, to thrust 
oneself in ; intrusion, the act of thrusting oneself in. 

EXERCISE. 



ION 



SION. 
MENT. 

ENT. J 
ESCENT. [ 



Inspect, to look into ; to examine. 

Inspection, the act of examining. 

Condemnation, the act of passing sentence. 

Complete, to fill ; to finish. 

Completion, the act of finishing. 

Persuade, to urge strongly ; to excite to action. 

Persuasion, the act of exciting to action. 

Eject, to cast out. 

EjECTmew^, the act of casting out. 

Depend^, the act of continuing to hang on. 
ipBENEVOLewi, the act of continuing to wish well. 
YLonescent, the act of continuing to bloom. 



INSTRUCTION XXXVIII. 
SUFFIXES THAT DENOTE THE ACT OF MAKING. 

The suffixes, en x er, fy, fie, ate, itemize, ise, denote the ACT of 
making, or simply TO make. They are fragments of verbs, 
some of which are no longer in use. These suffixes are 
of Gothic, Latin, and Greek origin. When added to nouns 
or adjectives, they change them into verbs. 



ORTHOGKAPHY. 61 



EXERCISE 



Loose, free ; untied. 
To make. Looser?, to make free, or untie. 

WAver, to make, or cause to move to and fro. 



Ample, large, or roomy. 

Ampli/?/, to make roomy. 

Sopori/jc, making or causing sleep. 

Domestic, belonging to the house. 
ATF 

J ' -{ To make. Domestic^, to make domestic. 

Unum, the Latin name for one. 

Unite, to make one. 

Legal, belonging to law ; according to law. 

UEGKhize, to make legal. 



FY. 
FIC. 



ITE. 
IZE. 



T71 -, f Christian, one who believes in Christ. 

1 n , , CaTisTiANtze, to make or cause one to become a Christian. 
To make. . 

Critic, one who judges works of art. 

' (_ CRiTicise, to make or pass judgment on works of art. 



INSTRUCTION XXXIX. 

SUFFIXES TIIAT DENOTE THE THING WHICH IS MADE OR PRODUCED BY THE ACT. 

The acts of agents are productive, and bring forth, many 
results. The words which stand for them are nouns, and 
are formed from verbs by a large class of suffixes, derived 
from the Gothic, French, Latin, and Greek languages. They 
are chiefly from the Latin and Greek. Such are the suffixes, 
er, oir ; ure, age, ion, merit, ence, He, ite or it, ive, ism, mony, 
men, al, ice, t, ade; m, me, ma, tery, omenon, al, sis, sy, se. 

All these denote the thing which, or the production 
of the act. 



62 



ORTHOGRAPHY. 



ER. 



EXERCISE. 
GOTHIC. 

The tidng Halt, to bind and hold. 
which. HALTer, the thing which holds 



a rope. 



FRENCH. 

| Reserve, to keep back ; to lay up for future use. 

OIR. \ w hi e h Reservom*, the thing which is reserved ; the place where 



I 



URE. 

AGE 

ION. 

MENT. 

ENCE 

ILE. 

ITE, 
or 
IT. 

IVE. 
ISM. 



MONY. 

MEN. 
AL. 

ICE. 



ADE. 



any thing is stored, especially water. 

LATIN. 

Create, to make. 

Creatm?-?, the thing which is made. 
Carry, to bear. 

Carrio#<?, the thing which bears. 
Produce, to lead forth ; to bring forward. 
PRODUCTion, the thing which is brought forward. 
Impede, to catch the feet ; to hinder. 
IiiPEDimm^, the thing which hinders. 
Occur, to strike against ; to come to mind. 
OccuRRewce, the thing which occurs. 
Project, to cast forward ; throw. 
Project^, the thing which is thrown. 
Yisite, that which is bounded. 
Depose, to lay aside. 
Depos^, the thing which is laid aside. 
Orb, a round moving body. 
OrbzI, the path of an orb. 
Narrate, to tell as a story. 
Narratjw, the thing which is told. 
Pagan, a peasant ; a heathen. 

Pagan ?sm, the things which heathens believe and prac- 
tise. 
Testament, a will. 

TE&Timony, the thing which is given in proof of any thing. 
~REGi??ie?i, the thing which regulates. 

Rehearse, to recite again ; to repeat the words of another. 
Rehears^, the thing which is rehearsed. 
Just, straight ; right. 
Jvsrice, the thing which is right. 
Restrain, to hold back. 
Restrain^, the thing which holds back. 
CANNONrtefe, the attack with cannons. 



ORTHOGRAPHY. 



M. 


' 


ME. 




MA. 


"?' 






TERY. 


1 


J 
OMENON. 1 




AL. 




SIS. 


S 


SY. 




SE. 





Problem?, the thing which is to be proved ; a question. 
THvme, the thing which is set ; a subject. 
DoGma, the thing which is thought ; a fixed notion. 
PsxLtery, the thing which is touched to make music ; 

stringed instrument. 
~PaEsomenon, the thing which is visible. 
ScANDa^, the thing which causes us to stumble ; offense. 
Basm, that which is set ; the foundation. 
PoEsy, the thing which is made by the poet. 
Eclipse, the thing which fails ; obscuration of light. 



INSTRUCTION XL. 

SUFFIXES THAT DENOTE MAT OE CAN BE. 

The suffixes, able, ible, ble, ive and He, are of Latin origin, 
and denote that which may or can be. The Gothic word, 
able, meaning strong, is regarded as the root of the suffixes, 
able, ible and ble, since it has shaped their meaning. 

EXERCISE. 



ABLE. 

IBLE. 
BLE. 
ILE. 

IVE. 



Attain, to reach to. 

ATTAisable, that may or can be reached. 
Access, coining to ; the approach. 
Aocess£6^, that may or can be approached. 

Docile, that may or can be taught. 

a y ? r F&AGile, that may or can be broken. 
can be. J 

Attract, to draw to. 

Attractm;*?, that may or can attract. 

Execute, to follow ; to perform. 

ExECimw, the power that performs ; the chief ruler. 

Create, to form or make any thing. 

Creator, that may or can create. 



64 OKTHOGRAPHY. 



INSTRUCTION XLI. 

SUFFIXES THAT DENOTE MADE OF. 



The Gothic suffix, en, and the Latin suffix, ous, are added 
to nouns, and form adjectives. They signify made of. 



X E R C I S E 



Wood, the hard substance of trees. 



EIV l Made of. 

WooDm, made of wood. 



Fibre, a tine thread. 
TS -l Mad f Fjbrows, made or composed of fine thread. 

Cartilage, an animal substance softer than bone. 
Cartilaginous, made or consisting of cartilage. 



INSTRUCTION XLII. 
SUFFIXES TIIAT DENOTE PERTAINING TO. 

The names of many things in English are changed into 
adjectives that denote pertaining or relating to, by certain 
suffixes. These are chiefly of Latin origin, and are as 
follows : al, ar, ry, He, me, an, tan, lent and ain. Those 
of Greek origin are as follows : al, ac, an, ic and ine. The 
suffixes, an, He and ic, are both Latin and Greek. All these 
suffixes denote pertaining to, or of the nature of. 






ORTHOGRAPHY. 



65 



EXERCISE. 



AL. 

AR. 

RY. 

ILE. 
TNE. 

AN. 
IAN 

LENT. 
AIN. 



LATIN. 

Parent, what produces ; a father or mother. 

Parent^, pertaining to a father or mother. 

Circle, a figure, every point of whose circumference is 

equally distant from the centre. 
CiRCULar, pertaining to a circle ; of the nature of a circle. 
Planet, a wanderer ; one of the heavenly bodies. 
PLANETAry, pertaining to the planets. 
AMATon/, pertaining to love. 
PuERiVe, pertaining to a boy. 
Infant^, pertaining to an infant. 
CA^ine, pertaining to a dog. 
Pagow, pertaining to a village ; a heathen. 
SyLvan, pertaining to, or of the nature of a wood. 
Paris, the name of the capital of France. 
PARisian, pertaining to Paris. 
Christ, the anointed Saviour. 
CHRiST^an, pertaining to Christ. 
Fraud, a cheat ; deception. 
FrauduZ^, pertaining to a fraud. 
Pest, a stroke ; a plague. 
VESTilent, pertaining to a pest. 

Chapel, a hood, then a tent ; now a place of worship. 
CHAPLai/?, pertaining to a chapel ; a minister of a chapeL 



AL. 


r* 




►< 






AC. 


> 




S; 


AN. 


© 












S> 






1C. 


'« 








*. 






NE. 


*i 



ScANDaZ, pertaining to, or of the nature of an offense. 

Elegy, a wail ; a mournful poem. 

Elegit, pertaining to a mournful poem. 

Christ, the Anointed One ; the Saviour. 

CHRisTian, pertaining to Christ ; a follower of Christ. 

Type, a mark ; a sign or symbol. 

TypIc, pertaining to, or of the nature of a type. 

Crystal, a clear mineral of a regular form. 

CRYSTALiin*, pertaining to, or of the nature of crystal. 



60 ORTHOGRAPHY. 

INSTRUCTION XLIII. 

SUFFIXES THAT DENOTE THE QUALITY. 

There is a large class of words in English that denote 
the quality of things considered in itself. Many of these 
are formed by the addition of certain suffixes to verbs or 
adjectives. Fertile, for instance, means rich or fruitful: 
fertile means the quality of being rich. Suffixes of this 
character are chiefly Latin. They are the following : ty, ate, 
tie, cy, ice, ry, y, or, ism, and mony. Such suffixes denote 
the quality, considered in and by itself. 

EXERCISE. 



TY. 

ATE. 
ITE. 

CY. 

ICE. 
RY. 

Y. 

OR, 

ISM. 
MONY 



Novel, recent ; pertaining to what is recent. 
NovELfo/, the quality of being recent. 
Serene, clear or calm. 
Sereni^/, the quality of being serene. 
Fortune, an event ; good or bad events. 
Fortune, the quality of having good luck. 
ERum'te, learned ; the quality of being learned. 
Radiant, emitting rays ; shining. 
Radianc?/, the quality of shining. 
Innocent, harmless. 
~ .. Innocenc?/, the quality of being harmless. 
f Just, right. 

Justice, the quality of being right. 

Brave, bold ; daring. 

BRAVEry, the quality of being daring. 

Modest, restrained ; retired. 

Modest^, the quality of being retired. 

Fervo?-, the quality of being warm. 

Hero, a man who follows the pursuit of arms ; a brave 

man. 
Herowwi, the quality of being brave. 
Acrid, sharp ; severe. 
kcvumony, the quality of being sharp or severe. 



OKTHOGKAPHY. 



67 



INSTRUCTION XLIV. 

SUFFIXES THAT DENOTE STATE OR CONDITION. 

The state or condition Of things, in English, is often 
expressed by adding certain suffixes to names of qualities. 
Such are the suffixes, ce, ude, age) ry, ate, ism, cy, and id. 
These denote the state or condition, expressed by the 
radical word. They are of Latin origin. 



CE. 



UDE. 



AGE. 
EY. 

ATE. 

ISM. 
CY. 
ED. 



EXERCISE. 

LATIN. 

Vigilant, watchful. 

Vigilance, the state of being "watchful. 

Dependent, hanging on ; supported. 

Dependence, the state of being supported. 

Arborescent, growing like a tree. 

Arborescent, state of growing like a tree. 

Quiet, at rest. 

QuiETWe, the state of being at rest. 

'PhT.yirude, the state of being full. 

Exact, pressed ; precise or correct. 

ExACTiTwcfe, the state of being exact. 

Bond, bound ; servile. 

BoNDoye, the state of being bound. 

Peer, a nobleman. 

Peera^c, the condition or rank of a peer. 

Slave, one bound to another. 

Slave/?/, the state of a slave. 

Doctor, a learned teacher. 

Doctors, the degree of a doctor ; the state or office of 

doctor. 
Professor^, the state or office of a professor. 
SwAGism, the state of a savage. 
Captainc?/, the state, or rank of a captain. 
Ferv^c?, the state of being warm. 



ORTHOGKAPHY. 



INSTRUCTION XLV. 

SUFFIXES THAT DENOTE ABOUNDING IN. 

There are a few suffixes that have the sense of fulness 
or abounding in. They are of Latin origin. Such are the 
suffixes, ous, and ose. They denote abounding in, or full 
of. 

E X E R C 



r 



ous. 



OSE. 



S E. 
LATIN. 

Mountain, a high elevation of land. 

Mountainous, abounding in mountains. 

Righteows, abounding in right. 

Sanguine, red like blood. 

Sanguineous, abounding in blood. 

Robustiows, abounding in strength. 

Tempestuous, full of tempests. 

Argillaceous, abounding in clay ; clayey. 

Capacioms, of large dimensions. 

CuTANEorts, pertaining to, or affecting the whole skin. 

Instantaneous, full of the moment ; immediate. 

Erroneous, abounding in, or having the nature of error. 

Cementiti ous, abounding in, or having the nature of cement. 

Verb, a word. 

Verbose, abounding in words. 



INSTRUCTION XLVI. 

SUFFIXES THAT DENOTE THE PLACE WHERE. 

The agent or person who follows any kind of business 
must have a place where he pursues it. The words that 
stand for such a place are formed from the agent by the suf- 
fix, y. The full suffix that denotes the place where, is ry. 
It sometimes naturally denotes also the trades or kinds of 
occupations, and the things contained in the place. Audi- 



OKTHOGRAPHY. 



tor, for instance, is a hearer, and auditory is the place where 
he hears, and the persons in it. 



EXERCISE. 



RY.i 



AGE. 



Cutler, one who makes knives and other instrument. 

Cutlet*?/, the trade, place where, and things in it. 

Grain, any kind of corn. 

GRANAry, the place where grain is kept. 
Pla e Conservator, a preserver ; one who takes care of. 
where. Conservator/, the place where things are preserved, 
plants. 

ARMory, the place where arms are kept. 

NuRser, one who nourishes the young. 

NuRSErt/, the place where the young are nourished. 

Anchoro^, the place where an anchor may be cast. 



INSTRUCTION XLVII, 

SUFFIXES THAT DENOTE LIKE. 

Eesemblance is sometimes expressed by suffixes ;' as, en, 
ic, He, ine, ar, ate, y and oid. En is Gothic : oid is Greek. 
The others are of Latin origin. They did not mean like 
originally. It is a secondary meaning, and arises from com- 
parison. En, for instance, means made of, as in brazen, and 
then like, as in the phrase, brazen face. 

EXERCISE. 



FN i 7 'k Flax, a plant from which linen is made ; fibres of flax. 
( FLAxm, like flax, or fibres of flax. 

! 



IC. 
ILE. 



Like, 



Cone, a figure like a sugar-loaf. 
Come, like a cone. 



HosT«7e, like an enemy. 



70 



INK 

AK. 

ATE. 
OUS. 

Y. 
OID. 



Like. 



ORTHOGRAPHY. 

Serpent, an animal that creeps on its belly. 

Serpent^, like a serpent. 

LuNar, like a moon. 

CntcuLar, like a circle. 

Globe, a round body. 

GLOBate, like a globe. 

Globows, like a globe. 

Saponaceous, like soap, or Laving the nature of soap. 

Sponge, a porous marine substance. 

Spong#, like a sponge. 

GREEK. 

Sphere, a round body, or globe. 
Sphero^c?, like a sphere, or globe. 






INSTRUCTION XLVIII. 
COMPOUND SUFFIXES. 

There are often more than one suffix found attached to 
a word. We often have the first, second and third deriva- 
tive words by the addition of the first, second and third suf- 
fix. Each one requires attention ; but it is the last one that 
gives the peculiar idea of the word. Alphabet, for instance, 
is a compound word, formed by the Grecian names of a, b. 
We add ic to it, and have alphabetic, like an alphabet. To 
this, we add, al, and form the word, alphabetical, pertaining 
to what is like an alphabet. We add the suffix, ly, to this, 
and form the word, alphabetical?/, which means like that 
which belongs to what is like an alphabet. 

Such is an instance of a compound suffix. In examining 
its formation, we see that it is composed of simple suffixes, 
the last one always giving the precise meaning of the word ; 
as, alphabet, alphabetic, alphabetical, alphabetical. 



ORTHOGRAPHY. 71 



INSTRUCTION XLIX. 

THE SUFFIXES THAT HAVE MOKE THAN ONE MEANING. 

Some of the suffixes have more than one meaning. Ate, 
for instance, means one who, the act of making, quality of a 
thing, and like or resemblance. Thus, graduate is one who 
has taken a degree ; narrate, to make or give an orderly 
account ; temperate means a low degree of heat, and globate, 
like a globe. 

These different meanings are easily explained. The 
suffix, in some cases, forms nouns, verbs, and adjectives : 
in others, the same word is used for the act and the product; 
the state and the quality ; the thing which, and the quality ; 
the place where, and the practice of some art in it. Two 
things, then, explain them: they form different kinds ofivords, 
or words differently used. 

EXERCISE. 

AN, one who ; as, American. ; pertaining to ; as, sylvan. 

ANT, ENT, one who; as, merchant : the act of; as, benevolent : state of; as, 
pendent 

ATE, one who ; as, potentate ; to make ; as, regulate : quality ; as, animate : 
like; as, cordate. 

ITE, one who ; as, Rechabite ; to make ; as, unite : the thing which ; as, re- 
quisite : quality ; as, composite. 

IVE, one who ; as, captive : the thing which ; as, relative : that may or can ; 
as, persuasive. 

ION, the act ; as, compulsion ; the thing which ; as, intimation. 

MENT, the act ; as, judgment ; the thing which ; as, ejectment 

AGE, the thing which ; as, porterage : the state of; as, orphanage. 

CE, the thing which ; as, assistance ; the state of; as, vigilance. 

ISM, the thing which ; as, Calvinism : the state of; as, savagism : the act of; 
as, criticism. 

ILE, that may or can be ; as, fragite : the thing which ; as projective : pertain- 
ing to ; as, infantite : like ; as, puerite. 






72 ORTHOGRAPHY. 

ICE, the thing which ; as, justice; the quality ; as, cowardice. 

Y, the quality ; as, dewy : like ; as, bloody. 

RY, the quality; as, bravery: state; as, slavery; the place where; 

nursery. 
EN", to make ; as, whiten ; made of; as, oaken ; like ; as, golden. 
1C, pertaining to ; as, lyric ; like ; as, spheric. 
INE, pertaining to ; as, crystalline ; like ; as, feminine. 
AR, one who ; as, liar ; pertaining to ; as, solar ; like ; as, tabular. 
OUS, abounding in ; as, dangerous ; made of; as, fibrous : like ; as, globoid. 
ARY, one who ; as, lapidary ; place where ; as, library ; pertaining to ; as, 

military. 

The suffix, ism, has various meanings, and requires a 
particular notice. These may be presented in this place. 

State. BARBARism, the state of barbarians. 
Quality. HERoism, the quality of a hero ; or rather, deeds. 
DoctrinesDmsm, the doctrines of those who believe in God as Cre- 
ISM. -! ator alone. 

Idiom. HEBRAism, an idiom, or mode of speech among the He- 
brews. 
Art. Criticis?n, the art or practice of the critic. 



INSTRUCTION L. 

THE RELATION OF SUFFIXES TO RADICAL WORDS. 

The relation between radical words and suffixes is one 
of much interest, and should be carefully studied. It is the 
same relation as that w^iich subsists between a stock and a 
graft. 

The radical word, it will be remembered, is one that gives 
rise to other words. Hope, for instance, is a radical word, 
and gives rise to the words hopeful, hopeless, hopelessly, and 
others. 

A suffix is a letter or letters added to a word to form a 
new one with a new meaning. Less, for instance, is added 
to care, and forms carekss, carelessly. 



ORTHOGRAPHY. 73 

The words, hope and care, in these instances, are stocks ; 
and the suffixes, Jul, less, lessly, are grafts, taken from 
other words and engrafted on hope and care. As the fruit 
produced in the natural world, is in all cases the fruit of 
the grafts, so the meanings in the world of derivative words, 
are in all cases the meanings of the suffixes. This may be 
illustrated. Love is a radical word, and stands for that 
feeling which leads us to delight in persons or things. From 
this, I form the derivative words, lover, loving, lovingly, love- 
less, by the addition of suffixes. All these words have a 
new meaning, and this meaning is expressed by the suffixes. 
Thus explained, the relation of radical words and suffixes 
is easily understood. It is that of the stock and graft, or the 
seed and the blade, stalk and ear. It is the growth of language 
as seen in words. 

INSTRUCTION LI. 



The things about which we think and talk, appear in time 
and place. The sun, for instance, rises in the morning in 
the east, and sets at evening in the west. 

They ever appear at rest or in motion. "We mark their 
appearance, and express it by words. Accordingly, we 
speak of the growth of plants. Grass grows. But this 
growth changes. Now, instead of representing the change 
by a new word, we represent it by a change in the form of 
the radical word, growth. The grass overgrows the walk. 
Over, in this case, is a prefix. 

A prefix is a letter or letters added to the beginning of a word, 
to form a new one with a new meaning; as, close, mclose. 
Prefixes occur in all languages. In some cases, they are 
4 



74 ORTHOGRAPHY. 

prepositions or adverbs. In other cases, they are fragments 
of words now no longer in use. 

English prefixes are nnmerons. They are also of a mixed 
character. Some of them are Gothic ; others are French ; 
some are Latin, and others still are Greek. 

They resemble each other. In many cases, the same pre- 
fix appears in all these languages. The Greek apo, the 
Latin ab, the French a, and the Gothic of, or off, differ only 
in form. They are the same prefix. 

Prefixes agree in another point. They represent rest 
and motion in time and place, and may be arranged in 
groups accordingly. The Latin supra, for instance, Greek 
hyper, French sur, and Gothic over, all signify rest or motion 
above or over something else in time or place. Thus we 
shall study them. 

They are classified thus : Those denoting motion in time 
and place ; REST AND motion within or between objects in time 
and place ; rest and motion out of a place or point of time ; 
REST AND MOTION without or beyond a place or point of time ; 
REST AND MOTION before or after some place or point of time ; 
REST AND MOTION above or below a place or point of time. 

INSTRUCTION Lll. 
PREFIXES THAT DENOTE REST AND MOTION IN TIME AND PLACE. 

In and en are the same prefix under two forms. It oc- 
curs in Gothic, French, Latin and Greek, and denotes rest 
and motion IN time and place. 

The n, in this prefix, is frequently changed into other 
letters. In Gothic, it becomes m ; as, embitter : in French, 
m ; as, empanel : in Latin, I, m, r, g ; as, i71ude, impose, 
irrigate, ignoble: and in Greek, m; as, emphasis. It be- 



ORTHOGRAPHY. 



75 



comes m before words beginning with m, 6, p ; and Z, r, q, 
before words beginning with these letters. 



EXERCISE. 



IN, 
OE 

EN. 



In, 

or 

into. 



Mate, a companion. 

InuAiE, one who lodges with another in a house. 
Grave, to carve or cut on wood or stone. 
Migrate, to carve or cut into wood or stone. 
JEmBEV, to lay or put into a bed. 



EN". 



In, 

or 

into. 



Large, spread out ; extended. 

JSViLARGE, to spread out into large dimensions. 

.EVwbottle, to put into bottles. 



W. 



In, 

or 

into. 



/tihabitant, one who dwells in a place. 
JnnABiT, to dwell in a certain place. 
imBiBE, to drink in any thing. 
7/lumine, to shine into ; to enlighten. 
irRiTATE, to excite heat in body or mind. 
JpsiFY, to make into a fire. 



j n EmzRGY, power in a person or thing ; inherent power, 
or -EVidemic, in a country or people. 
into. jifopHASizE, to speak with force in or on certain wordi 



INSTRUCTION LIU. 



PREFIXES THAT DENOTE REST AND MOTION WITHEST OR BETWEEN OBJECTS IN 
TIME AND PLACE. 

The prefixes, enter, inter and intro, are different forms of 
the same prefix, and denote rest and motion within or 



76 ORTHOGRAPHY. 

between objects in time and place. Enter is the French 
form, and is derived from "the Latin, inter. It sometimes 
becomes inter. 

EXERCISE. 



JEnterTAix, to receive within the house and treat hospi- 
ENTER, I Within, tably. 

or -I or JnterhACE, to weave, or intermix threads within one 
INTER. I between. ano ther. 

InterviEW, a view between persons. 



liS IER, i Within, JntercEVE, to come between parties to reconcile them. 
TNTRO / h t e -^ rol)XJc:E > to lead or bring within a place ; to make known. 



INSTRUCTION LIV. 

PREFIXES THAT DENOTE REST AND MOTION FROM A PLACE OR POINT OF 

TIME. 

Ah or a, apo, a, and of or off, are prefixes of the same sig- 
nification. They denote rest and motion from a place or 
point of time. It is from the outside of the place or object 
in it. 

The Greek apo is the root of all the others. Indeed, the 
Latin ab, French a, and Gothic of or off, are only different 
forms of it. 

They undergo some changes in being placed before some 
words. P becomes ph ; as, aphelion : and ab becomes a ; 
as, avert. 

EXERCISE. 



{Set, to fix or place. 
From. 0^ SET> t0 p i ace fif rom another. 



ORTHOGRAPHY. 77 



-1 



„ Abate, to beat from or down : to lessen. 

Frotn 

A void, to keep away from a thing. 



ABS, 
AB, 

OR 

A. 

DE. 



Abscowo, to hide from view. 
from. jlbs-EXT, away from; as, home. 
Frot r Averse, turned /rom; disliking, 
^oot Z>cpart, to go away from. 



GREEK. 



AP0, f ApozoGY, a discourse from; an excuse from something. 

or < From. AphELiox, from the sun ; the place of a planet most dis- 
APH. ^ tant from the sun. 



INSTRUCTION I_V. 

PREFIXES THAT DENOTE REST AND MOTION OUT OF A PLACE OR POINT OF 

TIME. 

The prefixes, out, a, ex or e and eh, denote rest and mo- 
tion out of a place or point of time. They refer to the 
inside. 

The x, in the Latin ex, and the h, in the Greek eh, are 
often dropped, and then the prefix is e alone. Sometimes 
the x becomes/; as, e/fete. 

EXERCISE. 






C Break, to part or divide. 

OUT. j Out of. W ^ BREAK) to break out of a place ; to shine forth. 



A. ] Out of. Afraid, frightened out of mind ; terrified. 



78 



ORTHOGRAPHY, 



EX, 
E, 

OR 

ER 
EC. 



Out of. 



Occlude, to shut out of a place. 

jEgress, a going out of. 

jEyp-Lux, a flowing out of. 

Eccentric, from or out from the centre. 



EC, 



E. 



Out of. 



GREEK. 

-Eclogue, a selection out of; a pastoral poem. 
.Ecclesiastic, one called out of; a person connected with 

the church. 
.Eclipse, a failing out of; the darkening or obscuring of 

light. 



INSTRUCTION LVI, 



PREFIXES THAT DENOTE REST AND MOTION WITHOUT, OR BEYOND A PLACE OR 
POINT OF TIME. 

The Latin prefixes, extra and ultra, t?~ans and preter, the 
Greek para and meta, and the French tres and outre, in com- 
position, out, denote beyond, rest and motion on the out- 
side of a place or point of time. 

Trans becomes tra in some cases ; as, tradition. 



EXERCISE, 



OUT 
TRES 



\ 



Beyond. 



OWrage, to spoil beyond remedy ; violence. 
JVespAss, to go beyond ; to transgress. 



EXTRA. 

ULTRA. 

PRETER. 

TRANS. 



.Ea;£raORDiNARY, beyond what is usual. 
1 UltraisT, one who goes beyond what is moderate. 
g> Preterx atxjral, beyond what is natural. 
^ 7rom$ATLANTic, beyond the Atlantic. 



ORTHOGRAPHY. 



79 



PARA. 
META, 

OR 

METH. 



Paradox, an opinion beyond what is true, or appears so. 
^s ParapHRASE, an explanation beyond the text ; an explana- 
^ tion which unfolds fully a passage or book. 
03 MetcmoRPHOSE, to change beyond, or into another form. 

MethoD, with, or beyond the way ; manner of arrangement. 



INSTRUCTION LVII. 

PKEFIXES THAT DENOTE REST AND MOTION BEFOEE OR AFTER SOME PLACE OR 
POINT OF TIME. 

The prefixes, ante, pre, pros and fore, denote rest and 
motion before, and post, after, some place or point of 
time. 

EXERCISE. 



GOTHIC. 

Andiws, the iron before the firp, or brands which support 
them. 

FRENCH. 



AND. j Before, 
ANTE. \ Before. AntecaKwmK, the room before the chief apartment. 



ANTE. 
PRE. 1 
POST. 



Before. 

I After. 



ROS, ( 

OR < 

RO. ( 



PROS, 

or ■( Before. 
PRO. 



. LATIN. 

.4nfecEDENT, that which goes before another. 
AnteD\£E, a date before another date. 
PrccEDE, to go before. 
Postscript, something written after. 

GREEK. 

P?-osthesis, a placing before ; the placing one or more 

letters before a word ; as, oeloved. 
ProGRAMME, something written before. 



INSTRUCTION LVIII. 

PREFIXES THAT DENOTE REST AND MOTION ABOVE OR BELOW A PLACE OR 
POINT OF TIME. 

The Latin prefix, super ; Greek, hyper ; French, sur, and 
Gothic over, denote above or over ; and the Latin sub, and 






80 



ORTHOGRAPHY. 



suiter ; Greek, hypo ; French, so or se ; and Gothic under, 
below or under a place or point of time. 

One of these undergoes some changes. Sub becomes sue, 
suf, sup and sue ; as, succeed, suffer, suppose and success. 



EXEEOISE. 



OVER. ( Over. Overcoi&E to pass over ; to subdue. 
UNDER. ) Under. UnderRATE, to rate under value. 



SUR. 

SO, sue. 



q /SforcHARGE, to charge over much. 

/SwrnouNT, to mount above. 

/Sojourn, under or through a day ; a temporary abiding in 
Under. a place< 

Succor, to run under ; to come to one's aid. 



SUPER. 
SUPRA. 

SUB. 



LATIN. 

Above, Supers atoral, above what is natural. 
or over. Suprauvm> ane, above the world. 

£i4&marine, under the sea. 

Succumb, to sink under. 
Under. SugGEST, to carry under ; to hint any thing. 

Sup-pour, to bear up under. 

Sustain, to bear under ; hold up. 



HYPER. ^Above. HypercRmc, one who is critical above measure. 

\ HypocRiTE, one under a mask ; one who feigns to be what 

HYPO. ] Under. ^ J5not 



OETHOGEAPHY. 



81 



INSTRUCTION LIX. 

PREFIXF3 THAT DENOTE BEST OR MOTION ABOUT A PLACE OR POINT 
OF TIME. 

Gircum, ?mb, peri, amphi and court, denote rest and mo- 
tion about a place or point of time. 



EXERCISE. 
FRENCH. 

j CowttTRY, the land about a city ; a tract of land. 

COUN. -i About. CounciL, an assemblage of men called to consult about a 
[ thing. 

LATIN. 

0R Circumj acent, lying about or round. 

CIRCU. a i . Gircurrm avigate, to sail about the world. 
AMB 1 - A - oou ^' 

' AmbiEUT, going about, surrounding. 

J^£ _4mPUTATE, tO CUt TOUnd / to CUt off. 



PERL 
AMPHI. 



About. 



Pm'cARDiUM, a skin round the heart. 
PmoARP, a skin about fruit. 

^ImpAiTHEATRE, the place where one can see around; a 
kind of circular theatre. 



INSTRUCTION LX. 

PREFIXES THAT DENOTE REST OR MOTION AGAINST, IN PLACE AND TIME. 

The Latin prefixes, contra and oh ; Greek, anti ; French, 
counter ; and Gothic, gain, denote rest or motion against, 
in place and time. Ob undergoes some changes of form. 
It becomes oc, of, and op ; as, occur, o/fend, oppose. 

EXERC ISE. 



GAIN, < Against. Gain&AY, to speak against. 
4* 



82 ORTHOGRAPHY. 



COUNTER < "* Counter? XRT, the part opposite or against 

J &s Countei-poisv, to weigh against with equal weight. 



CONTRA, ' 

OR 

CONTRO. 



OB. 



Contramcr, to speak against. 
^ ConirovERT, t( turn against; to dispute. 
S Object, to cast against ; oppose. 



^ 



&> Cccur, to run against ; to happen. 
0/fense, a striking against ; injury. 
Oppose, to place a§ 



ANTI i Aaainst -^w^-Christ, one who is against Christ. 

( AntARunc, against or opposite the Arctic or North. 

CATA, ( Against, 

or < or CatasAYTisT, one who is against a Baptist. 
CATH. ( down. 



INSTRUCTION LXI. 

PREFIXES THAT DENOTE REST AND MOTION THROUGH A PLACE AND TIME 

The Latin per, Greek dia, and French par, denote 
through, or thoroughly, in place and time. 

EXERCISE. 

FRENCH. 






PAR. 



Through Parvox, to give through; forgive. 
Par amount, through, and above all. 



or 

above. 



{PervADE, to go or pass through. 
Through, p<?rFECT) made tnroughi or thoroughly. 

GREEK. 

DIA. -J Through. Dimeter, the measure through a circle. 



ORTHOGRAPHY. 83 



INSTRUCTION LXII. 

PREFIXES THAT DENOTE REST AND MOTION FORWARD AND BACKWARD, IN 
PLACE AND TIME. 

The prefixes, pro, pros, pur and fore, denote rest and mo- 
tion forward ; and retro, re and ana, BACKWARD or again. 

EXERCISE 
GOTHIC. 



FOR. ] f . i ForwxKD, to go forth or forward. 



_ \ „ , Purloin, to carry forth or forward ; to steal. 

PUR. \ Forward. D ' . J -'■*.,. 

) .rwrsuE, to go forward alter a thing. 



PRO. (Forward. -Promote, to move forward ; to advance. 



RETRO. I Backward. RetrocEVE, to go backward. 

-p-p j . . i&PEAT, to strike again, or back ; to do again. 

RecEVE, to go back. 



PROS, f Forward. PmsEiATE, one who comes forwaid ; a convert. 



^IwaLYSis, the loosing or separating a thing back to its 
ANA. I Back. , . 

elements. 



INSTRUCTION LXIII. 

PREFIXES THAT DENOTE APART OR SEPARATION IN TIME AND PLACE. 

Bis and se, both Latin, denote apart or separation in 
time and place. Bis becomes di before a consonant, and 
sometimes has s changed into/; as, diffident 



84 ORTHOGRAPHY. 



DIS. 
DIF, 

OR 

DL 

SE. 
SEMI. 



EXERCI SE . 



Detract, to draw apart ; to divide the attention. 
Dispel, to drive apart. 
Apart. Degress, to go apart from the subject. 
/Secede, to go apart. 
SemiciRCLE, half & circle. 



INSTRUCTION LXIV. 

PREFIXES THAT DENOTE REST AND MOTION TOGETHER, IN TIME AND PLACE. 

Con and syn denote rest and motion together, in time 
and place. Both undergo changes of form. Con becomes 
co, cog, col, com, and cor. Syn becomes sy, syl, sym. Juxta 
may be placed in this group ; it means near, or side by 
side. 

EXERCISE. 



Convene, to come together. 
Cohere, to stick together. 
Together 00 ^ me, 1>om together. 
.] Collect, to gather together. 

Commix, to mix together. 
CorROBORATE, to strengthen together. 
JXTA with ^ w;K ^ ap0SITI0N >. a position near with another. 



{SyrwBE&is,, a placing together. 
Together. SympATwi, a feeling with another, or together. 
Si/Ilable, letters taken together ; a part of a word. 



OKTHOGRAPHY. 85 

INSTRUCTION LXV. 

PREFIXES THAT DENOTE REST OR MOTION TO OR UPON, IN TIME AND PLACE. 

The prefixes, ad, epz, a and on, denote rest and motion 
TO or upon, in time and place. Ad undergoes many changes, 
and appears in the forms of ac, af, ag, al, an, ap, ar, as, at, 
and a. Para means side by side, but is commonly used for 
upon. 

EXERCISE. 



OK j To or upon. Ohward, to turn to ; to advance. 



Adjons, to join to. 
-Accredit, to give credit to. 
A/fjx, to fasten to. 
j4^gress, to go to or against. 
AIlot, to assign to. 
To or upon. Ahwex, to bind to. 

.4ppEND, to hang on or to. 
ArROGATE, to claim to oneself. 
Assail, to leap upon, to attack. 
AtTKST, to bear witness to. 
Ascribe, to mark down to. 



AD. 



EPI. r To or upon. Epiixvn, a writing upon a tombstone. 

J Upon, Para&UE, one who feeds by the side of another, or who 
' side by side. lives upon another. 



INSTRUCTION LXVI. 

PREFIXES THAT DENOTE DESTITUTION OF, IN TIME AND PLACE. 

The prefixes, un, a, an and in, denote destitution of, or 
WITHOUT, in time and place. Tin sometimes appears in the 
form of in. In takes the form of en, em, il, ig, and ir. 



86 ORTHOGRAPHY. 



EXEEO IS E. 
GOTHIC. 



UN 



IN. 



NON. 
SINE. 



I Not, JJnBTST), to unfasten, and leave without being bound. 
/ 'th t ^ rnH0LY > without, or not holy. 



LATIN. 

Tractive, not active ; "without activity. 
jy £ TmpLACABLE, not to be appeased. 
or i^NOBLE, not noble ; without nobility. 
without. 7/ LEGAL> n ot legal. 

//•reverent, not reverent ; without reverence. 
Not. iVowENTiTY, not an entity, or being. 

SinecvKE, without care ; an office without care. 



^> \ A tom, that can not be cut ; without divisibility. 

or < Without. A .,, i j 

» ^ i -d?iARCHY, without government or order. 



INSTRUCTION LXVII. 

PREFIXES THAT DENOTE WELL OK ILL, IN TIME AND PLACE. 

HJu, bene, male and dys, denote ivell or ill, in time and 
place. Eu and bene denote "WELL ; male and dys, ill or 
badly. 

EXEECISE. 
LATIN. 

BENE, f Well. BeneYOUESCE, a wishing well. 
MALE, ' 



or ] J/aZevoLENCE, a wishing ill. 

HAL. (/"• ifa^TREAT, to treat ill. 



hib. j Tr<?«. ^mlogist, one who praises well. 

DYS. 1 Badorill. I> y si,m " no ' bad or evil di g estion - 
[ DyspRoxr, a bad or evil voice. 



ORTHOGRAPHY. 87 



INSTRUCTION LXVIII. 

THE RELATION OF PEEFIXES TO EADICAL WOEDS. 

There is an interesting relation between prefixes and 
radical words, and one that must be understood in order to 
have a correct knowledge of either. It is the relation of 
rest and motion in time and place. 

A radical word, it will be remembered, is one that gives 
rise to other words. It does so by the aid of suffixes and 
prefixes. Able, for instance, in this way, gives rise to 
able?2ess, ably, and imable. 

A prefix, as already defined, is a letter or letters added 
to the beginning of a word to form a new one with a new 
meaning. De, for instance, is placed before part, and forms 
the word, depart. 

The words, able and part, in these instances, are radical 
words, and stand for things about which we think and talk. 
They are representatives of the things, and in language are 
treated as things themselves. They must accordingly 
appear at rest or in motion, and in some time and place. 
Prefixes commonly express these things. They point out 
the relation of the radical word to rest or motion in time 
and place. This is simple and interesting. 

It may be illustrated. The word, alpine, stands for what 
pertains to the Alps, a range of mountains in Europe. I 
place trans before it, and form the word, frawsalpine, which 
means beyond or on the other side of the Alps : cisalpine 
means on this side. Ordinary is any thing that is usual ; 
extraordinary is what is beyond the usual. Date is the mark 
of time, or the act of marking it. J.?2tedate is the date 
before the true one. In these instances, prefixes point out 



88 ORTHOGRAPHY. 

the relations of words to each other in place ancl time, and 
give us an interesting view of the growth of language. 

INSTRUCTION LXIX. 

ENGLISH OETnOEPT AXD OKTHOGEAPHY. 

English orthoepy and orthography treat of the spoken 
and written English word. The former addresses the ear, 
and deals in the sounds of oar language ; the latter ad- 
dresses the eye, and deals in the letters by which these sounds 
are written. 

Orthoepy and orthography, as thus presented, are closely 
related, and should be almost the same. But this is seldom 
the case. The speaking and spelling of English words 
differ widely. 

The difference between English orthoepy and orthogra- 
phy may be explained. It arises out of the following facts : 

1. We have only twenty-two distinct letters to represent 
the forty simple sounds of our language. See Inst. XXL 

2. The words of our language have come to us from 
various sources, and retain much of their national form or 
orthography. 

3. The early writers on this subject were guided solely 
by the ear, and were very careless. Many errors have 
come down to us from this source. 

4. Expedients have been devised to mark long syllables, 
and distinguish words that are sounded alike. 

The difference between English orthoepy and orthogra- 
phy, just pointed out and accounted for, has raised some 
difficulties in the way of their study. These difficulties 
require marked attention. They may be presented under 
the following heads or topics : 




ORTHOGRAPHY. 89 



1. Different sounds -of the same letter. 

2. Medial sounds, or vocal synonymes. 
3 The doubling of sounds and letters. 

4. Silent letters. 

5. Accent and orthoepy. 

6. Quantity and orthoepy. 

7. Spelling. 

8. Articulation. 

9. Enunciation. 
10. Pronunciation. 



INSTRUCTION LXX. 

DIFFERENT SOUNDS OF THE SAME LETTER. 

The same letter in English has often more than one 
sound. This is a serious difficulty in learning the orthoepy 
and orthography of our language. Written exercises, and 
the careful imitation of those who pronounce the English 
language correctly, alone can overcome it. 

The letters that impose this difficulty upon us, should be 
known, and the difficulty itself surmounted by practical 
exercises. 

1. A has four sounds ; as heard in father, mat, fate, fall. 

2. E has two sounds ; as heard in me or mete, met. 

3. I has two sounds ; as heard in pme, pin. 

4. has two sounds ; as heard in note, not. 

5. U has three sounds ; as heard in tube, tub, bull. 

6. W is sometimes a vowel and sometimes a consonant, 
and has the sound of well, as in win ; u in drew, neiv, and 
now. When followed by h, the h is pronounced before it ; 
as, what, hwat ; when, hwen. 



90 ORTHOGRAPHY. 

7. Y is both, a consonant and vowel, and has the sound 
of yeh, as in ye, youth; and of e, as in city, society. 

8. C has the sound of s before e, i, y ; as in city, centre, 
cymbal ; and of h before a, o, u ; as in cake, cut, cone ; of 
sh, as in ocean, spacious ; and of z, in discern, suffice. 

9. Ch has the sound of tsh, as in- church; of h, as in 
chorus, and of sh, as in mac/tine. 

10. D has a flat sound, as in de&d ; also the sound of t, 
as in cracked, wiped 

11. Gr has the sound of geh before a, o, u ; as in #ave, #0, 
#un ; and the sound of j before e, i, y ; as in gem, gin, 
gyrate. 

12. Gh has the sound of geh, as in ghost; of / in laxigh; 
of h in hough ; or is silent, as in plough. 

13. J has the sound of dzh, as in jest ; of y in hallelu/ah. 

14. L has the sound of le at the beginning, and of el at the 
end of words and syllables ; as in fall, Zip, traveZ. 

15. Q has the sound of Jew, as in ^ueen. 

16 R has the sound of rha at the beginning, and of ar 
at the end of a word or syllable ; as in rap, far. 

17. S has the sound of seh at the beginning, and of ess at 
the end of a word or syllable ; as, sip, less ; and also the 
sound of z in days, besom; sh in sure, and zh in vision, 
usual. 

18. T has the sound of teh, as in touch ; of sh in partial, 
and of ch in question. 

19. Th has a hard sound, as in thin. ; and a soft one, as 
in thine. 

20. Z has the sound of a gliding zeh, as in Zion, gone ; 
and of zh in azure. 



ORTHOGRAPHY. 91 

INSTRUCTION LXXI. 

MEDIAL SOUNDS, OB VOCAL SYNONYMES. 

The forty simple sounds of our language are not always 
represented by the same letters, or combinations. Other 
letters, in certain cases, take their place, and have all the. 
features of vocal synonymes. 

Vocal synonymes are letters or combinations of letters that have 
the same or similar sounds. They are known also as medial 
sounds, because they come between the others. 

The medial sounds, or vocal synonymes of our language, 
are quite numerous. They can be learned only by a care- 
ful imitation of correct speakers. Foreigners rarely can 
acquire them. 

1. A, as in father, has for its synonymes, ea, au, ua and 
ah; as in heart, aant, gward, ah. 

2. A, as in fat, has for its synonymes, aa, ai, ua; as in 
Isaac, plaid, guarantee. 

3. A, as in fate, has for its synonymes, aa, ai, ay, ea, ei, ey, 
au; as in Aaron, pam, bay, great, reign, prey and gauge. 

4. A, as in fall, has for its synonymes, aiv, au, o, oa, ou ; 
as in law, caul, cost, broad, oaght. 

5. E, as in theme, has for its synonymes, ee, ea, 03, ei, eo, 
ey, ce, ie, oi, y and i; as in feet, fear, Coesar, deceit, people, 
key, fostid, chief, chamois, city, and machine. 

6. E, as in them, has for its synonymes, ee, ai, oz, ea, ei, 
ie, eo, oi, ua, a; as in been, again, Deedalus, head, heifer, 
friend, leopard, conversion, victuals, any. 

7. I, as in pine, has for its synonymes, y, ei, ie, ey, oi, ui, 
uy ; as in my, height, die, eye, choir, guide, buy. 

8. I, as in pit, has for its synonymes, y, ai, ei, ie, oi, ui, ee, o, 
u; as in cyst, captain, surfeit, sieve, tortoise, gialt, breeches, 
women, busy. 



92 ORTHOGRAPHY. 

9. 0, as in note, has for its synonymes, oo, au, eau, eo, ew, 
oa, oe, ou, ow ; as in door, hawtboy, beau, yeoman, sew, boat, 
foe, mould, show. 

10. 0, as in not, has for its synonymes, eo, ou, a; as 
George, cowgh, what. 

11. 00, as in fool, has for its synonymes, o, oe, ou, wo, 
u ; as in move, shoe, sowp, two, pwll. 

12. U, as in mule, has for its synonymes, eu, eau, ew, ieu, 
iew, ue, ui ; as in feud, beauty, dew, adieu, view, hue, juiee. 

13. U, as in but, has for its synonymes, o, oo, eo, to, iou, 
oe, ou; as in love, flood, surgeon, cushion, preczbws, does, 
towgh. 

14. 01, as in oil, has for its synonyme, oy ; as in boy. 

15. OU, as in house, has for its synonyme, ow ; as in owl. 

INSTRUCTION LXXII. 

THE DOUBLING OF LETTERS. 

Double consonants sometimes appear in English or- 
thography. They appear in such words as mossy, batter, 
stabbing. If we pronounce these words, double sounds 
will be heard. 

This doubling of consonants is somewhat interesting. It 
forms, however, no part of the spelling of such words as 
it appears in. The doubling of the sound is an organic 
necessity. It is forced upon us. 

If I sound the word, map, the organs of voice close at 
the seat of the consonant, p ; and if I attempt to sound a 
syllable following this, that begins with a vowel, I am 
forced to repeat the p, as in mapping. This doubling of 
the sounds of consonants is represented to the eye in double 
consonants. These appear in such words as platter, soul- 
less, tatters, rattle, cattle, pudding, sinning. 



ORTHOGRAPHY. 93 

The doubling of consonants should be carefully distin- 
guished from double consonants. Double consonants appear 
in compound and derivative words, when the root ends 
and the suffix begins with the same letter. This is the case 
in the following words : innate, unnatural, adduce, sea-port- 
town. 

INSTRUCTION LXXIII. 

SILENT LETTERS. 

Orthography, we have said, represents orthoepy imper- 
fectly. Letters often appear in the written word which are 
silent in the spoken one. This is most frequently the case 
in borrowed words — words received from the French and 
Greek languages. 

Silent letters form one of the difficulties in orthoepy and 
orthography. This difficulty yields to written exercises in 
spelling, and the careful imitation of those who pronounce 
our language correctly. 

In addition to what has already been gathered up on this 
subject in the last two instructions, a few more particulars 
may be stated. There are a few silent letters that claim our 
attention. 

1. E is commonly mute or silent at the end of words ; as 
in mine, time, lone, fate. 

2. H is sometimes silent at the beginning of words ; as, 
Aonor, Aour, /iumor. 

3. Gr is sometimes silent ; as in #naw, phlegm. 

4. B is often silent ; as in com6, debtor, lam&. 

5. Ch is sometimes silent. It is so in drac/im. 

6. L is silent before k ; as in ba?k, cha£k ; and in some 
other words ; as, couZd, wouZd. 

7. 1ST is silent after m and 1 ; as in hymn, kiln. 

8. P is silent in some words ; as, josalm, empty, pneumatic. 



94 ORTHOGRAPHY. 



INSTRUCTION LXXIV. 

ACCENT AND ORTHOEPY. 

If I pronounce the word, presume, I lay greater stress 
upon the syllable, sume, than on pre. This stress is called 
accent. 

Accent is stress of voice on a syllable or syllables of a word. 
This subject has been presented. See Inst. XXY. In addi- 
tion to what was said there, a few more things may be added 
here. 

1. The accent may be on the first or second syllable of 
words of two syllables; as, argue, worship, foolish, liar, har- 
poon, invent, rely', attain. 

2. The accent may be on the first, second or third sylla- 
ble of words of three syllables ; as, pitiful, merrily ; en- 
deavor, replenish, disable; cavalier, disengage. 

3. Words of more than three syllables, may have the 
accent on the first, second, third, or fourth ; as, incapacity, 
unfatherly, trigonometry, experimental, aiidibleness. 

Accent plays an important part in distinguishing a 
large class of words of two syllables, that may be nouns or 
verbs. The noun has the accent on the first syllable ; the 
verb has it on the second. 

confine, confine. present, present, 

insult, insult. rebel, rebel, 

protest, protest. desert, desert. 

INSTRUCTION LXXV. 

QUANTITY AND OETHOEPY. 

The quantity of English syllables requires more atten- 
tion than is commonly given to it. The time taken up in 



ORTHOGRAPHY. 95 

pronouncing them differs. In some cases, it is longer than 
in others. This is quantity. 

Quantity is length of time in uttering a syllable, and is long 
or short. It depends upon the vowels chiefly. It depends 
also upon the consonants. 

1. Quantity depends upon the vowels. All vowels are 
long or short. They are long, when they are free to vanish 
away ; as in so, Cato, father : they are short, when part of 
their sound is cut off; as in robber, bed, pit. 

LONG VOWKLS. SHORT VOWELS. 

A as in father. A as in bat. 

A as in fate. 

E as in mete, ) E as in bed. 

EE as in feet, f 

as in note. as in not. 

00 as in fool. 

U as in twbe. U as in tub. 

The diphthongs oi and ou are long, as in boil, house. 
All syllables in which a long vowel appears are long; as, tooth, 
lute, Plato. 

2. The quantity of syllables does not altogether depend 
on the vowels. If it did, short vowels would form short 
syllables. This is not always the case. The words, bin and 
fin, are short. They become long by the addition of d; 
as, bind, find. 

Quantity, then, or the length of syllables, is ascertained 
in two ways — by the length of the vowels, or by the vowels 
and consonants taken together. 

INSTRUCTION LXXVI. 

SPELLING. 

Spelling is representing a word by its proper simple 



yb ORTHOGRAPHY. 

sounds or letters. It may be oral or written. I may, for 
instance, spell the word man, by uttering the sounds of 
m, a, n, or by writing the letters in the following order: 
man. The latter is spelling it by writing the letters that 
represent its simple sounds. It is the only certain way of 
learning the orthography of English words. 

Oral spelling should not, on this account, be neglected. 
But then it should be oral spelling. The true sound of 
each letter should be given, not as it appears in the alphabet, 
but in the word to be spelled. Instead of spelling chin, 
ce, aitch, i, en, the child should spell it thus : cheh, ih, en. 
Oral spelling, conducted in this way, would have a, mean- 
ing and a use. 

The subject of spelling, as thus stated, has its difficulties. 
These have arisen from the carelessness of early writers on 
orthography, and the introduction of many foreign words 
into our language, with much of their national orthography. 
These difficulties are most readily overcome by written 
exercises. * The eye soon becomes familiar with the forms 
of words. 

In these exercises we need some directions. These are 
furnished in the following rules : 

1. No rules can be given for spelling radical words. The 
ear and eye are our guides. 

2. Derivative words are subject to rules, which should 
be faithfully committed to memory. 

THE OMISSION OF LETTEES. 



The final e of a radical word is commonly rejected, when 
the suffix begins with a vowel ; as, sale, salable. 



ORTHOGRAPHY. 97 



RULE II. 



The final i of a radical word is rejected, when the suffix 
begins with i; as alkali, alkalize. 



RULE III. 



The final y of a radical word, when preceded by the 
letter t, is commonly rejected before a suffix beginning with 
a oto; as, purity, puritan. 



RULE IV. 



"Words ending in er or or, often reject the e or o before 
a suffix commencing with a vowel ; as, victor, victrix. 



"Words ending in 7e, preceded by a consonant, reject these 
letters before the suffix, ly ; as, idle, idly. 



"Words ending in ate, reject these letters before the suffix, 
cy ; as, private, privacy. 

RULE VI . 

"Words ending in ant or ent, reject t before the suffixes, ce 
and cy ; as, dependent, dependence ; verdant, verdancy. 

THE DOUBLING OF LETTEES. 



The final consonant of a word of one syllable, preceded 
by a single vowel, is doubled before a suffix beginning with 
a vowel ; as, spot, spotted ; map, mapping. 
5 



98 ORTHOGEAPHY. 



The final consonant of any word, accented on the last 
syllable and preceded fey a single vowel, is doubled before 
a suffix beginning with a vowel ; as, occur, occurrence. 

THE CHANGING OF LETTERS. 



The final y of a radical word, preceded by a consonant, is 
commonly changed into i, and sometimes into e, before a 
suffix; as, happmess, beauteous. 



Words ending in f, or fe, commonly change / into v, 
before a suffix beginning with a vowel ; as, wi/e, wives, mis- 
chief mischievous. 

THE ADDITION OF LETTEES. 



"Words ending in ble, take i between h and ?, before the 
suffixes ity and ities ; as, able, ability. 

Suffixes frequently take a letter or letters to connect them 
with the radical. These connecting letters can be learned 
by careful observation alone. 

The rules given above will be of some use in acquiring 
a correct orthography. And yet, the whole subject can be 
mastered more agreeably in written exerciseSj the instructor 
pointing out the principles embraced in them as they are 
needed, and showing their application. 



OKTHOGKAPHY. 99 

INSTRUCTION LXXVI. 

ARTICULATION. 

Articulation is the joining of the parts of the organs of speech 
to form the meaning sounds of our language. It requires us 
to attend to the position and action of the tongue, teeth and 
lips. 

Articulation requires much care, especially in the Eng- 
lish language. The mixed character of our language, and 
the various combinations of consonants, render this exercise 
a difficult one. 

Articulation requires attention to the following things : 

1 . A full supply of air in the lungs. 

2. The right position of the parts of the organs of speech, 
before each sound is made. 

3. The vigorous expulsion of the air from the lungs. 

4. A deliberate, careful and forcible use of each part of 
the organs of speech — the glottis, palate, tongue, teeth and 
lips. 

INSTRUCTION LXXVII. 

ENUNCIATION. 

Enunciation is the act of throwing out the voice from the 
lungs, and modifying it by the tongue, palate, teeth and lips. 
It is the mode or way of giving out sounds. Thus, the 
words, lull and soothe, are enunciated with a smooth glid- 
ing voice : pierce and perish are enunciated with a severe 
and impulsive voice. 

Enunciation deserves our serious care. It gives life and 
expression to speech. It is commonly attended with errors. 
Among these, we would direct attention to the following 



100 ORTHOGRAPHY. 

three : feebleness, the omission of some letters and the obscure- 
ness of others. 

1. Feebleness. The air is too often expelled from "the 
lungs without any- energy. Feebleness mar,ks the sounds 
that are made. To remedy this, use the tongue, teeth and lips 
forcibly. 

2. Omission of letters. The omission of letters or sounds 
is a common error. It arises from hurry and feebleness. It 
may be illustrated. It is common to- omit d in and ; / in of 
the ; e in believe, delight, every, several, and travel. These 
are only a few instances. 

3. Obscureness of sound. The sounds of the voice are 
in many cases very obscure. One sound is run into another ; 
or what is far worse, a sound is uttered which is unknown 
to our language. All this arises from carelessness, hurry and 
feebleness in the use of the several parts of the organ of 
speech. E is changed into u, as, moment ; a into u or i, as, de- 
fendant ; o into u, as in mother; dropping # in ng, as, sleepin'; 
r in far, war ; sounding y like e, as cite, societe, for city and 
society ; and adding r, as in idear, the lawr of. These are a 
few of the many errors that attend upon an obscure enun- 
ciation. 

Exercises in the deliberate and forcible use of the organ 
of speech, are useful in this connection. If carefully ex- 
ecuted, they will remove such errors of enunciation as have 
been pointed out. "We give, for this purpose, a few combi- 
nations of consonants : 

1. Clime, blame, flew, spleen, slew. 

2. Brew, frown, dread, spring, stray, shriek. 

3. Bold, hold, gulf, silk, toils, melt. 

4. Gleams, screams, bank, once. 

5. Barb, hark, scar, mast, corks. 

6. Lisp, canst, midst, laughedst, walkedst. 



ORTHOGRAPHY. 101 

7. Able, travel, every, several, memory. 

8. Sing'st, sings, singing, weeping, sleeping. 

INSTRUCTION LXXIX. 

PRONUNCIATION. 

Pronunciation is the act of giving the true sound of letters in 
words, and the true accent and quantity of syllables. It in- 
cludes the knowledge and practice of all that we have said 
in the last ten instructions. 

1. Pronunciation attends to the exact sounds of letters 
in words. Letters, as they appear in words, undergo some 
changes. They have different sounds. A, for instance, 
may be a, a, ah, or aw ; as in fate, hat, father, law. 

2. Pronunciation attends to accent. Accent or stress of 
voice may be placed on any syllable. It should be on the 
right one ; as, perfume, scent ; perfume, to scent. 

3. Pronunciation attends to the quantity of vowels and 
syllables. This is a nice point, and adds much beauty to 
speech. 

To apply these principles is no easy task. Errors are 
common. Our best guides are good society and a good 
dictionary. Good society will educate the ear and supply 
models for imitation : a good dictionary will be the stand- 
ard by which we settle all doubts. It should be our table 
companion. 

INSTRUCTION LXXX. 

A SURVEY OF THE MATERIALS OF THE GOTHIC, CELTIC, FRENCH AND CLASSIC 
WORDS OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE. 

The materials of the engrafted elements of our language, 
are now in the possession of the pupil. If he has passed 



102 ORTHOGRAPHY. 

over the first part with care, lie is ready to pause at this 
point, and take a survey of his course before he enters upon 
the second part — the application of all the materials he has 
gathered up. N 

Part of his course lies behind him. He sees, at the begin- 
ning, the steps by which he was led into orthography and a 
knowledge of its elements. Nearer lie the histories of the 
engrafted portion of his language. The subject of etymology 
is prominent. Terminations, suffixes and prefixes rise to view 
again, arranged in groups, the ready materials by which 
thousands of words are to be formed from a few roots. 

According to the computation of some, the entire words 
of the English language, including all the scientific terms, 
amount to the prodigious number of one hundred thou- 
sand. Perhaps, it is a better estimate, which makes them 

SEVENTY or EIGHTY THOUSAND. Some FIFTY THOUSAND 

of these words are derived from the Latin and Greek lan- 
guages. 

In the English language there are not more than two 
hundred prefixes, suffixes and terminations ; and fifty of 
these, belong to the Anglo-Saxon portion of the language. 
The whole radical words are not over ten thousand. 

It is acknowledged that there are in the English language, 
fifty thousand words of Latin and Greek extraction ; and 
that not more than two thousand of these are radical words ; 

that THIRTEEN THOUSAND of these FIFTY THOUSAND Come 

from two hundred roots, and two thousand four hundred are 
derived from only twelve roots. For instance, the Latin 
word, trakOj to draw, forms TWO hundred AND TEN words, 
and facto, to make or do, FIVE HUNDRED words. 

These statements are too striking to be passed over care- 
lessly. They point out the great importance of a correct 
knowledge of suffixes and prefixes, and their relations to 



ORTHOGRAPHY. 103 

our language. The earnest attention of the pupil should 
be given to the materials of orthography. 



INSTRUCTION LXXXI. 

THE COLLECTED MATERIALS OE THE HAND-BOOK. 

The materials of the Hand-Book of the Orthography of 
the Gothic, Celtic, French, Latin and Greek words of our 
language are now before us. The collection is made. 

At this point, we may pause and look upon the collec- 
tion. It consists of some radical words, terminations, suf- 
fixes and prefixes, of Gothic, French, Latin and Greek 
origin. With these materials more than forty thousand 
words in the English language are formed. 

From the collection, we may look back upon our course 
in making it. It is a course of discovery. Before we 
entered upon it, we were in the habit of using words, but 
knew not from whence they came. Their origin and struc- 
ture were hidden things. 

Now it is otherwise. We know that our language is a 
mixed one. We know also that the words composing it 
are of Anglo-Saxon, Gothic, Celtic, French, Latin and Greek 
origin. So are the suffixes and prefixes. And now, when 
words fall upon the ear about the fireside, or meet the eye 
on the printed page, we think of their descent. 

The studies on which we are about to enter will bring to 
view much knowledge of the same character. The rela- 
tions of the elements composing our language will be 
observed. The Anglo-Saxon is the basis. The Gothic 
follows, and then the French and Classic. So the structure 
of our language arose, and so it should be studied. 

The nature of each element will be learned. The Anglo- 



104 ORTHOGRAPHY. 

Saxon, with the kindred Gothic, relates to the heart, home, 
and the senses ; the French to law, products of art and 
taste ; and the Latin and Greek to the arts and sciences. 
The blending of all forms a rich language. 

These elements await us in groups. They are arranged 
under leading topics of thought, such as home, the house, 
farm. At each step we will find assemblages of words. 
The Gothic, French, Latin and Greek appear in their 
places. Side by side, and connected with things, they 
appear on the printed page. At every step, we will see 
where the Anglo-Saxon, our mother-tongue, was rich, and 
where poor, and from what sources she borrowed the need- 
ful word. Comparisons will be made, and the child, before 
he is aware, will find himself a young philologist. 



SECOND PART. 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



STUDIES IN OKTHOGKAPHY. 



CHAPTER I. 

THE STUDIES EXPLAINED. 



The studies on which we are about to enter, relate to 
orthography, or correct writing. They respect written 
words of Gothic, Celtic, French, Latin and Greek origin. 
Beyond this, in no case, shall they pass. 

Such studies are not altogether unknown. The child, long 
before this work is placed in his hand, is somewhat ac- 
quainted with every thing in orthography. The sounds of 
human speech, and the letters that represent them : words 
and syllables ; accent and quantity ; definition and the use of 
words, are in some degree known. He can spell and icrite 
words, separate them into parts, point out the radical word, 
prefixes and suffixes ; and in some cases, at least, trace 
them to their source. He knows these things. Still, there 
is more to be known. Johnson, and Walker, and Held, 
in England ; and Worcester and Webster, in America, 
have brought to view almost all that is important about the 



108 STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 

words of our language. Latham and Trench have added 
much that is valuable. The fruits of these laborers are to 
be gathered and stored up for future use. 

CHAPTER II. 

THE SCOPE OF THESE STUDIES. 

Study, in all qases, is nearly the same. It is the placing of 
the mind steadily on a thing for the purpose of examining it. 
Such it is in orthography. 

Disarm, for instance, is to be studied. The mind is 
steadily placed upon it through the senses of hearing, seeing 
and touch, and proceeds to examine it. The word is pro- 
nounced, written, divided into two syllables and accented 
on the second. Thus, dis-drm. It is now analyzed, or re- 
solved into its parts, the prefix, dis, and the radical word, 
arm. The sense of these is next determined. Dis means 
separation, and arm means a weapon, or to furnish ivith a 
weapon. Disarm, then, means to separate, or take away 
arms or weapons. The general, for instance, disarms the 
rebels. The word is of Latin origin. 

In this instance, we have the scope, or extent of studies 
in orthography. The particulars may be separately stated. 

1. Pronunciation. The word is to be pronounced with 
due attention to articulation, syllables and accent ; as, dis- 
drm-ing. 

2. Orthography. The word is to be represented by ita 
proper sounds or letters, and the syllables and accent 
marked; as, tij-rant. 

3. Classification. Words are to be divided into radical 
or derivative, simple or compound; as, leaf leafless; ship, 
shipwreck. 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 109 

4. Formation. The formation of derivative words by 
prefixes, as. imkind ; suffixes, as, mind/% Z ; and termina- 
tions, as, man's ; prefixes and suffixes, as, ung&mly, de- 
mands marked attention. Compound words are made by 
the union of two or more simple ones ; as, lap-dog, and 
should be analyzed. 

5. Meaning. The sense of the word is to be ascertained. 
This requires attention to every part ; as, unrighteousness, 
which means in a state not right. 

6. Use. Words have a use in forming sentences, which 
requires notice ; as, The ungodly shall not stand in the 
judgment. 

7. National Origin. Each word is to be referred to the 
language from which we have borrowed it; as, author, 
a word of Latin origin. 

8. History. Words are history, and should be studied 
as such. Attention, in this case, is to be given to their 
origin and growth, and perhaps, decay. Insult, for instance, 
is a Latin word. It is composed of the prefix, in, which 
means upon, and suit, a radical word not used in our lan- 
guage, which means to leap. Insult means to leap upon, 
then to strike against, and now to give offense in any way. 

" The history of words is the history of trade and com- 
merce. Our very apparel is a dictionary. They tell us of 
the 'bayonet,' that it was first made at Bayonne ; ' cam- 
brics,' that they came from Cambray; 'damasks,' from 
Damascus ; ' arras,' from a city of the same name ; ' cord- 
wine,' or ' cordova,' from Cordova ; ' currants,' from Co- 
rinth ; the ' guinea,' that it was originally coined of gold 
brought from the African coast so called ; ' camlet,' that it 
was woven, at least in part, of camel's hair. Such has been 
the manufacturing progress, that we now and then send 
calicoes and muslins to India and the East ; and yet the 



110 STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 

words give standing witness that we once imported them 
thence ; for ' calico ' is from Calcut, and ' muslin ' from 
Mosul, a city in Asiatic Turkey." 



CHAPTER III. 

THE USE OF SUCH , STUDIES. 

The use of studies in orthography cannot be hidden 
from any one. By them, orthography is known ; and by 
orthography, we can make the thoughts and feelings of the 
soul visible, and discourse on paper. The transactions oY 
business can be carried on between persons separated by 
oceans. Time cannot prevent communion. The written 
word lives from age .to age. 

Nor is this all. Such studies, if pursued in the way laid 
down, form a most desirable training for the mind. They 
strengthen all its powers, and afford much instruction 
about the people, who first used the words which we use, 
as well as about our forefathers, who borrowed them. 

CHAPTER IV. 
THE PLAN OF STUDY LAID DOWN. 

The studies before us relate to orthography. The written 
words of Grothic, Celtic, French and Classic origin are the 
objects to be examined and known. But these are signs, 
and only useful, so far as they point out to the mind the 
things for which they stand. Failing to do this, they are 
like unmeaning finger-posts. 

Things, then, are ever to be kept before the mind, and 
the werds which represent them, learned, if possible, in 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. Ill 

their presence. It is proposed accordingly to retrace the 
steps of the child, as he passed from object to object, and 
picked up the words that form his oral speech. So let him 
form his written language. Things are the centres around 
which words are wisely grouped. 

In passing from object to object, the mind observes a cer- 
tain order. Three stages of observation and growth 
are apparent. These are expressed by things, quali- 
ties and actions. So the child observed and formed his 
oral speech. So let him form his written language. Each 
study will consist of the thing or topic, and the words that 
relate to it. These words, as far as possible, will be divided 
into three exercises : words that stand for things, words that 
stand for qualities, and words that stand for actions. 



CHAPTER V. 

THE MODEL LAID DOWN. 

The child learns to plan best in imitating models. They 
are to him as originals. His exercises are copies. The 
model, in the present case, consists of two parts, the study 
and the prepared study. 

THE STUDY. 

The study consists of groups of words arranged under 
the thing to which they relate. Three groups, when prac- 
ticable, appear. The first consists of names of things ; the 
second, of names of qualities ; the third, of names of actions. 
Thus, the human mind naturally gathers up the words that 
compose language. 

In the disposition of these groups, the words are so 



112 STUDIES m ORTHOGRAPHY. 

arranged as to present to the eye the formation of deriva- 
tive and compound words. The radical one is given, and 
following it, may be seen the offspring. They are pointed 
out by terminations, suffixes and prefixes. In addition to 
this, the child is taught the use of words, and the languages 
from which they have been borrowed. 

THE AFFECTIONS. 
GOTHIC. LATIN, 

Love, a leaning forward ; delight in Amatoh/, pertaining to love. 

any thing. 

Does the child love his parents? 
It/, liness 

FRENCH. GREEK. 

AMATewr, a lover; one who delights Charity, love in alms; the grace of 
in works of taste. love. 

able, ableness 

THE PREPARED STUDY. 
AFFECTIONS. 



Love, a leaning forward; delight in Amatory, pertaining to love. 

any thing. Amatorial, belonging to what per- 

A child loves his parents. tains to love. 

Lovely, like love ; amiable. greek. 

Loveliness, the state like love. CHARITy> ^ loye of a]ms . ^ gra(je 

of love. 

FRENCH. 

Charitable, that may or can show 
Amateur, a lover; one vlj delights favors. 

in works of taste. Charitableness, the state of what 

Amateurs, lovers of works of taste. may or can show favors. 

By comparing the study and the prepared study, it will 
be seen at once that the one is an outline, and the other is 
this outline filled up. 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 113 

The exercise by which this is done, is simple, but profit- 
able. The child begins to copy the study. When he 
comes to the question by which the use of- the first word is 
shown, he answers it, and shows its use in a declarative 
sentence. This course might be pursued with great advan- 
tage in the use of every word in the exercise, the teacher 
using it in an interrogative form, and the pupil in a declara- 
tive one. In this way, the two most important forms of 
sentences would become familiar, and conversation easy. 

The child proceeds. He joins the terminations, suffixes 
and prefixes to their radical words, and forms derivative 
ones. These he writes out in full, and defines. While 
doing these things, he attends to the original meaning oi 
words, and the languages from which they have been re- 
ceived. The study is then prepared, and all that it 
teaches, impressed upon the mind by the union of three 
senses — hearing, seeing, and touch. 



CHAPTER VI. 

THB COURSE OF STUDIES. 

The course of studies, now before us, extends over the 
written words of our language, of Gothic, Celtic, French 
and Classic origin. It will not embrace all the written 
words. Many of them are rude. Some of them are far 
from being agreeable to the ear. Others are too unwieldy 
for ordinary use. All such words are passed over in silence. 
We do not like them, and cannot regard them as proper 
materials for a chaste language. 

The aim and scope of the course may now be stated. It 
is proposed to furnisji the child only with comely words. 
It is proposed to do this under every leading object of 



114 STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 

thought, so that he will have an agreeable and sufficient 
assemblage of words with which to think, speak or write 
about any prominent subject that is brought before his 
mind. 

To secure all this in the most agreeable way, home is 
selected as the point of departure. From this, the child goes 
forth to the wide world. His way lies among the works of 
Art and Nature. About these, he thinks, and gathers up 
words to express his thoughts. For convenience, and great- 
er ease in study, the works of man and God are divided 
into distinct topics. Such are home, man, the pursuits 
of man, nature, and God. As the child passes over these 
in the study of the words that belong to them, he forms a 
rich language for himself, and at the same time, acquires a 
happy method of thinking. When the course is ended, he 
finds "the kindred points of heaven and home" united in 
his language. 

CHAPTER VII. 
THE PLAN OF STUDY APPLIED. 

The plan of study which the Literary Association has 
laid down may not be clear to all. In view of this, the 
Association submits the following remarks, with a model of 
studying and reciting the exercises in the second Hand- 
Book. 

THE WORK TO BE DONE. 

The pupil is about to enter upon the study of some seven 
thousand choice words, borrowed from the Gothic, Celtic, 
French, Latin and Greek languages. The radical words are 
given. The derivative, he must form for himself. He 
builds up his own words. These are to be defined and 
in the formation of sentences. 



STUDIES IN OKTHOGRAPHY. 115 



THE PREPARATION. 



The preparation for this work must be ample. If the 
pupil has passed carefully through the first part, he has all 
the materials for his w oik— terminations, suffixes and prefixes. 
He only needs the radical words and their meanings, and 
these are given in each study. 



THE APPLICATION. 



The application of those materials may be made in two 
ways : the oral and the written. In the oral application, 
the pupil fills up the blanks in his mind : in the written ap- 
plication, he writes out on his slate or in copy-books, the 
whole exercise, filling up the blanks in writing. 

The plan, in either way, may be carried out in part or 
wholly. 1. The pupil may fill up the blanks, and be ready 
to spell and define the words. 2. He may do so, and also be 
ready to see the use of each word, as the teacher uses it in a 
question and he also uses it in an answer. 3. The pupil 
may be thrown more upon his own resources, and furnish 
instances of the use of each word in carefully prepared 
sentences. 



CHAPTER VIII. 
THE STUDY. 



The study of each exercise will employ the pupil agree- 
ably. If it is pursued orally, he takes his place and begins 
with the first radical word, observing its spelling and mean- 
ing. He then thinks about its use, and applies it. This 
being done, he proceeds to the formation of the derivative 
words, filling up the blanks and attending to the spelling, 
meaning and use of each word. 

If it is pursued in the written form, he gets his slate or 



116 STUDIES IN OKTHOGKAPHY. 

blank book, and proceeds to write out the whole exercise, 
filling up the blanks and attending to the spelling, meaning 
and use of each word, if the plan is fully carried out ; if 
not, he omits the use. But such an omission should never 
occur. 

THE MODELS. 

The study, when completed, should correspond with one 
of the following models : 



gothic. Garden, an inclosed place for the 
culture of plants. 
Dwelling, the place where one lives. er 



-house, CELTIC. 

-place, Lawn, an open place. 



FIRST MODEL. 
GOTHIC. 

Dwelling, the place where we stay ; Garden, an inclosed place for the 

a habitation. culture of plants. 

Dwelling-house, the house where we Gardener, one who takes care of a 

stay. garden. 

Dwelling-place, the place where we 
stay. 



SECOND MODEL 
GOTHIC. 



Dwelling, the place where we stay ; Teacher. — Has the American a neat 

a habitation. dwelling-house ? 

Teacher.— Is, a hut a dwelling? Pupil. — The American has a neat 

Pupil. — A hut is a dwelling. dwelling-house. 

Dwelling-house, the house where Dwelling-place, the place of one's 

we stay. abode. 






STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 117 

Teacher. — Should a dwelling place be Pupil. — Eden was the first garden. 

healthy ? Gardener, one who takes care of a 
Pupil. — A dwelling-place should be garden. 

healthy. Teacher. — Was Adam the first gar- 
Garden, an inclosed place for the dener ? 

culture of plants. Pupil. — Adam was the first gar- 
Teacher. — Was Eden the first garden ? dener. 

Thus the pupil proceeds from word to word, studying 
and reciting each exercise. 

THIRD MODEL. 

Gothic. Lane, a walk or narrow way. 

_ , , . A lane bordered with hawthorn is 

Dwelling, the place where one stays : , , 

,..;'"• J agreeable, 

a habitation. w ,. » , ,. , 

. _ ,,. . _ ■ .,'",. Wainscot, a Jine of boarding round 

A dwelling is dear to the inhabit- ■., 

3 . walls. 

, , The wainscot in my father's house 

Dwelling-house, the house where one . . , 

is very broad. 

Prop, that on which any thing rests. 
I like a large dwelling-house. m , . ,, n • 

& & The prop in the cellar is strong. 

Dwelling-place, the place of ones 

abode. Celtic. 

I prefer a lofty dwelling-place. 

Garden, an inclosed place for the LaW ' a dear P lace ; a S P ace ° f 

culture of plants. S round in front of a house ' 

m. t' 3 •» - j. 3 j * jA rolling lawn is an ornament to a 

The Lord planted a garden eastward a 

in Eden. hcmse ' 
Gardener, one who takes care of a 

garden. Trellis, a kind of lattice-work used 

The employment of a gardener is for plants or screens. 

pleasant. The trellis is made of wire. 

In this way, the remaining part of the exercise is studied. 



118 STUDIES IN OKTHOGRAPHY. 



CHAPTER IX. 
THE RECITATION. 



The recitation may be made attractive. The exercise 
studied according to any of the models, the class is called 
out. The teacher proceeds. 

FIRST MODEL. 

Teacher. — Dwelling. Teacher. — Dwelling-house. 

Pupil. — Dwelling, the place where Pupil. — Dwelling-house, the house 
one stays ; a habitation. where one stays. 

In this way, the recitation, according to the model, pro- 
ceeds. A spelling exercise closes it. 

SECOND MODEL. 

Teacher. — Dwelling. v Pupil. — Dwelling-house, the house 

Pupil. — Dwelling, the place where where one abides. 

we stay ; a habitation. Teacher. — Has the American a neat 

Teacher. — Is a hut a dwelling ? dwelling-house ? 

Pupil. — A hut is a dwelling. Pupil. — The American has a neat 

Teacher.— Dwelling-house ? dwelling-house. 

So the recitation is pursued according to the second 
model. A spelling exercise may complete it. 

THIRD MODEL. 

Teacher. — Dwelling. Teacher.— rDwelling-house. 

Pupil. — Dwelling, the place where Pupil. — Dwelling-house, the house 

one abides ; a habitation. A dwell- where one abides. I like a large 

ing is dear to the inmates. dwelling-house. 

In this way, the recitation is continued to the close of the 
exercise. 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 119 

A recitation conducted according to the third model is 
both instructive and amusing. As one pupil after another 
is called up to take part in the recitation, curiosity and 
expectation are excited. No one knows when his turn 
comes, or what part he has to take. And then the in- 
stances ! The character of each mind is laid open — their 
associations and habits of thought are seen. The teacher 
gains clearer views of their minds, and each pupil is mutu- 
ally benefited by the labors of his class-mates, whether 
those labors are failures or triumphs over difficulties. 
Time, too, passes agreeably. Nor is there as much of it 
required in one of these recitations as in the ordinary ones. 
The preparation is so thorough as to make the recitation 
easy and rapid. In addition to all this, it should be re- 
membered that the recitation is an exercise in reading, and 
is admirably adapted to cultivate the voice, since the 
instances are the pupils' own thoughts, and are more likely 
to be read with proper inflections and tones than the 
thoughts of others. 

CHAPTER X. 
HOME. 

The word, home, in Anglo-Saxon, Gothic, French, Latin 
and Greek, has nearly the same meaning — a closed place. It 
agrees with Eden, the first home of man. 

Home now commonly means a residence with those we love. 
As such, it appears in every possible degree, and in all pos- 
sible circumstances. The homes of our Saxon forefathers 
were pagan. So were those of the Goths, French, Latins 
and Greeks. They all became Christian. The gospel 
makes true homes. 

The objects and words of home are now to be taken up, 



120 STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 

linked together, studied, and laid up for life in connection 
with suitable words. 

FIRST STUDY. 



The Gothic, Celtic, French, Latin and Greek languages 
contain no word that exactly expresses the meaning of our 
word, home. It means more than a house, or an abode in 
some settled place. It refers chiefly to the abiding of the 
soul with what it loves' — 'the repose of the affections. For 
this, we are indebted to the Bible. The Saxon part of our 
language alone contains words under this head. These have 
already been given in the Hand-Book of Anglo-Saxon Or- 
thography. 

second study. 

HOUSE. 

The word, house, has the sense of covering, and in most 
languages affords the first notion of home. Caves, tents 
and mud- walled huts were the first habitations of men. The 
city of Eome had its beginning in a village of such huts. 
The home of the first man is an exception : it was a garden 
of delights. Its name was Eden. 

EXEECISE I. 
NAMES OF THINGS. 

gothic. Garden, an inclosed place for the 

Dwelling, the place -where we stay ; culture of plants. 

a habitation. er, one who 

Were caves ever used as dwell- Lane, a walk, a narrow way. 

ings ? "Wainscot, a line of boarding round 

house, the house walls. 

— : — -place, the place Prop, that on which any thing rests. 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



121 



Lawn, a clear place ; a space of ground 
in front of a house. 



-maker, one who 

kiln, a place — 



•house, a house made of 



Trellis, a kind of lattice-work used 
for plants or screens. 

Tank, a pond ; a cistern for water. 

Warren, an inclosed place for rab- 
bits. 

Promenade, a place for walking. 

Brick, a mass of clay, shaped and 
burnt for building. 



TEKEment, a place to hold any thing; 

a dwelling-house. 
Fence, a hedge, wall or railing about 

land. 
Reswence, a place where one sits or 

abides ; a dwelling. 
HABiration, the act of dwelling; the 

place where one resides. 
Edifice, a made house ; a building. 



x B E o I s 



NAMES OF QUALITIES. 



Low, a hollow ; not high. 
Is a cabin a low house ? 
er, est, ly, liness 



Flat, level, or even surface. 

er, est, ly, ness 

Slant, sloping, inclined. 
Damp, vapor, moist. 

Dank, moist, or damp. 

er, est 

Leak^, admitting water. 
Cosily, of a high price. 

FRENCH. 

Ample, wide, roomy. 
. ■ er, est 



Large, spread, of great size. 

er, est 

Spaciows, wide, having much space or 

room. 
Grand, great, splendid. 



VAcant, empty, not inhabited. 

HAmrable, that may be dwelt in. 

iwHABrraf, occupied by inhabitants. 

Euaible, that may or should be cho- 
sen ; fit. 

State^, like an elevated sight ; 
noble. 



THIRD STUDY. 



PAET3 OF A HOUSE. 



Every part of a house has its use and interest. In olden 
6 



122 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



times these were very simple. It is so still in many coun- 
tries. It is also otherwise. The rooms in some buildings 
in Europe amount to the number of three hundred. 



e o i s 



NAMES OF THINGS. 



Window, an opening to admit air. 

Had the ancients windows in their 
houses ? 

blind, a screen or cover 

-frame, any structure for a 

glass, panes of glass for 

sash, the frame for 

Shutter, a defense, or covering for a 

window. 
Shingle, a thin board for roofing. 
Rail, a bar ; a piece of timber extend- 
ing from post to post. 
Lobby, an arbor ; an opening before a 

room. 
Dairy, the room where milk is set for 

cream. 

maid, the woman who 

Vane, somethi g extended ; a slip of 

wood or iron for showing how the 

wind blows. . 



Garret, a tower ; the room next the 
roof. 

Lath, a thin board to support the 
plaster. 

Corner, the space between the meet- 
ing of the walls. 

Gable, a fork ; the triangular part of 
the end of a house. 



Lattice, a covering of lath. 

Jamb, a supporter ; the side piece of 

a door or fire-place. 
Pane, a square of glass for a window. 
Sash, a window-frame. 

-maker, one who 

Niche, a nook or recess in a wall. 
Lintel, the head piece of a door or 

window-frame. 
Wicket, a narrow gate or door. 
Parlor, a room in a nunnery where 

the nuns spoke ; a reception room. 
Balustrade, an inclosure for stairs, 

altars and balconies. 
Gallery, a covered wing of a house ; 

a place where works of art are 

kept. 
Corridor, an open gallery round a 

building. 
Balcony, a platform outside of a win- 
dow. 
Panel, a piece of wood inserted into 

a frame. 
Chamber, a room in an upper story. 

maid, a woman 

Pilaster, a square column, or half 



PoRiaZ, the frame- work of a door. 






STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



123 



Cornice, the projection that borders 
the ceiling. 

LiBRary, a room for books; some- 
times an entire house. 

an, one -who 

Turret, a little tower; an elevation 
on a building. 



Recess, an opening out of a room. 
Cellar, the room under the house. 
DoRMifory, a place or room to sleep 

in. 
Closet, a private room or recess. 
Exterior, the outside. 
Interior, the inside. 



FOURTH STUDY. 



KINDS OF HOUSES. 



There are various kinds of houses, distinguished mainly 
by magnitude, style and use. Egypt and India, in ancient 
times, reared massive structures ; Greece excelled in beauty. 
At present, we find in our own nation, the style of all 
countries. The taste of the Egyptian, Greek, Saracen, and 
the age of Elizabeth, adorns the same neighborhood. A 
good taste in houses is a means of instructing the nation. 



e x 



R C I S E 



NAMES OF THINGS. 



Hut, a small covering ; a mean house. 
Do many of the Irish live in huts ? 

CEJTIC. 

Booth, a lodging house ; a house 

built of rough boards. 
Tent, something stretched ; a lodge 

made of canvas. 

FRENCH. 

Cabin, a cone-like hut ; a rude cot- 
tage. 

Jail, a cage or cell ; a house for crimi- 
nals. 



Prison, a place of confinement ; a 
jail. 

er 

Bastile, an old French castle con- 
verted into a prison. 

Dungeon, a close, dark prison, for- 
merly connected with castles. 

Pillory, a frame of wood where 
criminals are punished. 

Manor, a country gentleman's house ; 
a fine mansion. 

Chateau, (shat-lo,) a castle. 

Palace, a large house ; the residence 
of a kins or noble. 






124 STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 

Kennel, a house for dogs. Office, a house, or room, where bust 

Citadel, a place of defense in or near ness is transacted. 

a city. Domicile, a mansion, or dwelling- 

place. 
Fortress, a stronghold; a place of 
Academy, s. a grove at Athens ; a high defense. 

school. Stable, a fixed place ; a house for 

HospiTaZ, a house for strangers ; a cattle. 

house for the infirm and poor. Mansion, a dwelling ; a large house. 

EXERCISE II. 

NAMES OF QUALITIES. 
GOTHIC. LATIN. 

NASty, wet, filthy. Composite, made of parts ; a style of 

er, est building made up of the Ionian 

Gothic, pertaining to the Goth ; hav- and Corinthian. 

ing pointed arches and clustered Inimcate, folded in ; full of windings. 

columns. Simpus, without folds ; plain. 

Tight, close, admitting little air. er, est, y 

er, est 

FRENCH. GREEK - 

Amy, open to air, spacious. GREciaw, of the nature or style of 

Ancient, old, of olden times. Greece. 

Modern, recent, of late times. Corinth/ow, pertaining to Corinth; a 

Noble, stately. delicate order of building. 

er, est Doiuc, pertaining to the Dorians ; a 

RoYa/, belonging to a king. simple and strong style of build- 
Prince^/, like a prince, in the style of ing. 

a prince. lomc, pertaining to the Ionians ; a 
Plain, even, without ornament. slender and majestic order of build- 
er, est ing. 

FIFTH STUDY. 

EELIGIOTJS HOUSES. 

Eeligious houses have received marked attention in all 
countries and ages. They have stood as sacred things among 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGKAPHY. 



125 



the habitations of men, instructing the world. The temples 
of India and Egypt were once their glory. The temple of 
Solomon was splendid. Greece made the abodes of her 
gods beautiful. Christians, too, have taste, and have reared 
excellent buildings to the Lord of heaven and earth. 
Churches are monuments of taste, as well as houses for 
preaching, prayer and the other ordinances of the Christian 
religion. A noble edifice is instructive. 



NAMES OF THINGS. 



GOTHIC. 

Pew, an inclosed seat in a church. 
Had the Saxons churches before 
they conquered England ? 

FRENCH. 

Abbey, a house where monks or nuns 
reside. 

Font, a basin containing water for 
baptism. 

Mosque, a house where Mohammed- 
ans worship God. 

Sepulchre, a place where the dead 
repose. 

Temple, expanse ; a building for 
worship. 

LATIN. 

Chapel, a hood; a place of worship. 
Cloister, a house inhabited by monks 
or nuns. 

E X E E O 



Tabernacle, a movable building; a 

place of worship. 
Convent, a place where monks or 

nuns reside. 
Vestry, a room attached to a church. 
Altar, a high placo for sacrifice ; a 

sacred table. 
Pulpit, a raised place for reading the 

Word of God and preaching. 
Organ, an instrument ; the largest 

wind instrument of music. 

ist 

Fane, a temple ; a place sacred to 

worship. 
CatiiEVRal, belonging to a chair or 

seat ; the chief church in a diocese. 
BAPTiSTen/, the place in some churches 

where baptism is administered. 

1 8 E II. 



NAMES OF QUALITIES. 



FRENCH. 

Cushion^, furnished with cushions. 
VENERafr/e, made sacred by religious 
memories. 



SacrecZ, separated from what is com- 
mon ; holy. 

ly, ness 

Monas^c, pertaining to monks or nuns. 



126 



STUDIES IN" ORTHOGRAPHY. 



Seatcc?, furnished with seats. 
ProFANEc?, made common ; treated 

with violence. 
Pagan, heathenish, gentile. 

ish, ism 

Cowsecratec?, made sacred by rites; 

dedicated to sacred uses. 



ZteDiCATEaf, devoted to God; conse- 
crated. 

GREEK. 

CinusTJcm, pertaining to Christ. 
JSccijEsiAstical, pertaining to the 

church. 
MoNK?'s/i, monastic, somewhat like a 

monk. 



SIXTH STUDY. 



FURNITURE. 



The word is of French origin, and means what is put on. 
It includes all things necessary for the convenience and com- 
fort of housekeeping. The Saxons called such things house- 
hold-stuff. 

Furniture, in ancient times, was very rude. The mat or 
stool was the common seat. Now it is rich in the extreme. 
Country cottages are better furnished than the palaces of 
many ancient kings. Man is advancing in taste. 



NAMES OF THINGS. 



Jug, s. an earthen vessel for holding 

liquors. 

Were jugs used by the Saxons? 
Pitcher, s. an earthen vessel with a 

spout. 
Tub, s. an open vessel formed with 

staves and hoops. 
Hoop, s. a band of wood or metal 

for binding staves. 
Poker, s. an iron bar for stirring a 

fire. 



Rocker, s. the curved wood on which 

a chair or cradle rocks. 
jSTick, s. a notch cut in any thing. 
Ladle, a bowl with a handle to lift 

fluids. 
Card, a thistle; an instrument for 

opening or breaking flax or wool. 

CELTIC. 

Mattress, s. a bed stuffed with moss 

or hair. 
Prong, s. the tine of a fork. 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



127 



Tankard, s. a drinking vessel with a 
cover. 

Gridiron, s. a grated vessel for broil- 
ing meats. 

Pin, s. a pointed instrument made of 
wire. 

Spoon, an utensil made of wood, 
horn or metal, with a bowl and 
handle. 

Basket, a vessel made of twigs. 

$, -maker 

FRENCH. 

Chair, a high platform; a kind of 

seat. 

s, less 

man, one who presides in a 

company. 
Bureau, a table ; a chest of drawers. 

x, more than one 

Skillet, s. a small kitchen vessel. 
Goblet, s. a drinking vessel without 

a handle. 
Basin, s. a hollow vessel like a dish. 
Pot, s. a metallic vessel for the 

kitchen. 
Towel, s. a cloth for wiping the 

hands. 
Napkin, s. a cloth used for wiping 

the hands at table. 
Cruet, s. a small bottle for holding 

vinegar. 
Caldron, s. a vessel for heating 

liquids ; a great kettle. 
Couch, s. a bed. 
Brush, s. an instrument for cleaning 

things. 
Cushion, s. a stuffed bag for a seat. 
Table, s. a fiat surface ; an article of 

furniture. 
beer, cloth, book, bell, land, talk — 



Match, a combustible body used to 
light a fire or lamp. 

Range, a. a cast-iron apparatus for 
cooking. 

Screen, s. any thing that cuts off, as 
heat. 

Chalice, a cup or bowl ; a sacra- 
mental cup. 

Case, s. something closed ; a box or 
covering. 

harden, to harden the outer side. 

s, ed, ing 

Lamp, s: that which shines ; a vessel 
used for burning fluid to give 
light, 

Chandel^t*, that which gives candle- 
light; a frame with branches to 
hold candles. 

Furnace, an arched place for fire ; a 
place where strong fire may be 
made. 

LATIN. 

ScuttZi", s. a dish-like pan. 
Utens^, any vessel made for use. 
Fend<t, a defense round a fire. 
Canist^t, a small box or case. 
Carpet, a covering for floors and 

stairs. 
Picture, a painting. 
frame, -gallery 

GREEK. 

Baroscope, that which discovers 
weight ; an instrument for finding 
the weight of air. 

Barometer, an instrument for mea- 
suring the weight of the atmos- 
phere. 



Thermometer, an instrument for mea- 
suring heat. 



-ical 



128 



STUDIES IN OKTHOGRAPHY. 



EXERCISE II. 

NAMES OF QUALITIES. 



Dowsy, partaking of down ; soft. 
Slight, -weak, feeble. 

er, est 

Clumsy, short and thick, awkward. 
ly, ness 



Limber, easily bent, pliable. 

— ness 

Flimsy, weak, slight. 



Svuued, soiled or clouded. 
Un , not 



Safe, free from danger. 

ty, ly, ness, -guard, -keeping 

Picturesque, the pleasing beauty of 
a picture. 

ly, ness 

LATIN. 

Tabular, pertaining to a table ; like a 

table. 
SoLar, pertaining to the sun. 

GREEK. 

Coral, made of coraL 

ine, ■ 

Abtro.1, belonging to a star. 



SEVENTH STUDY 



THE FAMILY. 

The family naturally succeeds the furnished house. The 
word denotes an assembly, and is applied to any number of 
persons living in one house under one head. It is also ap- 
plied to the nation, church and human race. 

Marriage gives rise to the family. The gospel sanctifies 
and elevates it. Wherever the gospel comes, there woman 
is honored and children trained in virtue. 



STUDIES IN OKTHOGKAPHY. 



129 



EXEEOISE I. 



NAMES OF PERSONS AND THINGS. 



Mes- 



my 



Lullaby, tliat which quiets; a song 

for babes. 

Has every mother a lullaby ? 
Scold, noisy censure. 
Tor, a plaything for children. 

s, -man, -shop. 

Prattle, much little talk. 
Prate, much talk to little purpose. 
Hurly, noise or confusion. 
Freak, a sudden start or humor. 
Babe, a boy, the young of man, an 

infant. 

ish, ishly, ishness 

Boy, a male child. 

s, ish, ishness, hood • 



BicKERm^r, quarrelling, a kind of fight- 
ing. 
Prank, a wild caper. 
HAPPiness, state of being lucky ; en. 

joyment of good. 
Burly, noise, boisterous confusion. 
Clan, a family ; a race or tribe. 

ship, the office or rank 

sman, a man who 

Fagot, a bundle of sticks used for 

fuel. 

FRENCH. 

Sire, the male parent. 

Grand , a great 

Dame, s, a woman of common rank. 
Ma , my 



Dams^Z, s, a diminutive of woman ; a 

miss. 
Banqu<?£, a little seat ; a feast. 

s, er, -room, -house 

Hobby, a stick, or figure of a horse 

on which boys ride. 

horse, a wooden ■ 

Pet, s. a little thing, as a babe, dog or 

lamb. 
Paternity, fathership. 
Maternity, the relation of a mother. 
Fraternity, the quality of a brother, 

brotherhood. 
Uncle, a brother of one's father or 

mother. 
Aunt, a sister of one's father or mo- 
ther. 
Nephew, the son of a brother or sister. 

Grand , the grand 

Niece, the daughter of a brother or 

sister. 

Grand , the grand • 

Cousin, the son or daughter of an 

uncle or aunt. 
ReiATive, one connected with us by 

blood or marriage. 
JReLATion, a person connected with us 

by blood or marriage. 



Family, a household. 

Matron, an elderly married woman. 

Jy, hood 



Ur, 



-, not like 



6* 



130 STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 

Infant, that which speaks; a little greek. 
child. 

s, He, like, ey Orphan, a child who has lost one or 

Girl, a female child. both parents. 

s, ish, ishness, ishly ■ s, age 

German, a brother ; a first cousin. 



EXERCISE I I 
NAMES OF QUALITIES. 






gothic MATERNaZ, pertaining to a mother, 

motherly. 

ly 

having an evil nature. Fraternal, pertaining to a brother, 

Do wicked persons live out their brotherly. 

lives ? ly 

ly, ness 



Shabby, little, mean and dirty. latin. 

er, est, ly, ness — . 

Thrift*/, prosperous; also, frugal. Pious, godly, or honoring God. 

er, est, ly ly, -minded. 

Worth?/, possessing worth, virtuous. Poor, needy. 

er, est, ly, ness er, est, ly, -house, -laws 



Opulent, rich or wealthy. 
Celtic. ce 

Hoxonable, of high rank, much es- 
Pert, smart, brisk. teemed. 
er, est, ly, ?iess — y, ness 

JSAtive, pertaining to the place of 
French. birth. 

Rich, wealthy. Familw?-, pertaining to a family ; easy 

es, er, est ■ in conversation. 

Foreign, of another nation. ly, ity 



-er, ness 



Easy, smooth and flowing. greek. 

er, est. ness 

PATERNaZ, pertaining to a father, fa- Christ/aw, pertaining to Christ. 

therly. Zealous, full of warmth or ardor. 
ly ly 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



131 



EXERCISE III. 
NAMES OF ACTIONS. 



GOTHIC. 

"Whimper, to cry with a low, broken 

voice. 

Is it manly to whimper ? 

ed, ing 

Wail, to weep audibly. 

ed, ing, er 

Lull, to soothe or quiet. 
ed, ing, ingly ■ 



s, ed, ing- 



Prate, to talk much, but to little pur- 
pose. 

CELTIC. 

Brag, to swell out ; to boast of one's 

self. 

ed, ing, er 

Bicker, to fight by throwing any 

thing. 
ed, ing 



Doze, to take a light sleep. 

d, ing 

Pat, to stroke with the fingers. 

ed, ing 

Hush, to still or calm. 

ed, ing 

Hanker, to long after; to desire Banquet, to treat with a feast. 



Chat, to talk in a prattling way. 
s, ed, ing 



strongly. 
-ed, ing 



-s, ed, ing 



Tamper, to meddle lightly with. 

ed, ing, er 

Drub, to touch or beat. 



-ed, ing 



Jeer, to rail at. 
ed, ing 



Cry, to utter a rough sound. 

ex, ed, ing 

iJeTiRE, to draw back ; to go to bed. 

s, ed, ing 

.Retrench, to cut off; to curtail. 
-es, ed, ing, merit 



Fondle, to caress gently. 
d, ing — 



Furnish, to supply with what is need- 
ful. 
es, ed, ing ■ — 



Dandle, to move up and down, as an Garnish, to adorn, or set off. 

infant. es, ed, ing 

d, ing Tin ed 



Bounce, to spring out, or back. 

s, ed, big 

Scoli>, to find fault noisily. 

4 ed, ing 

Puattle, to talk much on little things. Nurse, to feed with food. 
s, ed, ing, er s, ed, ing 



Sully, to soil in any way. 

en, ed, ing 

Nourish, to feed or tend. 
en, ed, ing 



182 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



ProviDE, to see beforehand; to sup- 
ply coming wants. 

s, ed, ing 

ProTECT, to cover over ; to guard. 



ed, ing, or 



^(fiioNisH, to give warning to, to teach 

by warning. 
es, ed, ing 



Adons, to dress, to set off. 
s, ed, ing 

GREEK. 

School, to teach agreeably. 

s, ed, ing 

CtaecmsE, to sound down, or 



teach 

with the Yoice ; to instruct by ques- 
tion and answer. 
.5, d, ing 






NINTH STUDY. 



Food is a prime interest. It is the first care of the house- 
hold. In the early ages of the world, it was supplied 
abundantly in the fruits of the earth. Flesh was not eaten 
till after the deluge, A. M. 1656. Food is now a luxury. 
Commerce brings to our tables the productions of all cli- 
mates. But luxury in food is attended by a dread retinue 
of diseases. 

EXERCISE I. 
NAMES OF THINGS. 



Cake, a small flat mass of baked 

dough. 

Did the Saxons use leavened 
cakes ? 
Bun, a kind of cake. 
Cruller, a curled cake boiled in fat. 
Slice, a thin broad piece of bread or 

meat. 
Dumpling, a mass of boiled dough. 
Flapjack, a pancake, or apple-puff. 



DpvEGs, the sediment of liquors. 
Muffin, a spongy cake, baked on a 

griddle. 
Sourkrout, cabbage preserved in 

brine. 
Pickle, any thing preserved in salt, as 

a cucumber. 
Tart, an acid pie. 
Wine, the fermented juice of grapes. 

merchant, -glass, -bibber 

Game, animals taken in the chase. 
Snack, a bite ; hasty repast. 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



133 



Gin, (from Geneva,) a distilled drink 
scented with oil of juniper or tur- 
pentine. 



Custard, a compound of flour, milk 

and eggs, sweetened and baked. 
Flummery, a jelly made from oaten 

meal. 
Pudding, that which swells ; food 

made of flour or bread, milk and 

eggs. 



Flavor, the quality which we taste. 



Savor, what affects the taste. 

y, iness 

Un -, not 

Coffee, a berry used in making a 

drink ; a certain drink. 
Chocolate, a paste made of the kernel 

of the cacao. 
Sugar, a sweet substance obtained 

from the sugar-cane or maple. 
Gruel, food made of boiled meal. 
Jumble, a ring-shaped cake. 
Omelet, a pancake of eggs. 
Taste, the flavor perceived by the 

tongue. 

less 

Porter, a dark-brown malt liquor. 
Grease, animal fat. 
Cut, a part cut off. 

s, let 

Leaven, a mass of sour dough. 
Flour, the part of ground grain which 

is eaten. 
jPresERVES, fruit or vegetables laid 

up for future use. 
Beef, the meat of the cow tribe. 



Mutton, the flesh of sheep. 

Veal, the flesh of a calf. 

Pork, the meat of the swine. 

Cider, a drink made of apple juice. 

barrel 

Batter, that which is beaten ; a mix- 
ture. 

Fricassee, a fry ; a stew made of 
chicken cut in pieces. 

Claret, clear wine. 

Champagne, a sparkling wine from 
this part of France. 

Salad, raw herbs dressed with vine- 
gar or oil. 

Sauce, a mixture eaten with food to 
improve its flavor. 

Spice, an aromatic product of some 
plants used in cooking. 

y, iness 

PiTTance, a small allowance. 

Ragout, a sauce for exciting appetite. 



Pota^ow, a drinking or draught. 

'NvTRiment, that which nourishes. 

Decoction, drink made by boiling. 

Intrusion, a drink made by extract- 
ing, as tea. 

Concoction, the change that produces 
maturity. 

FERMENtaiiott, a change produced 
by the atmosphere in any sub- 
stance, as wine or beer. 

Crust, something hard ; the outside 
covering of any thing ; a piece of 
bread. 



-y, iness 



Diet, food ; manner of living as laid 

down by a physician, 
Feast, a rich repast partaken with 



134 STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 

GBEEK . mortal, the food of the gods ; also 

Kectar, the drink of the gods ; a any thing pleasant to the taste and 

pleasant drink. smell. 

Am.B-B.osiA, that which makes im- al 



XEEOISE II 
NAMES OF QUALITIES. 



GOTHIC. 



Scanty, narrow, small, or little. Crude, raw, not cooked. 

Was the meal scanty? ness > % _ 

Stale, settled, tasteless from age. TvxGent, sharp, as an acid. 

er, est C V 

Crisp, easily crumbled. 
Celtic. er est, ness 



, . - ,. . , Sumptuows, very costly or expensive. 
Dainty, nice, pleasing to the taste. ^ 

raw _ Abstemious, withdrawing, sparing in 

diet. 

Musty, mouldy or sour. _^ ness 

Leaven^, made light by fermenta- 
tion. GREEK. 

gIeasy, oily, unctuous. Gastric, pertaining to the digestive 

ly ness juice of the stomach. 

Flavor** scented so as to affect the Saccharic, pertaining to sugar, 
taste and smell. 



BXEKOISE ill 
NAMES OF ACTIONS. 



-ed, ing 



Mash to break into a confused mass. Crumble, to break into crumbs. 

, . ■ -s, d. ing 

Tan you" mash an apple ? Sl!ce, to cut into thin pieces. 

Lack, to need or want ; to be desti s, d, trig - 

tute of. 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



135 



Roast, to cook in an oven. 
s, ed, ing 

FRENCH. 

Taste, to perceive by the tongue. 

s, d, ing 

Stew, to boil gently. 
s, ed, ing 



Boil, to cook in boiling water. 

s, ed, ing, er 

ParBROiL, to cook over coals. 

-s, ed, ing ■ 

Poach, to cook eggs by warm water. 

es, ed, ing 

Quaff, to drink off. 
s, ed, ing 



Leaven to raise, or make light by 
leaven. 

s, ed, ing 

Gorge, to swallow greedily ; to cram. 
s, d, ing 



Fry, to cook in a pan dressed with 
fat. 

es, ed, ing, -pan 

Ferm^, to change a body by the ac- 
tion of the air, or any acid sub- 
stance. 

s, d, ivg 

Masticate, to chew or bruise with the 
teeth. 



-s, d, ing, ion 



Scum, to remove what rises to the sur- Z^gest, to dissolve food in the sto- 
face in cooking. mach. 

— s, ed, ing s> e ^ ^ { on 

Cut, to part, to separate into pieces. d iet> to live in a certain way as to 

s, ing food. 

Season, to make savory by salt and Sf e ^ { n g 

spices. Feast, to eat rich provisions ; to dine 

sumptuously. 
s, ed, ing 



s, d, ing 

Spice, to flavor with spice. 

s, d, ing Decocr, to prepare by boiling. 

Pre&ERYE, to season with sugar for . Sf ed, ing 

future use. Concocr, to digest or turn food into 



d, ing 



chyle. 



JnFUSE, to pour in ; to steep in liquor s, ed, ing 

without boiling. -46stain, to keep from, to forbear. 
s, d, ing s, ed, ing 



TENTH STUDY. 

CLOTHING. 

Clothing is a necessary want, and follows hard upon 



136 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



food. What shall we eat, and what sail we drink, and 
wherewithal shall we be clothed? are daily questions. 

Clothing was once simple. We read of aprons of fig 
leaves and coats of skin in Eden. Now, we hear of shawls 
valued at four hundred dollars. Commerce ministers to the 
tastes and fashions of men in this respect. Clothing has 
become one of the luxuries of life, and, like all luxuries, 
brought with it disease and folly. 



EXERCISE 



NAMES OF THINGS. 



Muff, thick gloves ; a cover for the 

hands made of fur. 

Are muffs used in warm countries ? 
Skirt, the lower part of a garment. 
Shirt, a loose garment worn next the 

body. 
Flounce, a narrow band of cloth 

sewed to a skirt. 
Jerkin, a coarse jacket. 
Fob, a pocket for a watch. 
Flap, the part of the coat from the 

hips downwards. 
Garter, a string or band to tie the 

stocking. 
Ruffle, a puckered article of dress. 



Ribbon, a narrow web of silk. 
Loop, the doubling of a string. 
Flannel, wool ; cloth made of woollen 

yarn. 
Plait, a fold, as in the bosom of a 

shirt. 
Tuck, a fold made round a skirt. 
Stocking, a garment for the foot and 

leg. 
Trowsers, a loose garment extending 

from the waist to the ankle. 
Goggle, a kind of spectacles used to 

cure squinting. 
Clog, a wooden shoe. 
Clasp, a hook for fastening any thing, 

as clothes. 



Ruff, a piece of plaited linen worn 

round the neck. 
Gown, a woman's outer garment. 
Apron, cloth or leather worn on the 

front of the body. 
TasssZ, a fringe ; a hanging ornament. 



Festoon, a tie ; a garland or head 
dress. 

Costume, custom ; a mode of dress. 

Garb, looks ; and then dress as it ap- 
pears. 

Guise, appearance ; and then dress 
like another. 



STUDIES m ORTHOGRAPHY. 



137 



Garment, ornament ; any clothing. 

Bonnet, a covering for the head. 

Mitten, a kind of glove for the hand. 

Coat, that which covers ; an outer 
garment. 

Over 

GAiTer, a shoe that extends to the 
ankle. 

Buskmi, a kind of half boot 

Scarf, a fragment ; a loose width of 
cloth hanging from the shoulders. 

Button, a bud or knob; an article 
for binding a vest or coat. 

Buckle, a ring; an instrument to 
fasten dress. 

Robe, a long gown. 

Dress, that which makes us straight ; 
garments for the body. 

AppARel, clothing or dress. 

HxBiLiment, garments or clothing. 

Brace^, an ornament for the wrist. 

Fringe, an ornament of loose threads. 

Plume, a feather worn as an orna- 
ment. 

Mask, a cover for the face. 

Crown, top or roundness; an orna- 
ment worn on the head by kings. 



Chaplet, a wreath for the head. 
Vest, a body or waist garment. 

ure, garments or clothing. 

Busk, a piece of steel or whalebone 

worn in stays. 
Gusset, an angular piece of cloth. 
Patten, a wooden shoe worn to keep 

the inner shoe from the ground. 
PmwiG, a small wig or covering of 

false hair. 



Collar, the neck; something worn 

round the neck. 
Front^, a band for the brows. 
Signet, a sign or seal. 
Cincture, a belt or girdle worn round 

the body. 
YESTment, clothing ; outer dress. 
Sack, a square cloak; a loose outer 

garment. 



Tiara, a kind of turban or crown. 
Sandal, a shoe consisting of a sole 

bound to the foot. 
Zone, a girdle or waist-band. 



EXERCISE II. 
NAMES OF QUALITIES. 

gothio. Sloven/^, like what is careless ; loose 
and disorderly. 

Stripe^, formed of lines of different Loose, free, untied. 

colors. er, est, 7tess, ly 

Sable, a black or dark color. Tidy, neat, snug in appearance. 

Costly, of a high price ; expensive. er, est, ness, ly 

er, est Un , er, est 

Clumsy, ill made ; badly formed. Celtic. 

Crook^c?, bent or curved. Flimsy, thin ; of loose texture. 



138 STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 

FRENCH. LATIN. 

... , v ErsTic, pertaining to the country 

Fixe, thin, delicate. r 

simple or coarse. 

er, est r ., , , 

BEAE^/u/.haTingqualitiesthatplease. Decoro^, decent, or suitable. 

Neat, clean, not tawdry. V 



-er, est, ly 



SurraWe, that which becomes a per- 

B0Di _ Ornate, adorned, beautiful. 

EXEEOISE III. 
NAMES OF ACTIONS. 

gothic. Plait, to put in folds. 

ed, ing 

Crimple, to draw together in close ClasPj to f as ten with a hook or clasp. 
folds. _5 ? ed, ing 



Do ladies crimple their collars ? rr n , to unfasten 

-d, ing s> e d, ing 



Eeffle, to contract into plaits. Tassel, to adorn with tassels. 

s, ed, ing, er s> ec [ } { n g 

Muffle, to cover or dress warmly. 

d, ing • FRENCH. 



Tighten, to make close. 

-ed, ing 

Eatel, to tear out, or unweave, as a 
thread. 

: — ed, ing ■ 

Deck, to cover, adorn. 

s, ed, ing ■. 

Uh ed 



Brush, to clean by brushing, as 

clothes. 

es, ed, ing 

Screen, to separate or keep off, as 

cold. 

s, ed, ing 

Dress, to deck the body. 

es, ed, ing 

Mask, to cover the face. 
s, ed, ing 



Dangle, to hang loosely. 

s, ed, ing 

G \rter, to tie with a string or band. 

" ' . b Eobe, to adorn with a long gown. 

s, ed. ing , . . 

' * s, ed, xng 

rvTTir. En , s, ed, ing 



Equip, to furnish, as a soldier. 

Darn, to mend with a thread. s, ed, ing, ment 

ed, ing 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGKAPHY. 



139 



AtrmE, to dress with elegance. 

s, ed, ing 

.Disguise, to conceal by an nnusual 
habit or mask. 

s, ed, ing 

Plume, to set or adorn with feathers. 
s, ed, ing 



Un- 



-, to take off- 
-s, ed, ing — 



Grange, to set in order. 
s, ed, ing, ment - 



-, s, ed, ing, ment 



ApFARKL, to dress. 

s, ed, ing 

Fringe, to adorn a garment or piece 

of furniture with a fringe 
s, ed, ing 



Crown, to invest with a crown. 

s, ed, ing 

Vest, to clothe or coyer the body. 

s, ed, ing 

Di , to take off 



ed, ing 



Suit, to fit ; to dress welL 
s, ed, ing 



Adovis, to deck beautifully. 
s, ed, ing, ment 



Fit, to adapt to a person. 

5, ed, ing 

Ad.\.YT, to fit one thing to another. 
s, ed, ing 



Un- 



-ed, not 



TWELFTH STUDY 



ACTION AND REST. 



Best, like sleep, is broken by the wants of action. 
Man is born for action and strife. To do, is the purpose of 
the soul ; and when the dust falls upon the coffin-lid, this 
is the experienced watchword of eternity. It is well. 
Action properly directed leads to honor and health, and 
fulfils the command of God. 



EXERCISE 



NAMES OF THINGS. 



Luck, that which falls or happens. 

Is luck the name of Providence ? 
y, inexs, ily, less 



Un- 



not 



Shriek, a sharp shrill cry of fear. 
Sleep, relaxing of body and mind. 
Doze, a light sleep. 
er 



140 STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 

Dump, s. dumb, gloominess. Quiet, rest ; state of a thing not in 

ish, ishly motion. 

Bounce, a leap or spring. u ^ e > esi ~ 

YiGTLance, state of being watchful. 
Celtic. OccvRRence, the act or state of be- 

coming. 
Hap, what comes suddenly; fortune. J2eoUBJwnce> the a<it or state f be- 

frexch. coming again. 

AdaEREJice, the act or state of cleav- 

Trouble, s. that which disturbs ; an ing to. 

affliction or sorrow. CoriFUjence, the act or state of flow- 

Ease, rest in a quiet state. ing together. 

y, er, est Obsnnacy, the state of fixedness. 

Tin , not Lasor, that which wearies ; work. 

Chance, that which befalls unexpect- 
edly. GREEK. 
LATIN. 

Energy, force, or active power. 
Acii'>w, the act of doing ; any thing Pause, a ceasing from action for a 
done. time. 



EXEECISE II. 

NAMES OF QUALITIES. 



Rash, hasty, without deliberation. Quiet, still and secure. 

er, est, ly, ness Tin , not 

Queer, odd, singular. Brave, daring. 
er, est, ly, ness er, est, ly, ery — 



Harsh, rough, severe. 

er, est, ly, ness latin. 

Drowsy, heavy- with sleep. _ . . , , , _ . , 

7 ViGizant, continuing to De watchful. 

ly, ness __ . ° . 

T , ,. , , .•'•",• ObsTinate, set in opinion. 

Lazy, not disposed to action, inactive. , r 

7 Mute, dumb, without the power of 

ly, ness ' ' r 

words. 

ly, ness 



Public, pertaining to the people ; 

Brisk, lively, spirited. common. 

■ er, est, ly, ness ly, ity 




STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 141 

Pitrvate, stript; then belonging to a Come, pertaining to mirth. 

person. al, ally 

greek. Tragic, pertaining to a goad ; mourn- 

ORGAmc, pertaining to an organ. ful. 

■ —al, ally al, ally 

Periodic, pertaining to a period ; at Frantic, pertaining to a rush ; rav- 

fixed times. ing. 
al ly — 



EXEEOISE III. 

NAMES OF ACTIONS. 

gothic. Shriek, to utter a shrill cry of fear. 

s, ed, ing 

Grapple, to feel with the hands ; to gpiRTj to t \ 1T0W out water suddenly. 

seize greedily. s> ed, ing 

Is it rude to grapple any thing ? g TART) to rush or moye sudden i y# 
— d, ing ^ s> e ^ i ng 



Scramble, to move or scrape with Startle, to cause to move suddenly. 

the hands ; to crawl on the hands. s, ed, ing — 

d, ing Shudder, to shake with fear, whirl. 



Strive, to make efforts to do any s, ed, ing 

thing. Trouble, to stir up ; to annoy. 

ing, er s, ed, ing, er 

Strove, did — Stop, to arrest or hinder. 

Striven, having a, ed, ing, er, age 

Puff, a sudden emission of breath. Dash, to strike violently. 

, to emit breath suddenly. es, ed, ing 

ed, ing, er Drowse, to make heavy with sleep. 

Dangle, to hang loosely. s, ed, ing 

d, ing Doze, to sleep lightly. 



Swerve, to vary from what is right. s, ed, ing 

s, d, ing 

Nn>, to pinch any thing. French. 

s, ed, ing ^bkidge, to lessen, as a book. 

Belong, to reach to ; to be the prop- s, ed, ing, ment 

erty of one. Un ed, not 



-s, ed, ing Fix, to make stable. 



Twirl, to move round swiftly. es, ed, ing 



■s, ed, ing Un , es, ed, ing 



142 STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 

Quiver, to shake or tremble. Labor, to weary with effort ; to 

s, ed, ing work. 

Quit, to leave. greek. 

LATIN * Mimic, to ape, or imitate. 
Err, to wander from the way. s, ed, ing, ry 



es, ed, ing, or • Practise, to act or make. 

Vex, to irritate or make angry. s, ed, ing 

es, ed, ing, ation Pause, to cease from action for a 

Tempt, to draw to an evil act. time. 



~s, ed, ing, ation — s, ed, ing 



CHAPTER XL 



Man, very early in life, becomes the absorbing object of 
thought. As soon as the child has learned to look upon 
home, and the things of home, he fixes his young eye and 
heart upon man. Man, in those who love and wait upon 
him, has his chief attention. From these he proceeds to 
notice the visitor and the stranger, teaching us that there is 
something within him directing his regards to man as the 
lord of this world. Thus it is written concerning God: 
" The earth hath he given to the children of men." 

Man is now to be studied, and the words that relate to 
him, gathered up and stored away for daily use. 

THIRTEENTH STUDY 
MAN. 

Man, at the present time, appears in great variety upon 
the earth. He differs in color, form, size, intelligence, religion 
and civilization. It is only the difference of variety. The 
Bible and true science declare that man has a common 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



143 



origin, and that his first home was in Central Asia. There 
are about one billion of men at present on the earth. 



EXERCISE I 



NAMES OF PERSONS AND THINGS. 



Dunce, a person of dull mind. 

Are dunces slow of mind ? 
Boor, a rustic ; a rude person. 

ish, ishness 

Slave, a person held in bondage. 
S-impling, a tall slender youth. 
Trollop, a strolling woman. 
Dweller, an inhabitant of some 

place. 
Booby, stupid fellow. 
DoTarc?, one who doats, one impaired 

in mind. 
Rover, one who wanders. 
"Whim, a sudden start of the mind ; 

fancy. 

s, ical, ically 

Hunch, a hump. 



-bach, a hump-back. 



Swggard, a lazy person; one given 

to sleep in idleness. 
Denize, a freeman. 
LuBB<?r, a heavy idle clown. 
BuNG^r, one who works clumsily. 
BoASTcr, one who brags. 
Crone, an old withered person. 



Harlequin, a buffoon dressed 
parti-colored clothes. 



Baron, a nobleman of the third de- 
gree. 

ess, et, ial 

Count, a nobleman of the second de- 
gree, 

ess 



Vis- 



-, a nobleman of a low de- 
gree. 

Dandy, a silly fellow ; a coxcomb. 

Coward, one who wants courage to 
meet danger. 



ly, liness 

Sojourn, under or through a day ; a 
short stay. 

er 

Beau, fine and handsome; a well- 
dressed man. 

ty 



Belle, a well-dressed lady. 
Sir, sire or lord. 
Monsieur, Mr., my sire. 
Messieurs, more than one — 
Dupe, one easily led astray. 
Fool, blunt or void of sense. 
ish, ishly, ishness 



Chum, a chamber-fellow. 

Travel^?*, one who visits foreign 

countries. 
Mien, the look, or air. 
InviviDval, a single person. 

ly, ity ' 

Master, the grater who guides; the 
man who uianagee. 



144 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



Minister, the less who guides ; the ImmGRant, one who moves back into 
one who serves. a country. 

Yoiary, one devoted to any service. 

LATIN. 

Boy, a male child ; a youth. greek. 

-ish, ishness, hood- 



Girl, a female child; a young wo- jostle, one sent; a person who 

saw the miracles of Christ. 



man. 

— ish, ishness, hood 



Art, strength, practice of skill. Mmic, one who imitates another. 

i$t isan Martyr, one put to death for adher- 

Idiot, a natural fool. ing to his cause. 

Person, an individual man. s » dom 



-al, ally, ality 



Ctn«c, pertaining to a dog; a surly 



Miser, a miserable or covetous per- Patriot, one who loves his country. 



Accomplice, one joined with another 



JEJuiGKccnt, one who quits one coun- in crime, 
try for another. 



EXEEOISE 



NAMES OF QUALITIES. 



Odd, singular in manner. 
Are some men odd? 

er, est, ly, ness 

Rash, hasty. 

er, est, ly, ness 

Spruce, nice and trim. 
Plump, fat and round. 
er, est, ness 



Gruff, rough and stern. 
-er, est, ly, ness 



Bushy, thick and spreading. 
Curly, of a crispy nature. 
Meek, mild and soft in temper. 
er, est, ly, ness ■- 



Queer, odd and notional. 
er, est, ly, ness 



Paltry, mean and low. 

Sleek, smooth and even, as the hair. 

er, est 

Stout, strong and lusty. 
er. est. lv. ness 



Slender, thin and delicate. 

er, est, ness 

Sluggish, of an idle heavy nature. 
ly, ness 



Tall, high in stature. 
er, est 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



145 



Fond, foolishly loving. 
er, est, ly, ness — 



Flippant, smooth and flowing, 
speech. 



-ly 



Modest, retired and gentle. 

*y, y 

Im , ly, y 

AMia6^, worthy of love. 

y, ness 

Vain, empty and showy. 

ly 7. 

Jealous, suspicious of rivalry. 
Frank, free and open. 

ly, ness 

Gay, merry and sportive. 

er, est, ety, ness 

Jolly, full of mirth. 
Candid, fair and open. 

-ly 



Droll, humorous. 



Sanguine, ruddy with temper. 



MuNTFice«£, greatly generous. 

Pious, godly, honest in honoring 
God. 

ly — - 



Im , ly • 

MAScuLtne, pertaining to a man. 
FEMiNtne, pertaining to a woman. 
Gluttonous, given to excessive eat- 
ing. 
Sentient, having power to notice. 



er, est, ly, ness, ery 



Blunt, dull and rude. 

er, est, ly, ness 

Cynzc, of the nature of a dog. 

al, ally 

CHRisTz'an, of the nature of Ohriet. 
like, ly 



E X E E I 



E III 



NAMES OF ACTIONS. 



Beg, to ask or crave. . 

Need any one beg in this country ? 

ary, able, ar, ed, ing 

Rave, to rage, to wander in mind. 

s, ed, ing, er 

Mumble,., to speak mutteringly. 

s, ed, ing, er 

Grumble, to make a hollow noise ; 

to speak with discontent. 

s, ed, ing, er 

1 



Fumble, to stop, to feel along. 

s, ed, ing, er 

Lull, to throw down and quiet. 

s, ed, ing 

Loll, to lean, to lie at ease. 

s, ed, ing, er 

Loiter, to be late, stay behind 

s, ed, ing, er ■ • - 

Wage, to lay, to bet. 

s, ed, ing, er 

Haste, to hurry, to urge forward. 
s, ed, ing, en 



146 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



Squander, to spend wastefully. 

s, ed, ing, er ■ 

Raise, to rouse, lift up. 

s, ed, ing 

Hu.vch, to thrust with the elbow. 

*, el, ing 

Sport, to play or make merry. 

s, ed, ing 

Strut, to walk proudly. 

s, ed, ing 

Sit, to r< st in a certain posture. 

s, ing 

Sat ■ 

"Wail, to cry out, to lament. 

s, ed, ing 

Grumble, to murmur or growl with 
discontent. 

s, ed, ing 

Blunder, to more blindly, to err. 
— s, ed, ing, er 



Blab, to speak without thinking. 

Do children blab tales ? 
s, ed, ing, er 



Travail, to toil or labor with pain. 

.«, ed, ing 

jDchean, to behave, to conduct onesel£ 

s, ed, ing 

Blame, to censure, find fault. 

s, ed, ing, able, ably 

Flatter, to soothe by praise. 
*, ed, ing, er ■ 



.Emigrate, to quit one country for 

another. 

s, ed, ing 

/^migrate, to move back into one's 

country. 

Censure, to find fault with any one. 

s, ed, ing - 

Cotifide, to put trust in another. 

s, ed, ing, ent- 

.Engage, to enlist, or hire. 
s, ed, ing, merit 



; 



.EVirage, to excite to fury. 
s, ed, ing 

greek. 



/Sojourn, to tarry under or through a 
day ; to make a short stay. 

s, ed, ing 

Comprise, to include, as a discourse 
in few words. 

— — — s, ed, ing 

Travel, to visit foreign countries. 

*, ed, ing — '■ 



Theorize, to speculate about things, 

to guess about truth. 

s, ed, ing 

Scheme, to hold, to project designs or 

selfish plans. 

s, ed, ing 

Pore, to look steadily, to examine 

peeringly. 
$> ed, ing . 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



147 



FOURTEENTH STUDY. 

THE BODY. 

The body of man is a wonderful structure, and requires 
much care. Pure air, wholesome food, fit clothing, the free 
use of water and agreeable employments, are necessary to 
preserve health. The finest bodily forms are still found in 
Iran, near the site of Eden. This is a remarkable fact. 

EXEECISE I. 
NAMES OF THINGS. 



Leg, the limb by which an animal 

walks. 

Do the legs form instruments of 
motion ? 
Gait, the manner of walking. 
Groin, the depressed part of the body. 



Waist, that part of the body that is 
pressed by our clothes ; part below 
the ribs. 

FRENCH. 

Jaw, the cheek ; the bones in which 

the teeth are fixed. 

bone 

Muscle, a fleshy fibre, and also the 

organ of motion. 
Fibre, a thread; a fine part of the 

flesh of the body. 
ous — — 

LATIN. 

CATiLa<7<?, a smooth elastic substance, 
softer than bone. 



Gland, a soft, fleshy, nut-like organ. 
ule, ular, ulous, ulation — 



Spine, the back- bone of an animal. 
al 



cord, marrow 



Pulse, that which is driven, a beating 

of the heart. 

ation, less 

Cuncle, the outer skin. 

Tendon, a bundle of fibres by which 

a muscle is joined to a bone. 
Adsorbent, that which sucks up ; a 

vessel of the body. 
LiGAtnent, that which binds or unites. 
Static, the standing height 



Pore, a small passage in the skin. 

■ous 

Nerve, an organ of feeling. 

ous, ously — » 

Z)£aPHRAGM, the breathing muscle. 
Agony, anguish of body or mind. 



148 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



EXERCISE II. 
NAMES OF QUALITIES. 



GOTHIC. 



Plump, thick, unhandy or fleshy. 
Is a healthy child plump ? 

er, est, ness 

Stout, strong 

er, est, ly, ness 

Lusty, bulky and strong. 

-er, est, ly 

Strong, severe, endued with power. 

_ er, est, ly, ness 

Sturdy, hardy and strong. 

er, est, ness, ly 

RAKisfc, dissolute and wicked. 

ly 

Gruff, rough and surly. 
ly, ness — 

CELTIC. 

SLUGGtsfc, dull and inactive. 
. ly, ness — ■ 

FRENCH. 

Feeble, weak, without much power. 

er, est, ly, ness 

7/ifirm, not sound, weak. 



Hardy, advancing forward, resolute. 

. er, est, ness, hood — 

Livid, black and blue. 

_ ness 

Puny, small and feeble. 

latin. 
Musculo, pertaining to the muscles, 

strong. 
Vigorous, full of bodily strength. 

ly, ness — 

Robust, firm and strong. 

— ness 

Corpus, having a gross body. 
JucuLar, pertaining to the neck. 
VrraJ, belonging to the life. 

GREEK. 

Physic^, pertaining to nature; also 

to the body of man. 
Plethora, pertaining to fulness, over- 
charged. 
Cholera pertaining to bile; easily 

excited to anger. 
Melancholy, pertaining to black bile ; 
given to gloomy forebodings. 



GOTHIC 

Die, to sink, perish. 

Does the soul die ? 
s, ed, ing • 



x E R C I S E ill- 

NAMES OF ACTIONS. 

Gasf, to open the mouth wide for 
breath. 

s, ed, ing — ■ 

Crouch, to cringe or stoop down. 



STUDIES IN" ORTHOGRAPHY. 



149 



ed, ing 



Slake, to quench thirst. 

s, ed, ing 

Sprawl, to lie outspread. 
s, ed, ing, er 



Crawl, to creep as a worm. 

ed, ing, er 

Trip, to fall by striking the feet; to 
move lightly. 

s, ed, ing, ingly 

Jump, to leap or spring. 

s, ed, ing : — 

Gulp, to drink eagerly. 

s, ed, ing 

Sprain, to burst, to weaken a joint. 

s, ed, ing 

Mangle, to cut and tear the body. 

s, ed, ing 

STAGGer, to reel to and fro. 

s, ed, ing 

Shiver, to shake with cold or fear. 

s, ed, ing 

Fidget, to move about in starts. 



ing 



Strip, to take off, to uncover. 
s, ed, ing 

CELTIC. 

Wrigg^, to move the body quickly to 

and fro. 
■ s, ed, ing 

FRENCH. 

Maim, to hurt, to deprive of the use of 

a limb. 

Can we maim the body 

s, ed, ing 

Gormandize, to eat greedily 

s, ed, ing 

Pant, to breathe shortly, to palpitate. 
s. ed, ing 



ReyivE, to live again, to come to life. 

s, ed, ing 

/SWcharge, to overload the stomach. 

s, ed, ing 

Dance, to move orderly to music. 

5, ed, ing, er 

Stanch, to stop from flowing, as blood. 
es, ed, ing 

latin. 
PcrspiRE, to breathe through ; to throw 

off the fluids of the body through 

the skin. 

s, ed, ing 

Amwate, to give or invigorate with life. 

s, ed, ing, ion 

CzVcmlate, to carry round ; to move 

around, as the blood. 



s, ed, ing 

DesLOCATE, to put out of place, as a 
bone. 



■s, ed, ing, ion 



MuTiLate, to cut off a part of the body. 

— ."?, ed, ing" 

BesvsciTate, to raise life again, as after 

drowning. 

s, ed, ing, ion 

i?«LAx, to loosen again. 

es, ed, ing, ation 

Aspire, to breathe. 

s, ed, ing, ation 

£m/fuse, to overspread, as with vapor 

or tincture. 

greek. 
Ache, to experience pain. 

s, ed, ing 

Agonize, to distress with extreme pain, 

to torture. 
s, ed, ing 



150 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



FIFTEENTH STUDY. 

THE HEAD. 

The head is the noblest part of the body. It differs in 
form and size in different varieties of the Iranian race. The 
Japhetic is commonly the finest form. 

The face is the noblest part of the head, and seems formed 
to converse with heaven. The Greeks named man after his 
erect countenance : the Latins spoke of his divine face. 

EXEEOISE I. 
NAMES OF THINGS. 



Skull, the bone that incloses the 

brain. 

Is the skull strongly made ? 
Scalp, the skin on the top of the head. 
Curl, a twisted part of the hair. 

"Whisker, the hair of the cheek. 
Smile, a pleasing and lighted change 

of feature. 
Blush, a glow of face expressing 

health, joy, or shame. 
Flush, a heated glow produced by a 

rush of blood. 
Blear, sore and watery, as the eye. 

er, est ■ 

Haw, a stop or stumble in speaking. 

ft, ed, big 

Glance, a ray of bright light flung 

from tbe eye. 
Glare, bright and piercing. 



Hum, the sound of bees. 
s, ed, ing 

CELTIC. 

Freckle, a yellow spot on the skin. 
Shout, a loud sound of the voice. 
Bump, a swelling or protuberance. 

FRENCH. 

Tress, an outer curl of hair. 
Vision, the act of seeing. 

ary 

Mie.v, look or appearance of the face. 
Grimace, a distorted air of the face. 
Jaw, the cheek ; the bones in which 
the teeth are fixed. 

bone, the bone 

Yisage, the countenance. 

LATIN. 

Palate, the roof of the mouth. 
al 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



151 



Suture, the knitting or seam of the 
bones of the head. 

Mxsvible, that which chews ; the jaw. 

Temple, the front side of the head 
above the eye. 

Squalor, foulness. 

GxsTure, that which is borne ; a mean- 
ing motion of the body. 

Orbit, the round cavity in which the 
eye is placed. 

Aspect, the look of the face. 



Fo&ture, that is placed ; position. 

Expression the act of pressing out; 
the meaning of the face. 

less 

YEAnire, that which is made ; the cast 
of the face. 

Gust, taste, relish. 

ful 

Cranium, the skull. 

LiNEA/nen^, the outline of the fea- 
tures. 



E I S E II 



NAMES OF QUALITIES. 



Sly, artful or cunning. 
er, est, ly, ness 



Sullen, set, silent and gloomy. 

ly, ness 

H.AGGard, lean and rough. 

Sleek, smooth and even. 

er, est, ness — 

Gloss*/, smooth and shiny. 

er, est, ness ■ 

Wry, twisted or turned on one 

side. 
Austere, stern and rigid. 

ly, ness, ity 

SnappzsA, crusty or peevish. 
ly, ness 



Sur^i/, like sour, sullen and snappish. 
ness 



Shrill, sharp and piercing. 
er, est, ly, ness 



Hideous, frightful to see. 

■ ly, ness 

Visual, pertaining to the sight. 
Punt/, small and feeble. 
Tawnt/, of a yellowish dark color. 
.Z)<?mure, sober and downcast. 

ly, ness ■ 

Pale, whitish, wanting in color. 
ly, ness, er, est 



Nas<z?, pertaining to the nose. 
Squalt'c?, foul and dirty. 
DEsral, belonging to the teeth. 
MoLar, having the power to grind, as 

the molar teeth. 
BiLious, full of bile 
/wane, not full, empty or meaningless. 

ity 

Anvent, burning or warm. 
ly 



152 STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 

Dole/W, gloomy and sad. greek. 

ly, ness ■ 

Morose, sour and sullen. Stoics, belonging to a stoic ; not 

ly, ness " moved by passion. 

OcuLar, pertaining to the eye. 



EXEEOISE ill. 

NAMES OF ACTIONS. 

Gothic. Mumble, to mutter closely. 

-s, ed, ing 

Smile, to cause the features to change Hum, to utter the sound of bees. 

with pleasure. s> ^ i ng 

Do infants smile ? 
s, ed, ing 



CELTIC. 

Shout, to throw out the voice fore- 
ibly. 



Blush, to redden in the face with joy 

or shame 

, . s, ed, ing - 

es, ed, ing . , , 

-n j j i x ji • ^ c Toss > to l er * or throw. 

Flush, to redden heatedly in the face. 

, . es, ed, inq 

es, cd, ing a 

Glance, to dart a ray of light sud- French. 

denly. Gargle, to roll water in the throat 

s, ed, ing with noise. 

Squint, to look obliquely or cross- s, ed, ing 

wise. Frown, to show anger by contracting 



-s, ed, ing the brows. 



Freckle, to have the face spotted, as s, ed, ing 

by the sun. Pout, to push out, as the lips. 

s, ed, ing s, ed, ing, er 

Blear, to make sore and watery. Munch, to chew by large mouthfuls. 

s, ed, ing es, ed, ing 

Glare, to look fiercely. D^cry, to cry down. 
s, ed, ing es, ed, ing 



Curl, to twist the hair in ringlets. D/shevel, to suffer the hair to hang 

s, ed, ing loosely. 

Un , to take out. s, ed, ing 



ed, ing • Frizzle, to crisp, to curl the hair. 



Craunch, to crush harshly with the ; s, ed, ing 



teeth. Grate, to rub or grind, as the teeth. 
», ed, ing ■ s, ed. ing 



STUDIES IN OKTHOGKAPHY. 



153 



LATIN. 

MASTicate, to grind with the teeth. 

■ —s, ed, ing, ion 

DevouR, to eat greedily. 
s, ed, ing 



Trick^, to flow gently, as tears. 
s, ed, ing 



SIXTEENTH STUDY 

THE TRUNK. 



The trunk includes all the body, except the head and 
limbs. It incloses the heart and lungs: the former, the 
fountain of the blood ; the latter, the organ of breathing. 
These two vital parts are guarded by a frame of bones. 



E X E E O I 



NAMES OF THINGS. 



Shrug, a drawing up of the shoulders. 
Groin, the depressed part of the 

body, where the thigh and trunk 

meet. 

CELTIC. 



"Waist, the part below the 

where the girdle is tied. 
coat, -band 



ribs, 



ToNs^7, a gland-like body at the open- 
ing of the throat. 

Stomach, a bag-like vessel in which 
food is digested. 

Trachea, rough ; the wind-pipe. 

Cell, a hollow like a bag, containing 
some substance, as air. 

s, ular 

Spine, the back-bone. 

a l 



Trunk, the body without the limbs. 

less 

Lobe, a part of the lungs. 



Scapula, the shoulder-blade. 
VERTE&ra, a joint of the back-bone. 

al, ate 

7* 



Sternum, the chest bone. 

-Z)i'aPHRAGM, the breathing muscle : it 
separates the chest from the belly. 

Bronchia, two branches of the wind- 
pipe extending into the lungs. 

al 

Larynx, a whistle; the upper pai't of 
the wind-pipe. 



154 



STUDIES m ORTHOGRAPHY, 



Glottis, the opening of the wind- CWe, juice; a milk-like fluid, pre- 

pipe within the larynx where voice pared from chyme, 

is formed. $ vleen > a s P on ^ viscus under thC 

Epi , that which covers — lower ribs. 

CiiYWf, juice ; food after digestion. 



exercise i : 

NAMES OF QUALITIES. 



GOTHIC. 



FACiaZ, belonging to the face. 
Corpora?, belonging to the body. 
Slender, thin and small in the waist. FlACCIJ)) so ft an d weak. 

-ity . 



Slight, feebly built, delicate. 

TRENCH. 

Rigid, stiff and not easily bent. 

-ity, ness 

Putrid, in a state of dissolution. 

ity ■ 

LATIN. 

Dossal, belonging to the back. 



Viscid, thick and sticky. 

ity 

Torpid, without power 01 motion. 
Callous, hard and stiff, as an ulcer. 
PEcroRaZ, belonging to the breast. 

GREEK. 

Gasituc, pertaining to the stomach. 
Cardioc, pertaining to the heart 



EXERCISE III- 

NAMES OF ACTIONS. 

/nHALE, to draw into the lungs. 

. s, ed, ing ■ 

T^gest, to separate in the stomach. Ex __ Sf e d, ing, ation 

s, ed, ing, ion ■ Aspire, to draw air into the lungs. 

Un .ed -s, ed, ing, ation 



LATIN. 



In- 



-tion 



GREEK. 



PALPitate.to beat gently, as the heart. 

s, ed, ing, ion — ^ ^ CiiYMi/y, to change into chyme. 

Dis-Locate, to put out of place or joint, ^ ^ in ^ cat ion 

-s, ed, ing, ion - Throb, to drive or beat, as the pulse. 



JjACERale, to tear, as the flesh 
s, ed, ing, ion 



ed, ing — 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 155 

SEVENTEENTH STUDY. 

THE LIMBS. 

The limbs are the branches of the trunk, and are divided 
into two classes, the upper and lower. The lower limbs 
are formed for motion : the upper limbs are made for action. 
So wonderful is the structure of the hand, a part of the 
upper limb, that Sir Charles Bell has written a work on it 
to prove the existence of God. 

EXERCISE i . 
NAMES OF THINGS. 



Huckxe, the hip ; a bunch. SocKet, a hollow place, as the socket 

Have you ever known a huckle- joint of the thigh. 



back 



FRENCH. 



bones. 
Haunch, the thigh or hip. 



Sprain, a loosening of the ioints. T ,, . . . „ . 

_ , , _. , , , , , Joint, the joining ol two or more 

Leg, the lower limb from the ankle 

to the knee. 

Tip, the end of any thing, as the 

finger. latin. 

Slap, a blow with the open hand. Palm, the inner part of the hand. 

AGTL?7y, power of quick motion, 

nimble. 



EXERCISE II 



NAMES OF QUALITIES. 



Hasty, eager, quick. 
er, est, ly 



Fleet, swift of pace. 



CELTIC. 

NiMB^e, light and quick in motion. 
er, est, y 

LATIN. 



-er, est, ly, ness ■ Femora^, belonging to the thigh. 



156 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



Sure, steady, safe. 

er, est, ly 

-footed 



Acxive, lively, nimble. 
ly 



Dexter, the right 

ous, al, ity 

ly, ness 

Rapid, quick of motion. 

ly, ity 



In- 



-, not 



EXERCISE III. 

NAMES OF ACTIONS. 



GOTHIC. CELTIC. 

Sprain, to loosen the joints. Clasp, to inclose in the hands. 

Did you ever sprain your foot ? • s, ed, ing 

s, ed, ing 

Skip, to leap quickly and successively. 

s, ed, ing Joint, to form with joints. 

Swing, to move to and fro, as the s, ed, ing 

arms. Bound, to move forward by leaps. 



-s, ed, big 



s, ed, ing 



Sway, to move wavingly with the ^/wbrace, to inclose in the arms af- 

hand. fectionately. 
s, ed, ing - s, ed, ing 



Twirl, to move round quickly. 
s, ed, ing 



Pinch, to press hard between the 

fingers. 
es, cd, ing 



Tramp, to tread with the feet. 

s, ed, ing Push, to drive against with pressure. 

Thrum, to play forcibly on an instru- es, ed, ing 

ment with the fingers. 
-s, ed, ing 



Plod, to move heavily or slowly. Mutil«^, to cut off a limb. 

s, ed, ing ■ s, ed, ing 

Fumble, to grope about with the /wflame, to set on fire, to heat the 
hand. blood-vessels. 

s, ed, ing, er s, ed, ing, ation 

Trip, to strike the foot and stumble. Rehkx, to loosen, as the joints. 

s, ed, ing es, ed, ing 

Tip, to strike lightly. Ossify, to form bone. 

s, ed, ing es, ed, ing, cation • — 

Slap, to strike with the open hand. PerAUBVLate, to walk through or about 
s, ed, ing — s, ed, ing 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



157 



EIGHTEENTH STUDY 

STATES OF THE BODY. 



HEALTH AND D I S E A 



The body exerts a constant influence upon the mind. 
Our thoughts and feelings are shaped and colored by health 
and disease. A sound mind commonly inhabits a sound 
body. To promote health, air, water, food, clothing, action 
and rest are necessary. 



E X E R C 



NAMES OF THINGS. 



Mumps, a swelling under the ear. 

Are mumps dangerous ? 
Cough, a loud, convulsive breathing. 
HiccovGB, a convulsive, catching 

cough. 
Measles, spots ; a disease of the body 

which is infectious. 
Qualm, that which vexes ; sickness 

of the stomach. 

CELTIC. 

Fit, a paroxysm, or painful twisting 

of the body. 
~ful 

FRENCH. 

Jaundice, yellow; a disease marked 
by a yellowness of the eyes and 
skin. 

Fever, a disease marked by great 
heat and high pulse. 

— et, ish 



JlLcer, a sore in the soft parts of the 
body. 

TuBSRcle, a pimple on the skin; a 
small tuber. 

DisKASE, disturbed rest, disturbed 
health. 

LASsrrwcfc, state of losing; a relaxed 
state of the body. 

SymeroM, what happens with dis- 
ease, an indication of disease. 

Spasm, a sudden contraction of a 
muscle. 

odic 



Tumor, a swelling. 
Bile, an inflamed tumor. 

-duct, -stone 

Dropst, an unnatural collection of 
water in any part of the body. 

cal, cally 

Density, want of power, weakness. 
Fistula, a species of ulcer. 



158 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



Congestion, an unnatural collection 
of blood in any part of the body. 

/wflammation, a redness and swelling, 
attended with a feverish pain. 

Lethargy, an unnatural sleep. 

Cure, restored health. 

-46scess, a going from; an opening 
containing pus. 



Pals?/, a suspension of the use of any 
part of the body. 

Pleuris?/, an inflammation of the in- 
side of the chest. 



Spasm, a drawing of the muscles. 

odic 

Rheum, a flowing; a disease of the 

mucous glands. 
Rheumatism, a disease affecting the 

joints and muscles of the body. 



Asthma, a disease of respiration. 

tic 

Gangrene, a mortification of living 

flesh. 
Colic, a severe pain in the bowels. 
Nausea, ship-sickness, sickness of the 

stomach. 



XEKOISE I 
NAMES OF QUALITIES. 



Qualm is//, somewhat sick at the 

stomach. 
Fright/W, "full of alarm, dreadful. 
Flabby, hanging loose. 

ly, ness 

Gaunt, thin and lean. 



Tender, soft, sensitive to the touch. 

er, est, ly 

Sexsibw, easily excited by touch. 

ly, ness 

Round, full and plump. 

latin. 

CuRATwe, tending to cure. 
CvRable, that may be cured. 

In , 

LAXATwe, tending to loosen. 
FebrzV?, that which is feverish. 



LACTEaZ, belonging to milk or chyle 

ConGESTive, tending to an unnatural 
collection of blood. 

Ttiflammatory, partaking of unnatu- 
ral heat and fever. 

Morto.1, belonging to death. 

ly, ity 

Fetid, offensive to the smell. 

Fistulous, having the nature of an 
ulcer. 

Cadavero?*s, full of the expression of 
a dead body, deadly. 



CavsHc, corroding or burning flesh. 
Chron?'c, partaining to time, of some 

duration. 
Hectic, habitual, affected with fever. 
ii/WDEMic, upon the people, affecting 

great numbers. 
RiCKETy, diseased with rickets. 






STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



159 



XERCISE III 

NAMES OF ACTIONS. 



Cough, to breathe audibly and con- 
vulsively. 
Is it painful to cough ? 

s, ed, ing 



Gall, to fret the skin by rubbing. 

s, ed, ing 

Gash, to cut deep, or wound. 
s, ed, ing 



JDeFonm, to mar or alter the natural 

shape. 

s, ed, ing 

Nausea, to become sick at the 

stomach. 

s, ed, ing 

JnFLAME, to excite heat unnaturally. 

s, ed, ing 

ITLCiRate, to turn to an ulcer. 
s, ed, ing 



Cauterize, to sear with fire or hot 

iron. 
s, ed, ing 



Cure, to heal, to restore soundness. Ache, to suffer pain. 
s, ed, ing, able s, ed, ing 



* ♦ 



NINETEENTH STUDY. 



THE SENSES. 



The senses are five in number, and may be regarded as 
the avenues of knowledge. Through them, the soul and 
the world are constantly communing with one another. 
Their education should be carefully conducted. 



EX3SBCI8B I 
NAMES OF THINGS. 



Smell, the sense by which we per- Touch, the sense of feeling. 

ceive odors. Does touch give us a knowledge of 

Is smell a useful sense ? form? 



160 STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 

Sense, the instrument by which ani- Vibration, the act of trembling, that 

mals notice external bodies. produces sounds. 

ation, less, ible, ibility, bly Color, a quality of light, the hue 

.PemiME, sweet odor. of bodies to the eye. 

er, ery less, ist 

Fragrance, the emitted odor of any 

L ™ thing. 



Vision, the act or faculty of seeing. V 

Is the vision of man as strong as the SubsrAsce, that which stands under ; 
eao-le's? something real. 
less, ary, ist greek. 



Odob, scent or fragrance. Trembu'??o\ the shaking or vibrating 

ous of a body. 

Scent, that which affects the smell. Does the ear give us the tremblings 

s, less of sounding bodies ? 

Form, the outline or shape of any ly 



thing. Clang, a sharp metallic sound. 
— J ess * or 



EXEEOISE II. 

NAMES OF QUALITIES. 

gothic. Delicious, highly pleasing to the 

Harsh, rough to the touch or ear. taste. 

Are the sounds of thunder harsh ? l V> ness 

er, est, ly, ness SensiWc, that may be known by the 






CELTIC - SALme, of the nature of salt. 

Shrill, a sharp piercing sound. Yisible, that may be seen. 

Is the sound of a steam- whistle y 

shrill ? Visval, pertaining to the sight. 
er, est } ness Szxsval, pertaining to the senses. 

FRENCH. hh ty " 

AcRid, sharp and pungent to the latin. 

taste. YAPid, flat and lifeless, 

Are pickles acrid ? Is saltless food vapid ? 

ness ly, ness, ity 

ihsiPiD, not affecting the tasteful, Palatao^, that which, affects the 

tasteless. palate or taste agreeably. 

-It/, ity, ness * Un 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 161 

PvxGent, biting or pricking to the ViBRATory, that vibrates. 

taste. Fragr**^, the strong odor of any 

TxxGible, that may be touched. thing. 



In , that may not Auditor, that has the power of hear- 

TACTuaZ, belonging to the touch, ing. 

tangible. OLFACTory, having the power of smell. 
Avmble, that may be heard. Gustatotv/, having the power of taste. 
y, ness SxjbstaxUciI, belonging to what exists. 



In , that may not ly, ity 

Sxpid, that which affects the taste, 

tasteful. GREEK - 

ity, ness Optzc, pertaining to vision, as the 

Sonorous, having the power to pro- optic nerve. 

duce sounds. I 3 the optic nerve delicate ? 
ness, ly al 



EXERCISE III. 
NAMES OF ACTIONS. 

Gothic. Was it believed that kings cured 

diseases by touch? 
Gloat, to peep ; to gaze steadfastly. ^ • 

Does the thief gloat on plunder ? jj n '_ e J 



"""**? in 9 P<?7Tujie, to scent with sweet odor. 
Smell, to perceive odors. 

— * s, ed, ing 



ing 

latin. 



Tingle, to feel a thrilling sound. 

Does the ear tingle with trumpet- ^^ ^ ^ + £ 
sounds ? 

s, ed, ing 

Ken, to see at a distance. 
s, ed, ing 



Scent, to smell or perfume. 
Can Indians scent each other ? 



Vibrate, to tremble, or oscillate. 

s, ed, ing 

Quiver, to shake or tremble. 
s, ed, ing 



GREEK. 
FRENCH. ^ , ■ ... , 

Clang, to make a sharp shrill sound. 
Touch, to perceive by the sense of Do cymbals clang ? 
feeling. s, ed, ing 



162 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



TWENTIETH STUDY. 

THE SOUL. 

The soul is that part of man that thinks, feels, wills and 
acts responsibly. It is known by various names, as the 
mind, spirit, heart, will, and conscience. 

All souls or spirits are properly divided into two classes: 
the godly and the ungodly. 

EXEECI8E I . 



NAMES OF THINGS. 



GOTHIC. 



Dream, something thought out in 

partial sleep. 

What is the theory of dreams ? 
Scorn, proud contempt. 
-yW, fully, er 

FRENCH. 

Beautt, that which pleases and re- 
fines ; an assemblage of graces. 

Trance, a passing over; a state in 
which the soul seems to leave the 
body. 

GRANDcwr, the quality of greatness. 

Foible, a weakness or whim. 

J/iYEXTion/that which is discovered. 

Reverie, a dream ; loose thinking. 

LATIN. 

.Delirium, a wandering in mind ; a 

raving. 
Mania, madness, disorder of mind. 
c. one who is disordered in 



mind. 



-a! 



InspiRAtion, the inbreathing of God ; 
the operation of God's Spirit on 
prophets and apostles. 
LEvrry, lightness of temper. 
Quer.v, a searching into ; an exami- 
nation. 
InQViRY, a searching ; a question. 
Notice, observation. 
Talent, a balance, and then a faculty 
for any thing. 

s, ed 

FAcn%, quality of being easily pur- 
sued, easily done. 
Contempt, despising, treating with" 

disdain. 
Quality, what belongs to a substance. 
Improvidence, not seeing before, with- 
out forethought. 
Temperament, state of the mind as 

marked by some quality. 
Opinion, the judgment of the mind. 
O&LiviON, forgetfulness. 
CREDenc^, reliance on testimony. 
Study, a fixing the mind on a sub- 
ject to examine it. 
ous, ously - 



STUDIES IN OKTHOGKAPHY. 163 

V Alienee, continuance in bearing ills. Ecstasy, a standing out of oneself ; 

YxGary, a wandering of the thoughts. a high trance. 

Ecstatic, pertaining to 

-EVithusiasw, indwelling of a divine 

Monomania, disorder of the mind in spirit ; moved to order by divine 
one point. things. 

ac, one who .£Vithusias^c, partaking 

al , al, ally 



E X E E C I S 



NAMES OF QUALITIES. 

gothic. Contemptuous, full of disdain. 

ly, ness 

SLAvish, somewhat lite a slave ; ser- BesTlcable} that should be desp i S ed 



vile, 



vile. 



ly, ness AbnonRent, of a nature to be hated. 

CRiNGm<7, bowing or flattering. e 

Low, beneath in place, dejected. Crudi . raw> or not mature 
fy, ne SS .^ ne ^ ly 

CoGent, a driving or urging onward. 

FRENCH. cyJy 

IgxovLAnt, without knowledge. Tmwscnx, not strong ; feeble in mind. 

ly y ce . Hy 

Base, low in place or nature. Insn&vcrive, power to see into; im- 

er, est, ly, ness mediate power of thought. 

i?nMATERiaZ, not belonging to matter. ~& ness 

InxENrive, power to come into ; rxiERtle, childish. 

quick at discovery. VoLATifc, lively, fickle in mind. 

Facile, easily done; working easily. ConTEUFLAtive, given to close think- 
ing. 
Despom>ent, cast down, or dejected. 
Credulous, apt to believe without 
Serv^, of the nature of a slave; evidence. 



cringing. In » not 



_ly } Uy Thgenious, begetting what is skilful. 

Vile, base, or hateful. Responsible, that may respond or 
eTf € st t ly, ness account to another ; answerable. 



164 STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 

EXERCISE III. 
NAMES OF ACTIONS. 

G0THIC> CWtemn, to despise, to slight as 

. mean. 
Dote, to err, to be delirious. ^ ^ {ng 



Does the soul dote ? Disdain, to think unworthy. 

5, ed, ing __. ^ edf ing _ 

Dream, to think while partly asleep. ^^ to yiew as m f er i r ; to treat 

s, t, ing, er disdainfully. 

Hanker, to long or hang upon a thing ■ ^ 

with desire. ^6hob, to hate extremely, 

-s, ed, ing — Sj ed} ing 



Scorn, to despise or slight. Deject, to cast down, or sink the 

s, ed, ing spirits> 

Cringe, to bow or fawn. ^ ^ f j^ t « wgr> i on 

s, ed, ing Study, to fix the mind on a subject 

Start, to move suddenly by impulse. fop ' examinatioD . 
s, ed, ing es> e ^ { ng 



celtic. JnQUiRE, to seek into, to examine. 

, , s, ed, ing 

Grudge, to murmur ; to give or take ^ ^ ^^ ^^ 

unwillingly. ^ ^ {ng 

s, ed, mg ■ ^ _ ^ _ 

French. DespoND, to cast down, deject 

Craze, to crush ; to disorder the mind. s, ed, ing 

s ed ing,y,iness .Distinguish, to point or prick; to 

Wait to linger 'on the way ; to stay separate one thing from another. 

expectantly. 



-s, ed, ing, er — Un- 



Astonish, to strike dumb with sudden Stulti/j/, to make foolish. 

fear es, ed, ing 

„, p j ; n „ Consider, to plan together; to fix the 

Stupe/V/, to make dull ; to blunt the mind upon any thing, and weigh it 

. ■, ' s, ed, ing 

mind. ' ' * 

' ' GREEK. 

LATIN. 

Vili/V, to make vile or contemptible. Theorize, to speculate. 
-es, ed, ing s > ed > in 9 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 165 



Criticise, to separate; to judge the Term, to name. 

works of men. s, ea\ ing - 

, ed, ing 







TWENTY-FIRST STUDY. 

THE INTELLECT. 

The intellect is that part of the soul that thinks, reasons 
and knows. It is commonly known as the mind. The 
intellect produces knowledge. 



EXEEOISE I. 
NAMES OF THINGS. 

Celtic. MEMory, the power by which we re- 

tain the knowledge of the past. 
ason, the power of discovering the Eeco ^ction, the p of recalling 

meaning of things, and drawing the past. 

" ' , ConcEption, the power of forming 

able, ably, ableness .-, . . r ,,,. 

' c " ideas, or perceiving an absent thing. 

• al, ally 




French. AbsTRAction, the power of withdraw- 
ing a part of a thing, and exainin- 

Szx&ation, a change in the soul pro- j n g j^. 

duced by an impression on the /^tellecx, that part of the soul that 

senses. understands. 

Judgment, the power by which we ua l, ually — 

compare ideas. Ab^RRATion the wandering of the 

mind. 
latin. 

PENETRATt'on, the act or power of 

iMAGiNafo'on, the power of giving form perceiving clearly. 

to sensations. DepRESsion, a sinking of the spirits. 

-4ppREHENsion., the power of taking Accept Ation, the "act of receiving; 

hold of any thing, as a sensation. a reception. 

Perception, the power of noticing and Argument, a reason offered" for or 

referring sensation to something against a thing. 

without us. ative, atively ■ ■ ■' " 



166 



STUDIES IX ORTHOGRAPHY. 



Decision, the act of cutting off; a con- greek. 

elusion. 

Curiosity, the power of the mind I DEA » an image, a thought. 

that leads us to seek new things. a U <rtUy 

ConcLvsion, the act of shutting up ; Fancy, that power by which the mind 

the result. forms images. 

Ex 

EXEBOISE II. 
NAMES OF QUALITIES. 



Dull, heavy and stupid. 

er, est, ness 

Gloomy, sorrowful and dark. 
■ ily, iness 



$Eysitive, power to receive impres- j n 



iMAGJxalive, having the nature of im- 
agination. 

Perceptive, having the nature of per- 
ception. 

ConcEPtive, having the nature of con- 
ception. 

Acrive, the power of acting, lively. 
ly, ity 



-ness, ly ■ 



Ssssual, pertaining to the senses. 
ly, ity 



Fanci/mZ, abounding in fancy. 
ly, ness 



RerEXTive, power to hold again; 
power to remember. 
Sensuous, abounding in what is sens- g PECULATt - w> give n to theorizing, or 



ual. 
Rational, pertaining to the reason. 

ly, Hy 

It ,ly 

Stupzc?, dull and heavy. 

ly, ity 

Sensate, having power to know by 

senses. 

latin. 

Menki J, pertaining to the mind. 

ly 

Sane, sound. 
ity 



thinking generally. 
ly 



fa- 



tty 



Idiotic, like a fool. 



InqvisiTive, given to research or in- 
quiry. 

Curious, desirous to see what is new 
or unknown. 

ly 

Oivious, in the way; open to the 
mind. 

ly, ness 

Ration^, belonging to the mind. 

ly, ity 

Xr j not 

O&tuse, blunt or dull. 

ness, ly 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 167 



EXERCISE III. 

NAMES OF ACTIONS. 

fkench. Distract, to draw apart, to divide 
the thoughts. 
Coticeive, to form any thing in the 5 e d { 1U , 

t . ^collect, to recall the past. 

s, ea, ing ' _ ' 

Judge, to compare, to decide. ' ' " 

, . Fancy, to form unreal images. 

s, ed, mg ' & 

es, ed, ing 

-KeFLEcr, to bend back ; to think at- 



Reason, to draw conclusions, and find 

the meaning of things. 
S) ed,ing tentively 



s, ed, ing, ion 



LATIN# /Suspect, to see under ; to have a 

slight opinion. 

Imagine, to give force to sensation. s> e d, { n g 

— s, ed, ing, ary Duress, to sink or cast down the 



-4/)prehend, to take hold of a thing, spirits. 



as a sensation. 



-es, ed, ing 



-s, ed, ing i)eciDE, to cut off; to conclude. 



PercEivE, to notice any thing, as our Sf e d, i n g 

sensations, and refer them to some- Speculate, to see through ; to con- 
thing without us. s i<l er a thing in the mind. 

s, ed, mg Coticlude, to shut up, to draw to an 

SupposE, to place under ; to lay down en( j 
as true. 



s, ed, ing Ex _ 



•s, ea, ing - 
" ing 



.4&STRACT, to withdraw a part of a j n , Sj e ^ { n g 

thing. p r e , s, ed, ing 

s, ed, ing 

Comprehend, to take up together ; to greek. 

understand. Fancy, to seem ; to form images of 

s, ed, ing things. 

Penetrate, to make way into any es, ed, ing 

thing. Idealize, to form images or ideas. 

s, ed, ing Sf e< $ t { n g 



168 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



TWENTY- SECOND STUDY 



THE SENSIBILITIES. 



The sensibilities are that part of the soul that feels. It 
is known as the heart, and produces the emotions, desires 
and affections. 



E R c i s 



NAMES OF THINGS. 






Dudgeon, a small dagger ; ill-will. 
Is it wicked to take any thing in 
dudgeon ? 

CELTIC. 

SAvness, an emotion of pain or sor- 
row. 

FRENCH. 

Joy, a shout or leap ; delight in 

possessed good. 

s,ous,ful, less, lessly, fully 

Etivy, pain produced by the good 

of others. 

ous, ousness, able ■ 

Rage, furious anger. 

Amotion, a moving of the mind; a 

feeling of pain or pleasure. 
Propensity, a bent of the mind to 

any thing. 
Desire, an emotion directed to secure 

an object. 
Despair, a form of anger without 

hope. 
Delight, great pleasure. 

some, fid, fully, fulness 

Esteem, high estimate of a person. 



CsEEsfulness, an emotion of delight. 
YENGEance, a passion leading us to 

inflict pain on another. 
Conscience, the feeling of right and 

wrong. 
SENTLwen*, that which is thought 

under the impulse of feeling. 
Jealousy, an uneasy feeling lest a 

rival should be preferred. 
Vanity, a feeling that leads us to 

think too highly of self. 

latin. 

^petite, a natural desire of good. 
CuRiosify, a desire to know something 

new. 
VERACity, an inclination to speak the 

truth. 
Humor, a witty turn of mind. 
Anger, a passion produced by injury. 
ComisEnce, a holding or restraint on 

passion. 
BENEvoLmce, well wishing. 
MALEvoLence, ill wishing. 
Malice, extreme hatred. 
GnAntude, the return of good-will. 
iwipux8E, quick motion of the mind. 
ive, ively . ■ 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 169 

Passion, the excitement of the mind. greek. 
AppKOBAlion, the act of assenting to 

a thing with pleasure. Melancho^, black bile ; an emotion 

Excnmnent, that which rouses ; the of gloom. 

state of roused action. SymvA-my, a sharing of others' joy or 

Compassion, a fellow-suffering ; pity. grief. 

ate, less etic 

Anxiety, great concern for the fu- -Ecstasy, exultant joy. 

t ure< ^m^'pathy, feeling against a person 

Exuviation, the act of leaping out or thing; hatred. 

of oneself; rejoicing greatly. 

EXEEOISE II. 

NAMES OF QUALITIES. 

CELTIC. LATIN. 

Sad, depressed with pain or grief. Curious, fond of new things. 

er es t Humorows, abounding in wit or 

Wanton, loose in feeling. pleasantry. 

ly, ness h J> »*** — 

Emuloms, full of a disposition to rival 

FRENCH - others. 

ifovENGE/W, abounding in inflicting ]y 

pain for injury. Benevolo, well-wishing. 

Cheer/W, full of joyous feeling that ly 

expresses itself in shouts. Maletolt, evil-wishing. 

Jealous, given to uneasiness lest we ly 

should be robbed of another's Grate/W, abounding in a disposition 

love. to return thanks. 

Vain, over-estimating self. ly 

er, est YrsDicrive, given to revenge. 

Joyows, full of delighted feelings. Asxious, greatly desirous about the 

ly, ness future. 

Envioms, full of painful feeling at Ovious, full of what is hatefnl, 

another's good. ly, ness 

ly, ness Deixciable, highly pleasing. 

Monal, belonging to custom or law ; SuscEPTible, that may be impressed ; 

right. \ tender or delicate. 

ly, ity Prone, inclined to any thing. 

Im , not Jtinate, inborn, natural, 

8 



170 STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



EXEKOISE III. 
NAMES OF ACTIONS. 

JEtcite, to rouse or stir up. 



, , , i t „ „ n HesssT, to take ill. 
Wanton, to ramble loosely; to go > 

' .s. ed. ina — 



without restraint. Aoovxd, to strike dumb with amaze- 

s, ed, ing 



Is it foolish to wanton ? ^ ^ .^ 

French. Paci/i/, to make peace; to allay 
Desire, to wish for. anger. 

-8, ed, ing, able — es, ed, ing 



Esteem, to think highly of. latin. 

— s, ed, ing Imitate, to do what others do. 

.DesPAiR, to give up hope. ^ ^ ^ {on ; 

s, ed, ing PcrruRB, to tarn through ; to trouble 

Pity, to feel distress with another. ^ feelingg# 

s, ed, ing ■ _ s> e ^ [ ng _ 

Delight, to take great pleasure m ^ ^ ^ ^ .^ 

any thing. JftruLT, to leap out of oneself; to re- 

" " s ' ' " ioiee. 

Rage, to rave with anger. ^ ^ 

. s, ed. ing ^ Emulate, to rival and excel others. 

JJcvENGE, to inflict pain for injury re- ^ ^ .^ .^ 

ceived. Humor, to gratify by yielding to one's 
s,ed,ing wisk> 






Cheer, to shout ; to animate . ^ . 

s, ed, ing Anger, to excite bad or revengeful 

Joy, to shout or leap ; to be highly ^.^ ^ .^^ 

pleased. s> € ^ i ng . 

s. ed, ing — Grati/*/, to make agreeable. 

En , s, ed, ing ^ s? e ^ i ng 

E,ivy, to feel pain by seeing others' ^^^ to feel an< i express deep 

good. grief. 

s, ea\ ing — ^ . S) e d t ing 

Approve, to assent to a thing. 

* . GREEK. 

-s, ed. trig , ;,-•!■ e 

Dk , S) ed> ing . SymvA-nnzE, to share the feelings of 

^base, to bring low ; to humble. others. 

t • , >-s, ed, ing — ■•• 

. — s, ed, ing " ' ' * 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 171 



TWENTY-THIRD STUDY. 

THE WILL. 

The will is that part of the soul that purposes, and 
carries out into action all the determinations of the soul. 
A well-trained will is a noble thing. Upon it, in a great 
measure, depends prosperity and happiness. 

EXERCISE i . 
NAMES OF THINGS. 

French. DerEKMisation, the act of settling a 

PwrposE, a setting before ; that thing ; a particular purpose. 

-which is willed. ComvuLsio?i, the act of urging by 

/wtention, a bending of the mind force. 

upon an object ; a purpose. Consent, agreeing in thought with 

Choice, the act of choosing. another. 



LATIN. 

Y >Lition, the act of willing or choos- 
ing. 

Decree, that which divides ; a deter- 
mination. 



-mg 



ifcsiGNATTON, the act of yielding to 

another's will. 
Consequence, that which follows ; the 

result of an action. 



EXEEOISE II. 
NAMES OF QUALITIES. 

French. EfwEcrive, having the power to pro- 

Prompt, ready to act. duce. 

ly, ness ly, ness 

Dilatory, drawing out ; slow. DeTERMixed, having a fixed power of 
Tardy, stopping; slow and dilatory. . choice. 

ly, ness Self 

jj^-nx, VoLUNTary, having power of choice ; 

Efficient, producing effects. f ^' 
J 7 ° ly, ness 

ly * 



172 STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



EXERCISE III. 

NAMES OF ACTIONS. 

French. D<*termine, to settle or limit ; to pur- 

PwrposE, to set before ; to will. P ose - 

s, ed, ing ' s > ed > in 9 

/titend, to bend the mind npon a Comm, to urge by force, 
thing ; to purpose. s > e ®> m ff 



-s ed ing Cowsent, to agree in thought with 



ProposE, to put forward ; to offer for another. 

acceptance. s , e <Z, ™9 



-s, ed, ing Reswzt, to yield to another's will. 

s, ed, ing 

/Select, to choose from a number. 



Decree, to decide, determine. s e( j i nq 

s, ed, ing 



THIRTY- FOURTH STUDY, 

LANGUAGE. 






The gift of speech is social, and fits man for society.. 
Language, written or spoken, implies a social feeling in man. 
Its origin is divine : its forms and present state are the result 
of human culture. Language is many-tongued. There are 
now about three thousand varieties upon the earth. 

EXERCISE I . 

NAMES OF THINGS. 
GOTHIC. CELTIC. 

•<.+ _! Pitch, a point : elevation of voice. 

Stop, a pause; a point to mark a ».#..•» 

j. Brogue, a cant word for a bad way 

pause in reading. ' ? 

, to pause. of speaking. 

ed , ing FEENCH - 

Un , to take away. Letter, a mark used as the sign of a 

Re , to stop again. sound. 



STUDIES m ORTHOGRAPHY. 



173 



Sentence, something thought ; sounds 

that declare something. 

tial, belonging to 

Languor, the product of the tongue, 

the medium of making known our 

thoughts. 
Tone, quality of voice. 

ic, pertaining to 

Yoice, the sound produced by the 

vibration of air emitted from the 

lungs. 



Question, the act of asking ; 

asked. 
s, er, able 



something 



Linguist, one skilled in languages. 

ic, ical 

Accent, pitch of voice ; force of voice 

on part of a word. 
InFLEction, the act of bending the 

voice to suit the sense. 



Articul U,ion, the uttering of sounds 
distinctly by joining the oi'gans of 
speech. 

-SfruNciAtfiow, the uttering of sounds 
in the right way. 

Pronunciation, the giving the right 
sound to letters in a word, and the 
right accent to syllables. 

Quant^?/, so much ; the length of 
sound in uttering a vowel or syl- 
lable. 



i£mpHAsis, speaking upon ; force of 

voice on certain words in sentences. 

tic, tical, tically 

Uh , not 

ParaGRAPH, something written near; 

a part of discourse or writing. 
/Salable, what is taken up in one 

sound ; one or more letters sounded 

at once. 



Glib, gliding, smooth. 

ly, ness 

Quaint, nice, artful. 
ly, ness 



EXERCISE II. 

NAMES OF QUALITIES. 



Bombast, soft stuff ; high sounding in 
words. 



Onal, pertaining to the mouth ; 
spoken. 



-hi 



Fm>pa?i£, smooth or glib. 
ly, cy 



Pompous, showy and boastful. 
ly, ness 



Articular, joined or united, 

sounds. 

In , not 

Ftuent, flowing, as a liquid ; ready in 

the use of words. 

ly, cy 



174 STUDIES IN" ORTHOGRAPHY. 

Melli , honey-flowing ; ready and Verbose, fall of words. 

agreeable in the use of words. ity 

Yowble, power of rolling out words 

freely. greek. 
Grandiloqu^, speaking in a high 

style ; very verbose. Alphabet^, pertaining to the letters 

ly, ce of a language. 

Verbal, pertaining to the word; SymBoi, something thrown together; 

literally. a sign by likeness. 
ly — , ic, al, ally 

EXERCISE III. 
NAMES OF ACTIONS. 

gothic. Quote, to cite a passage from an 
author. 

Smatter, to smack in speech ; to talk s e j { n g 

ignorantly. 

s, ed, ing, er latin. 

Babble, to throw out words idly; to Caxt> to gpeak in a wMning or ging . 

talk unthinkingly. ing tone< 
s> ed, ing, er ^ ^ .^ 

Stutter, to stop in speech ; to stam- A , • . , -, ,-, 

' , . l J ' Accent, to sing to ; to place the pro- 

mer as if hindered. c « ,, •■ , 

per force ot voice on a syllable. 

s, ed, inq, er , . 

' ! *" s, ed, ing 

CELTIC Un ■ n0t ' 

AccvsTtiate, to mark or pronounce 
Pitch, to raise or set the key-note in with accent. 

music. s > ed > in 9> ion 

es e g \ n q /uflect, to bend in ; to suit the voice 

to the sense. 

FRENCH. 5j e ^ l n g 

Grange, to dispose in order. Xsusaate, to give out the voice in 

the right way. 
s, ed, ing 






s, ed, ing, ment 

ProNOUNCE, to utter words in the 
right wav. 

° J GREEK. 

s, ed, ing 

Question, to ask a question. -Emphasize, to lay a stress on certain 

— ■< s, ed, ing words in speaking or reading. 

Un , not s, ed, ing 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



175 



TWENTY-FIFTH STUDY. 

SOCIETY. 

Man is a social being, and has ever been found in so- 
ciety. Thus, he began his existence on earth : thus, he is 
to spend it in eternity. The family existed in Eden, and 
from it arose all other forms of society. 

EXEEOISEI. 



NAMES OF THINGS. 



Blow, a thrust, or stroke. 

Is it right to give any one a blow ? 
Clash, a striking together with noise. 
Spite, ill-humor, vexation. 

;f u h fuUili Juluess 

Grudge, a broken noise, and then a 

murmur of envy. 
Trifle, a thing of little value. 



Quarrel, a crying out ; a dispute. 

■ s, some 

Club, a lump ; an association of per 



Cudgel, a short stick. 
Quip, a smart jest. 



P«rciiASE, s. something followed and 

gained ; the thing bought. 
Strife, a straining for something. 
Vice, a blot ; bad conduct. 
ious, iously, iousness 



Outrage, s. a spoiling; great injury 

done to a person. 

oua, ously 

Pledge, anything given in security. 

Gwety, sprightly mirth. 

Mann<t, way of handling or doing 

any thing. 

s, customs of society. 

TREAcnery, the violation of faith. 
-4/fiance, a betrothal; promise of 

marriage. 
Tocsin, an alarm bell. 
Placard, a printed paper stuck up in 

public. 
Amity, friendship. 
Rival, one who is in pursuit of the 

same object as another; a competi- 
tor. 
Proposal, that which is offered; a 

design. 
DesiAL, a contradiction. 
Member, an individual in society. 
ship 

latin. 
Society, a united number of men. 



176 STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 

Avmence, a hearing ; an assembly of CWpetito/*, one who seeks the same 

hearers. thing as another ; a rival. 

Audito?*, one who hears. Patrom, one who protects or sup- 

y, ship ports another. 

CoIloqvy, a discourse between two age 

or more persons. CircumsTAXce, that which stands 

Ob/npLiMKNT, that which is complete ; about ; an attendant thing. 

praise. 

-46sence, a state of being away. greek. 

A/FKCiAiion, the act of assuming an LlNK> a fo^ or ii g k t 

appearance ; unnatural. j „ 

DoNor, one who bestows any thing. man 

EXERCISE II. 
NAMES OF QUALITIES. 

Gothic. Petty, small, trifling. 

Yicious, abounding in vice, corrupt. 
Queer, twirling : odd. T 711 • . 1 . • r 

' ° ' LiBERa/, belonging to what is free 



-er, est, ly, ness 
Spite/u£, full of spitting, or ill humor. 



4y t ness ji 



open and benevolent. 



Dapper, nimble, quick. 



Boast/«£, vain, fond of show. 

ly 



Celtic. Social, belonging to a companion ; 
friendly in intercourse. 
ly 



Un , not 



Warranto^, that may be secured. . ,, ., , , , , .,, 

J Accvsable, that may be charged with 

French. crime. 

PublzV:, pertaining to a people or na- 

Gay, sprightly. tioR> 

ly, ness • ly 

TPvEACiiERoits, full of deceit. Famojw, much renowned. 

ly, ness In , notoriously vile. 

CompLiMENTary, having the nature of Superior more exalted than another. 

perfection or fulness ; expressing ity 

praise. Inferior less than another in rank. 

AuiAble, that may be loved ; worthy ity 

of affection. SubormxATE, below another in power 

ly, ness or rank. 



STUDIES IN" ORTHOGRAPHY 177 

Comvvisory, having the power of _D(/fident, distrustful of self, modest, 

forcing. reserved. 

Polite, smooth, refined in manners. Convivial, belonging to a feast. 

Im CohoQvial, belonging to mutual dis- 

HoNORAfife, that should be honored; course. 

high in rank. FestoZ, pertaining to a feast, joyous. 

Dis Junior, more young, the younger. 

ProFUSE, pouring out ; free to excess. Senior more old, the older. 

EXEKCISE III. 

NAMES OF ACTIONS. 

gothic. Rail, to jabber; to use insolent lan- 
Meddle, to mediate or come between ; g ua S e « 

to intrude. s > ed > in 9 

Should we meddle with other peo- Snarl ' to § rowl > to s P eak in the 



pie? 



throat. 



d, ing, er s > ed > in 9 

Lag, to stay behind. Club > to form a lum P ? to corae to " 



-s, ed, irtg 



geiher in a society. 



Jog, to shake ; to jostle or push. s ' ed > * n 9 

„ i •„ Cudgel, to beat with a stick. 

Clash, to strike together with noise. s ' e ' %n ^ 

es> ed} ing Tarry, to strike against ; to delay. 

Block, to shut up. es > ed ' iv $ 

-s, ed, ing 



Grudge, to murmur enviously. 

s, ed, ing Bicker, to fight ; to quarrel in words. 

Trifle, to talk or act with levity. s, ed, ing 



s, ed, ing, er Quarrel, to cry out loudly ; to fight 

Scramble, to snatch or seize greedily. in any way. 

-.<?, ed, ing s, ed, ing, er, some 



Ixaggle, to make a noise like a goose. Cower, to squat ; to stoop down in 

s, ed, ing fear. 

Z?eLONG, to concern ; to be the prop- s, ed, ing 



erty of any one. Boast, to toss, and then to brag. 
-s, ed, ing s, ed, ivg, er 



Quack, to cry like a duck. "Warrant, to stop, and then secure. 

5, ed, b>g s, ed, ing 

8* 



178 STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



Pz^chase, to follow and obtain; to Accuse, to fall against; to blame or 
buy. charge with crime. 

s, ed, ing, er - s, ed, ing, er, ation 

Oarage, to spoil beyond measure ; vIssert, to affirm strongly. 

to do violence. s, ed, ing, ion 

-s, ed, ing He , s, ed, ing 



GuARANtee, to guard or promise ; to PeToax, to throw back ; to reply 

secure. sharply. 

s, ed, ing s, ed, ing 

Serena, to entertain with nightly 2£licit, to draw out, bring forth to 

music. view. 

s, ed, ing s, ed, ing 

Guard, to keep, and also defend. /mtrude, to thrust in ; to enter unin- 
s, ed, ing vited. 



-4/fiance, to betroth, or promise to s, ed, ing 

marry. Ob , s, ed, ing 

a, ed, ing Pro , s, ed, ing 

PVoceed, to go before ; to excel. -Rccognize, to know again ; to recol- 

Si ed, ing led. 

Pledge, to give something in secu- Certi/?/, to make certain; to give 

r ity # information in writing. 

■ s, ed, ing es, ed, ing 

Budge, to move off. Consult, to seek the advice of an- 

s, ed, ing other in converse. 

Desy, to contradict. s, ed, ing 

ex, ed, ing DerAix, to hold back ; to withhold. 

CompoRT, to bear with ; to agree to. s, ed, ing 



s, ed, ing Per , s, ed, ing 



Expose, to set open ; to exhibit. bus , s, ed, h 



-s, ed, ing — : Succumb, to fall under, yield. 



ProMENADE, to walk ; to take a walk. s, ed, ing 



TWENTY-SIXTH STUDY. 

THE NATION. 

The nation is a large society of men occupying the 
same country, and living under the same government. It 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



179 



is an assemblage of families. Nations receive various 
names from the people composing them and their form of 
government. 

EXERCISE I. 



NAMES OK THINGS. 



Sway, power used to control. 

Has a king much sway ? 
Poll, a ball ; an election of officers. 
Block, a large mass of wood or stone. 
ade, the stopping of a passage 

at sea. 
Dock, a place for building or laying 

up ships. 

yard 

Mint, a place where money is coined. 



JLvher, one who governs. 
Moat, a ditch round a castle. 



Parliament, the supreme legislative 
assembly of Great Britain and Ire- 
land. 

Policy, the art of governing or leg ; s- 
lating. 

jEfaBASSY, the message of an ambas- 
sador ; persons sent as a legation. 

u4/liance, union between nations. 

Penal/?/, suffering for crime ; a pun- 
ishment. 

Control, a counter roll, or book; 
power to regulate. 

able, er, ership, ment. 

Senate, a council- of chief men, or 
legislators. 

or, orial, -house. 



Etiyoy, one sent to settle a treaty. 

Emperor, the commander, and then 
the supreme ruler of a nation. 

ess 

Mayor, the chief magistrate of a 
city. 

Ambassador, a minister of the highest 
rank employed by one nation at 
the court of another. 

CRESse/, a great light set on a watch- 
tower. 

Tariff, a town in Spain where du- 
ties were formerly collected ; duty 
on goods. 

Marque, the ship sent out to make 
reprisals. 

Guillotine, an instrument used for 
beheading. 

Curfew, cover fire ; the ringing of 
the evening bell in the middle ages. 

GovEuxment, the exercise of supreme 
power. 

Populace, the people. 

Ballot, a ball cast in voting ; a vot- 
ing. 

Statute, a law of the legislative 
body. 

Village, a small collection of houses. 

City, a large or corporate town. 

zen 

Causeway, a raised way. 

LATIN. 

LEGiSLA/or, one who makes laws. 



180 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



Nation, that which is born ; a body of 
" people under the same ruler. 

al, ality 

President, one who presides over a 

society or nation. 
ial, slap, cy 



Magistrate, a director, and then an 

executive officer. 

cy 

Consul, a person who acts as agent 

for a nation. 

ate, ship 

R,EGe?it, one who governs instead of 

a kinsr. 



■cy 



Congress, a meeting of individuals 

or representatives. 

tonal 

i?<2PRESENTa<?*v<?, one who appears for 

another, or a body of people. 
itepuBLic, a state where the supreme 

power is lodged in representatives. 
Tribuno^, belonging to a judge ; a 

court of justice. 
LiBERty, freedom of action. 



Colony, a body of people who settle 
in a new country. 

al 

Legation, a sending ; an embassy. 

ConvEXTion, the act of coming toge- 
ther ; a meeting. 

al, ality 

Mob, a disorderly crowd. 

Coin, stamped money. 

Money, stamped metal or paper. 

CvxRency, a flowing ; the coin which 
circulates. 

Crown, an ornament for the head : 
there are nine kinds of crowns. 



Polity, a form of government or su- 
preme authority in a state. 

Politics, the science of government. 

Amnesty, not in memory ; a general 
pardon of offenders. 

Monarch, the chief ruler in a nation. 



Diadem, that which binds the head 
a crown. 



EXEKOISE II 
NAMES OF QUALITIES. 



REGaJ, belonging to a king. 
ly, ity 



Void, empty ; of no binding force. 
Oppressive, pressing against ; severe, 

unjust. 
ly 



Neutroe/, not active on either side in Factious, given to raising factions or 

war. tumults. 

ly, Uy LATIN. 

Savage, wild, uncultivated. Barbarows, without a knowledge of 
\jcnal, faithful to a prince or ruler. the arts. 
ly, ty ic 



Un- 



Semi 



-, half. 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 181 

Orient^, belonging to the east, east- DcsoLate, left alone ; deprived of in- 

ern. habitants. 

Occident^, belonging to the west, ness 

western. Arbitral?/, of the nature of will ; de- 

Civiuzed, instructed in the arts. pending on will and not on law. 

Null, of no legal force ; not binding. ness 

.Electoral, belonging to an elector- AbsoLVTE, uncontrolled. 

ate. 

Imperii, belonging to an empire. greek. 

ous ■ 

Consuls, pertaining to a consul. Patriarch^, belonging to a patri- 

ProTEciive, affording protection. arch ; of the nature of a father's 

Populous, abounding in people. rule. 

Seditzows, tending to excite sedition Monarch^/, belonging to a monarch 

or rebellion. or chief ruler. 

EXERCISE III. 
NAMES OF ACTIONS. 

gothic. Revolutionize, to roll up again ; to 

effect a change in government. 
Sway, to wave; to control, as with -, . 

■ s, ed, ing 

P . . Seize, to set upon ; to take by force. 

Do kings sway nations ? , . 

° J s, ed, ing, ure 

> > n 9 ~ ~~ # ProROGUE, to continue a legislative 

Whiffle, to turn ; to change opinion. , -, n ,. , - 

, . bod}^, as Parliament, from one ses- 



-s, ed, ing 

Clash, to strike against. 

es, ed, ing ■ 



sion to another. 
s, ed, ing 



Govern, to direct and rule. 
~s, ed, ing — ~ 



.Represent, to present again ; to stand 
Rule, to direct or govern. - ,, 

s, ed, ing 

Mis , to rule 

Over , s, ed, ing 



ing 



Ballot, to cast a ball in voting ; to 

vote. 

s, ed, ing . 

FRENCH. _ -, ,. 

ZteposE, to put down, as from a 

Control, to keep under check ; to throne. 



rule. s, ed, ing 



-s, ed, ing Usurp, to seize and hold by force. 



Un ed, was not ■ — s, ed, ing, er, ation 



182 STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 

Abolish, to make void or null. ^lect, to choose out of; to select. 

es, ed, ing s, ed, ing 

Ratify, to make firm ; to establish. Civilize, to instruct in the arts. 

-es, ed, ing s, ed, ing 

T$ATVRalize, to make natural ; to make Cozosize, to settle a new country 

a citizen. by colonies. 

s, ed, ing — s, ed, ing 

TIN ProMOTE, to move forward; to ex- 

_ . . „ , alt. 

PresiDE, to sit over or betore, and s e ^ ^ nq 

guide an assembly or nation. ^cpunge, to blot out. 

■s, ed, ing ■ s> e ^ ing 



Consul, to deliberate. Concun, to run together; to agree. 

s, ed, ing s> ^ ing 

Pcpeal, to recall ; to revoke as a law. j)^ CUSS) to drive apart ; to debate. 

s, ed, ing ^ ^ * w ^ - 0)l 

^present, to appear instead of p roH iBiT, to hold for ; to prevent. 



another. 

-.«, ed, ing 



-s, ed, ing ■ 



JjKGishate, to make laws. 
.s, ed, ing 



IntermcT, to cut across mutually. 

s, ed, ing — — 

CormtACT, to draw together ; to 

abridge. 

s, ed, ing 

Decree, to separate; to judge or 

ordain. 



ing 



ProTEcr, to shelter. 



AbDicate, to send from ; to abandon 
an office. 

— s, ed, ing 

]$EGOTiate, to treat with another. 

s, ed, ing . 

Vote, to express our wish in electing 

an officer or ruler. 

, . s, ed, mq 

s, ed, ing ° 



TWENTY-SEVENTH STUDY. 

THE CHURCH. 

The Church is a society of men bound together by faith 
in some form of the Christian religion. The true Church is 
a society of men bound together by faith in Christ, and 
seeking to do his will upon the earth. It is now divided 
into various branches, named according to their form of 
doctrine, government, or after their founder. 



STUDIES IK ORTHOGRAPHY. 



183 



EXEKCISE I. 



NAMES OF THINGS. 



GOTHIC. 

Rant, violent raying ; heated speech. 

FRENCH. 

Vow, a solemn promise made to God. 

Parity, equality in rank and power. 

Dis , difference in rank and 

power. 

2^'sgrace, a state of being out of fa- 
vor. 

AssEUBzage, a collection of men; a 
congregation. 

Font, a large vessel for holding bap- 
tismal water. 

Parish, a near residence; the terri- 
tory of a church. 

.Revival, renewed attention to re- 
ligion. 

72(Sligion, that which binds to God ; 
the faith and practice of the Bible. 

ist 

Rite, a form of religion, as baptism. 

ual 

SxcviAment, an outward sign ; a re- 
ligious ordinance. 

al 

Sacri%<?, the taking or stealing sa- 
cred things. 

—ous, ously 

Ritual, a, book of rites. 

Saint, a holy person. 



Sect, a body of people cut off; a re- 
ligious society. 
i.rian, arianism 



Deyoumation, a particular religious 

society. 

al 

Piety, the serving, of God. 

Jm — — 

Ceremony, outward rite or form in 

religion. 

Scriptures, writings ; the books of 
the Bible. 

al, ally 

Contrition, the act of bruising ; sor- 
row for wrong. 

Mystery, that which is shut up. 

Choir, a collection of singers. 

Chorus, the persons who sing in con- 
cert. 

Covenant, au agreement of two or 
more persons. 



Devo'noN, the act of setting apart to 
God. 

Testament, a will; the old or new 

books of the Bible. 
Comuvmoant, one who partakes of 

the Lord's Supper. 
CzVcwrtcisioN, a cutting around ; a 

rite among the Jews. 
Vespers, the evening service in the 

Roman Catholic Church. 
SouciTation, the act of asking earn- 
estly; entreaty. 
ConTRiBvrion, the act of giving in 

company; something given. 
Adoption, the act of receiving to 

oneself. 



184 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



Censer, a vase or pan for incense. Litany, a form of supplication used 

AbaoLVTion, the act of freeing from in worship. 

guilt. Liturgy, public service ; the form of 

GREEK - public worship. 

Bible, a book ; the book of Holy -4/>ocalypse, hidden ; the last book 

Scriptures. of the Bible. 

CiiRisTicm, one who believes in Christ. Psalm, something touched; a sacred 

Baptise, the rite of applying water song. 

in the name of Christ. ody 

at Hymn, a sacred song. 

Decalogue, the ten words, or com- Schism, a division in the church. 

mandments. dtic, one who 

2£mcharist, good grace ; the Lord's Heresy, a holding; a serious error in 

Supper. religion. 

EXERCISE II. 

NAMES OF QUALITIES. 



FRENCH. 

Sacrei>, devoted to God. 

ly, nexs 

SupphiAnt, a folding under, entreat- 
ing. 
Unual, belonging to rites. 
Humble, low and submissive. 

ly, ness 

Papa?, belonging to the Pope. 
Peniten?, suffering pain for sin. 
Jm , not 



Veni«?, that may go or pass away; 

pardonable. 
Contrite, bruised ; deeply affected for 

sin. 

ion ■ 

CoiiGRKGATional, belonging to the 

people ; governed by the people. 
irtcfepENDENT, not hanging on; not 

subject to a superior. 
.^formed, formed again; changed 

for the better. 



SpiRiruaJ, belonging to spirit, or sa- Toleran*. enduring ; allowing free- 



cred things. 
ly, My 



dom of opinion. 

In — , not 



Lay, of the people ; not clerical. 

Cleric^?, pertaining to the clergy. 

latin. 
Vena?, that may be bought or sold ; 

mercenary. 
ity 



MiUTant, warring. 

Triumphant, rejoicing in victory. 

ly ~ 

FoRMaZ, pertaining to form ; depend- 
ing on custom. 

ly, My 

pAScna?, belonging to the passover. 
CHORa?, belonging to a choir. 



STUDIES IN" ORTHOGRAPHY. 185 

greek. Hierarchic^, belonging to a hierarch, 

„ . , v , , . or teacher in sacred things, of differ- 

jbpiscopal, belonging to an overseer 
*" ent ranks. 

,, ■- • • >,i i r EcciESiASTical, belonging to the 

rRESBYTEiuare, 01 the nature 01 A pres- _, 

, , ., - . r Church. * 

by ter ; parity of rank. _ r . , _ 

~ lt . \ . . , A . , . Mystic, obscure, or concealed. 
Cathouc, belonging to the whole ; , „ ' 

, o,l, ally, alness 

universal. a 

EXERCISE III. 

NAMES OF ACTIONS. 

gothic. /mpLORE, to call earnestly upon ; to 
Rant, to rave violently in speech. ™P ' 



?, ed, ing, er- 



-s, ed, ing, ingly 



Jeer, to scoff or mock at. 

, . LATIN. 

s, ed, mg 

Loiter, to linger or stay back. CbnGREGate, to come together in a 
s, ed, ing, er society. 



-s, ed, ing, ion 



-Dedicate, to set apart to a sacred 
-Zwmolate, to offer in sacrifice. purpose. 



s, ed, ing s, ed, ing, ion 



Accredit, to give credit to ; to be- Sacrifice, to offer an atonement for 

lieve. sin. 

s, ed, ing s, ed, ing, ial 

Trespass, to pass over the limits ; to Consecrate, to make sacred, or set 

offend against laws. apart for sacred uses. 

es, ed, ing — s, ed, ing, ion 

Disgrace, to put out of favor ; to Solicit, to ask earnestly. 

dishonor. s, ed, ing 

s, ed, ing Tin ed 

.ForFEiT, to lose by some offense. Condescend, to descend or stoop in 
s, ed, ing civility or benevolence. 



Assemble, to collect in one body ; to s, ed, ing 

congregate. /n^ttere, to bring between ; to take 

s, ed, ing part in the affairs of others. 

Vow, to promise solemnly. s, ed, ing 

s, ed, ing Adorr, to take into ; to accept sinful 

ImpvTT,, to think on ; to charge to. men as children. 
1, ed, ing, ation s, ed, ing 



186 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



AdoRE, to carry to one's mouth ; to 
salute ; to honor deeply. 

-46solve, to loose from ; to set free, 

as from sin. 

s, ed, ing 

Beati/3/, to make happy or blest. 
Contribute, to give in company with 

others. 

■*, ed, ing 

Co?iFORM, to shape according to ; to 

cause to agree. 
s, ed, ing 



PresAGE, to indicate beforehand. 



ed, ing 



Re , s, ed, ing 

DexoTE, to set apart by vow. 

s, ed, ing 

CWfort, to make strong ; to help. 

s, ed, ing 

O/fer, to bring before; to present 
for acceptance. 

s, ed, ing 

Pto/fer, to present to one for ac- 
ceptance. 

s, ed, ing 



Chrisjen, to baptize and name. 

s, ed, ing 

Baptize, to devote to God by the use 
of water in the name of the Fa- 
ther, Son and Holy Ghost. 

s, ed, ing ■ 

Christianize, to make Christian by 
preaching the gospel. 

s, ed, ing 

-4/jostatize, to start away from ; to 
renounce the faith. 

.Eimngelize, to announce well; to 
convert to religion by the gospel. 

s, ed, ing 

JPropuESY, to speak before, to fore- 
tell ; also to teach. 

— — ■ s, ed, ing 

-4waTHEMATiZE, to excommunicate ; 
to give over to the displeasure of 
God. 

s, ed, ing 



CHAPTER XII. 



THE PUESUITS OF MAN. 



Man is formed for action , and naturally enters upon 
some pursuit of life. Wants, circumstances and inclina- 
tions urge him to do so. Pursuits arise. They are old as 
the race. Abel, we are told, was a keeper of sheep, and 
Cain was a tiller of the ground. They are now quite nu- 
merous, and must be grouped in order to bring them before 
the mind. 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



187 



Among the methods of grouping the pursuits, the follow- 
ing is suggested : 



1. Producers. 

2. Distributors. 

3. Carriers. 

4. Servants. 

5. Protectors. 

6. Street-Folk. 

7. Vagrants. 



8. Almsmen. 

9. Teachers. 

10. Politicians. 

11. Lawyers. 

12. Doctors. 

13. Amusements. 



twenty-eighth study. 

OULTIVATOES OF THE SOIL. 

The cultivators of the soil are an important class of pro- 
ducers. Their pursuits are the earliest on record ; and on 
them, more than all others, depends the prosperity of man. 

The soil received little attention from the Eomans and 
Greeks. The Saxons early attended to it, and laid the 
foundation of English and American prosperity. 

EXERCISE I. 



NAMES OF THINGS. 



Plough, an instrument to turn up 

the ground in furrows. 

Were ploughs ever crooked branch- 
es merely ? 
Harrow, a toothed frame of wood to 

break soils in pieces. 
Hoe, an instrument to cut weeds and 

loosen the soil. 
Gardens, one who tills a garden. 



Lump, a mass of any thing, as of 
earth. 

Wisp, a bundle of straw or hay rolled 
up in the hand. 

Stubble, the stumps of grain left in 
the ground. 

Garden?'«<7, the practice of tilling the 
garden. 

Sled, a carriage that moves on run- 
ners. 



188 STUDIES IN" ORTHOGRAPHY. 

Whisk, a bunch of hay or straw used Rein, a strap of bridle. 

as a brush. PiCKet, a pointed stake. 

Crook, a staff curving at the end, IncLO&ure, that which separates, as a 

used by shepherds. fence. 

Garner, a place for grain. 

CELTIC. 

LATIN. 

Husk, a cover ; the sheath of grain. 

Stack, a pile of hay or straw. Agriculture, the care of the field ; 

Harness, the furniture of a draft the practice of farming. 

horse. &1, ist 

Tether, a rope to keep an animal .Sbr^cuLTURE, the care of the garden ; 

from pasturing too wide. the practice of gardening. 

al, isl 

French. j^ RT> strength; practice of human 

Arbor, a shelter ; a frame for vines. skill. 

RoweZ, a rim or wheel of iron on a ist, isan 



bridle or in a spur. Fence, a mound ; hedge or defense. 

Trench, something cut ; a ditch used Grange/, a place for grain. 



for draining. 



EXERCISE II. 



NAMES OF QUALITIES. 



Sterile, barren, unfruitful. 
-ity 



Fertile, productive, fruitful. D . . , , . . , 

' , r J J roj>vcnve, yielding rich crops. 



Moist, wet. 
ure — 



-nezs 



Un , ness 

Prosperous, successful. 

LATIN. 'II 

-4&undant, having in great plenty. 

Pleasura&?£, that can afford pleasure. ce, ly 

Arid, dry, wanting in moisture. Plenty, full of, or richly supplied. 

EXEEOISE III. 

NAMES OF ACTIONS. 

gothic. Harrow, to break ploughed land. 
Plough, to bre.ik up the ground in e ®> i- n 9 

furrows. Plod, to travel slowly and heavily. 
Do farmers plough in the spring ? e< *> m 9i er 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 189 

Slash, to cut by lashing ; to strike AtTAca, to join to. 

violently. -es, ed, ing 

ed, ing ■ ■ Distach, to separate from. 

Pour, to throw ; to cast as a fluid. es, ed, ing 



ed, ing ■ Trench, to cut ditches. 

Slake, to quench, as one's thirst. es,ed, ing 



d, ing Garner, to store grain. 

Cumber, to distress ; to obstruct, as s, ed, ing 



weeds. . Plant, to set in the ground for 

-ed, ing, er growth. 



Spout, to throw out in jets, as water. s, ed, ing 



ed, ing Re , s, ed, ing 



Cast, to throw or scatter, as grain. Prune, to lop off branches. 

s, ed, ing s, ed, ing 

Bun, to insert a bud in another tree. Graft, to insert a scion in another 
s, ed, ing tree. 

s, ed, ing 

Celtic. En , s, ed, ing, ure 

Stack, to pile up hay or straw. 

s, ed, ing ProspER, to succeed ; to do well. 

s, ed, ing 

French. .4&OUND, to have in great plenty. 

s, ed, ing 

jSWround, to lie on all sides, encom- Cultivate, to take care of, as the 

pass. soiL 
s, ed, ing -s, ed, ing 



TWENTY-NINTH STUDY. 

FISHING AND HUNTING. 

Fishing and hunting are not, as it is commonly supposed, 
the first pursuits of man. They come into notice after the 
flood. Nimrod, we are told, was a mighty hunter. 



190 STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



EXERCISE I. 
NAMES OF THINGS. 

gothic. Gun, an instrument consisting of a 

barrel and stock. 
Tackle, rigging ; an instrument of ^ Qne who 

action - , ■ Bait, any food; food for catching 

Is the fisherman's tackle light ? g^ 

ing, instruments of action. Tether> to tie an animal at pasture> 

Wreck, what is driven ; destruction, ^ g j ^ nq 

as of a ship. 
er, one who seeks French. 



Fowi^wcr, the practice of shooting or ~ ,, ,. n - . 

, , . , . , Skiff, a small light boat. 

taking birds. , . , ° , ' 

,. , , Falcon, a kind of hawk; a hawk 

-piece, a light gun . , 

, 17 . , 1.-U- «, . -'■-. trained to sport. 

Wad, a mass of any thing sott to stop * 

the powder in a gun. er> r ^ \ 

t>.„„ „ ;„„. „ ^^^^^ui,,,^^ Harpoon, a spear-like iron used to 

Race, a going ; a running witn speed. t ' ? 

strike whales. 

Celtic. Chase, the hot pursuit of any thing. 

Angle, a hook, or line and hook to 

Mesh, the space between the threads take fish. 



of a net. er - 

exercise II 

NAMES OF QUALITIES. 



Haggard, ragged in appearance ; lean 

and rough. 
Daunt^ss, without fear of danger. 



Agile, apt to do ; nimble. 
ity 



Aquatic, belonging to the water. 
French. /wtrepid, not trembling ; without 

fear. 

BauTa?, pertaining to a brute ; cruel. ly, ity 

Trivm?, trifling, of little value. Dcspera^, without hope; dreadful 

Cruel, disposed to give pain. by reason of danger. 



iraiUMAN, not possessing the kindness — ly, ion 

of man ; barbarous. Excning, rousing to action. 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 191 



EXEEOISE III. 



NAMES OF ACTIONS. 



gothic. jSspy, to discern suddenly. 

es, ed, ing 

Tackle, to rig any thing, as a vessel, ^wdanger, to put in danger or peril. 

Can you tackle a fishing-rod? .9, ed, ing 

ed, ing ^wibarrass, to impede or perplex. 

Cast, to send or throw, as an arrow. es, ed, ing 



ed, ing Chase, to urge hotly or in haste. 

Splice, to unite by interweaving, as s, ed, ing 

the ends of a rope. /hveigle, to blind ; to entice away. 

-ed, ing . s, ed, ing 



Scramble, to scratch ; to move or Harpoon, to strike with a harpoon. 

climb by holding on with the hands. s, ed, ing 

-d, ing ■ Angle, to fish for with hook and line. 



Daunt, to check by fear of danger. s, ed, ing, er 

■s, ed, ing TVavERSE, to cross over ; to go 



Un ed, ing through. 

Snare, to catch with a snare. . s, ed, ing 

s — s, ed, ing Molest, to disturb. 

En % ed, ing $, ed, ing 

Bang, to beat; to throw or strike 

heavily. LATIN - 
s, ed, ing Prostrate, to lie flat ; to demolish. 

s, ed, ing 

Celtic Tmmcate, to cut off ; to maim. 

s, ed, ing 

Trail, to hunt by the track. Lacerate, to tear or rend, as flesh. 
9, ed, ing , . 

Bait, to dispose food for hunting or T . , , , , 

' y & /tivade, to go in ; to attack, 

fishinr 



ed, ing 



— 8, ed. 



xng 



J^vade, to avoid or shun. 
s, ed, ing 



JKcttrpate, to root out, destroy en- 
Spt, to see or gain sight of. tirely. 



?s, ed, ing s, ed, ing 



192 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



THIRTIETH STUDY. 

WORKERS IN WOOD. 

"Wood, early in the history of the world, supplied mate- 
rials to meet the wants of -man and called forth his ingenu- 
ity. The workers in it have always formed a useful divi- 
sion of producers, ready to minister to the necessities and 
tastes of man. 



X E R C I 



E I. 



NAMES OF THINGS. 



Boom, a spar or piece of wood ex- 
tending from the masts of a ship. 

Cooper, one who makes casks and 
barrels. 

Hoop, a band of wood or metal used 
for confining casks. 

Hatchet, a small axe with a short 
handle. 

Clamp, an instrument with a screw, 
used by joiners. 

Splinter, a small piece of wood split 
off. 

Sluice, a lock ; a frame of timber 
with a gate to regulate water for 
a mill. 



Cog, the tooth of a wheel. 
Rule, an instrument for measuring 
length. 

FRENCH. 

Carpenter, one who works in timber 

and builde houses or ships. 
y, the practice of > 



Cabinet, a chest ; a piece of furniture 
consisting of drawers. 

maker ; a man who 

CARRia^e, that which carries ; a 
wheeled instrument for carrying 
persons. 

-maker, one who 

Hod, a kind of tray or trough for 
carrying mortar. 

Bung, the stopper of the opening in a 
cask. 

Vehicle, that which carries ; a car- 
riage. 

Chaise, a chair; a two-wheeled car- 
riage. 

Hearse, a harrow ; a carriage to bear 
the dead. 

Gimlet, a small borer used by car- 
penters. 

Pulley, a grooved wheel turning on 
a pin. 

Capstan, a cylindrical column for 
raising anchors. 

Scaffold, a temporary bench to stand 
upon in building. 

ing 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 193 

Plank, a broad piece of sawn timber. Calipers, compass with curved legs. 

Keg, a small cask. 

Mortise, a hole made with a chisel. 

Material, the substance of which Plane, an instrument for planing. 

any thing is made. CWipass, an instrument of iron for 

Tenon, the reduced end of timber measuring figures. 

designed for a mortise. Dividers, a kind of compass for mea- 

Chisel, an instrument of iron used for suring. 

paring or googing. Structm?^, that which is built or 

Gouge, a kind of chisel. made. 

EXERCISE II. 

names ok qualities. 

gothic. Adroit, to the right j ready and act- 

ive. 

Crook, a bend or turn. fy ? nesS} er> e8 f 

Is there a crook in the branch ? 
ed, bent from a straight line; latin. 

not ri S ht * FLJcxife, easily bent. 
Limber, easily bent ; pliable. Ligneous, of the nature of wood. 
ness 



CELTIC. 



Fibrous, consisting of fibres. 
ifopERT, experienced; skilful. 
■ ly, ness 



Bulk, of large dimensions. Dexterous, right; ready in the use 

of the hand or mind. 



possessing 



iy- 

french. Coarse, rude. 
ly, ness 



Superb, grand and showy. Elegant, nice and rich. 
ly, ness In , not 



EXERCISE III 

NAMES OF ACTIONS. 



! 



gothic. Crook, to bend any thing. 

Split, to divide in any way. e{ ** tn 9 

Does the carpenter split wood? Hoop » to bind a vessel witn noo PS- 

_ s> ing s, ed, ing 

9 



194 STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 

Veneer, to lay thin leaves of wood Pare, to cut off. 
over furniture. $, ed, ing 



s, ed, ing Plan, to form a design. 

5, ed, ing 

FRENCH. 

Fashion, to make or form any thing. latin. 

s, ed, ing 

Square, to form with four equal sides. Construct, to put together ; to build. 

s, ed, ing s, ed, ing 

Joint, to smooth and unite boards at Plane, to make smooth with a plane. 

the edges. s, ed, ing 

s, ed, ing .Excel, to go beyond ; to outdo others. 

Glue, to unite with glue s, ed, ing 

-s, ed, ing Design, to mark the form or figure ; 

Mortise, to join timbers by tenon. to plan. 

s, ed, ing $, ed, ing 

Chisel, to pare or mortise with a Configure, to form with or according 

chisel. to a model. 

s, ed, ing s, ed, ing 

Gouge, to mortise with a gouge. ifruiCT, to rear upright, as a building. 
s, ed, ing s, ed, ing 



THIRTY-FIRST STUDY. 

WORKERS IN METALS AND MINERALS. 

The cultivators of the soil and workers in wood are de- 
pendent on the workers in metals for instruments. Such 
workers are among the most important producers. They 
arose early in the history of the race. We read of workers 
in brass and iron in the family of Lamech. 

EXERCISE I. 
NAMES OF THINGS. 

gothic. Smelts, one who melts ore to obtain 
the metal in it. 
MiNer, one who digs for metals or Wire, a thread of metal, as of cop- 
minerals, per. 
Are miners a useful class of men? drawer, one who — ; - 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



195 



Bell, a hollow body used for making 

sounds. 

-hanger, one who 

Crank, a bend ; and then an axle to 

move things. 
Cast, a mould or shape. 
Flag, a broad flat stone for paving. 

stone. 

Bolt, a large pin of iron. 
Spout, a pipe, or mouth of a vessel. 
Link, a single ring of a chain. 
Plate, a flat piece of metal. 

CELTIC. 

TiNKcr, one who mends kettles and 
such things. 

Tin, a white yellowish and soft metal. 

ner, one who 

BBAzicr, one who works in brass. 

Tack, a small nail. 

Funnel, an instrument tor convey- 
ing fluids into close vessels. 

Lathe, the machine of a turner. 

FRENCH. 

AssAYer, one who examines metallic 

ores. 
Jewel, a precious stone, as a diamond. 

er, one who • ■ 

LAPiDary, one who cuts and polishes 

precious stones. 
Plumb, lead attached to a line to find 

an upright position. 
Forge, a furnace, or place where 

metals are wrought into shapes. 
Lever, a bar of metal or wood used 

for lifting. 
Coil, cord, rope, or wire gathered 

into a ring. 
Pivot, a pin on which any thing turns. 
Mason, one who works in mortar. 



Brick, a mass of burnt earth. 
bat, -clay, -dust, -kiln, -maker, 



-layer ■ 



•work, -yard' 



Engine, a compound machine. 



Vice, an iron press with a screw for 

holding things. 
Piston, that which drives ; a cylinder. 
7h,«TRumen^that which is prepared ; 

a tool. 

al, ally. 

Machine, any thing used to increase 

or direct power. 






-s,ry 



Foundry, the place where metals are 

cast. 
Ordnance, great guns. 
Lustre, gloss, or brightness. 
Type, a stamp ; a printing letter. 
Tube, a pipe. 
Trowel, a mason's tool for spreading 

mortar. 
Foil, a thin plate of metal. 



Pexdulum, a suspended body that 

moves about a centre. 
FARRier, one who shoes and doctors 

horses. 
Fusion, the act of melting. 
/mpREss, the stamp or mark made by 

pressure. 

ion, ible 

Press, a machine for pressing. 
FRiCTiow, the act of rubbing one body 

against another. 
Corrosion, the act of eating away, as 

metals. 
Plummet, lead attached to a line. 
PLUMBer. one who works in lead. 



GOTHIC. 



IQQ STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



XERCISE II. 
NAMES OF QUALITIES. 

•Fusible, that may be melted by-heat. 
Sonorous, giving out sound when 
Blunt, dull on the edge. * k 

ly, ness — Muta6^, changeable. 

Huge, great i n size. ^ ^ ^ 

fy» w<?ss CoraosivE, eating away, as metals. 

feench. MueoZ, pertaining to a wall. 

Qns&ed, embossed, or adorned with Yocal, pertaining to a point. 

figures. Fervent, hot or boiling. 

BossecZ, studded" with knobs. Malle«6^, that may be beaten out. 

jfa Dvciile, that may be drawn out into 

Bronz^, made to resemble bronze. w i re . 

Laminat^ consisting of plates; 

LATIN. 

SoLuofe, capable of being dissolved. 

EXERCISE III. 

NAMES OF ACTIONS. 

G0THIC . Clatter, to make a rattling sound. 

. -ed, ing 

Weld, to unite metals by hammering. ^ hagtily< 

Do blacksmiths weld iron ? 

ed, ing, er - L to connectj as a chain. 

Smelt, to separate metals from the 

-Oj ctv, ( i*>y "" * ~ - 

ore by fire. ^ 



*Z, in# — c t0 gtrike; t0 ma ke a small 

Mine, to di g for m inerals. ^^ noige> 

Bang, to beat heavily. Clink, to ring with a sharp noise. 

ed, ing s> ^ t - Wflr 

Clinch, to fasten by bending, as a ^^ ^ ^ Qn the edge< 

nail. s> € d, ing 

-ed, ing — Plate, to overlay with metal 

Bolt, to bar or fasten with bolts. ^ ^ ing 

s, ed, ing 

Un , s, ed, ing 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 197 



Creak, to crash; to make a sharp ProPEL, to drive onward. 

grating sound. s , € d, ing 

-ed, ing Fuse, to melt by heat. 



Tinkle, to make a sharp sound by s, ed, ing 

striking on metals. Press, to squeeze by pressure. 
^ ing es, ed, ing 



Roast, to separate volatile matter Com , es, ed, ing 

from minerals. Im , es, ed, ing 

s, ed, ing Connect, to join together. 

s, ed, ing 



ed, i 



ing 



Braze, to solder with brass and zinc. ^46rade, to rub and wear off by fric- 
-d, ing tion. 



Forge, to form metals by heating and s, ed, ing, sion 

hammering. Mend, to repair, or set right. 

s, ed, ing, er s, ed, ing 

Burnish, to polish metals by friction. Foliate, to beat into a thin leaf. 

s, ed, ing s, ed, ing 

Coil, to gather into a ring. .Expand, to spread out ; to enlarge. 

s, ed, ing s, ed, ing 

Uh , s, ed, ing Solder, to unite the surfaces of met- 

Lique/3/, to change a solid into a als. 

fluid. s, ed, ing 

es, ed, ing 



THIRTY- SECOND STUDY. 
MANUFACTURERS. 

Cultivators of the soil, and workers in wood and 
metals, give rise to another class of producers — to manu- 
facturers. Such are those who produce food and drinks, 
goods for clothing, clothing, articles for housekeeping, hardware 
and instruments and machines. Publishers and printers 
belong to this class. 



198 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



x E e o I 



NAMES OF THINGS. 



Hat, a cover for the head. 

Are hats made of beaver's hair? 

ter, one who 

Ball, a round body. 

Plush, a cloth with a velvet nap on 

one side. 
Kersey, a coarse woollen cloth. 
Hank, two or more skeins of thread 

tied together. 
Snarl, a knot, as of thread. 
Strip, a stripe, or narrow piece. 
Thrum, the ends of weavers' threads. 
"Wafer, a thin paste for sealing let- 
ters. 
Rasp, a kind of file whose roughnesses 

are made by punching. 
Clink, sbarp sound made by striking 

metals. 
Snuff, powdered tobacco. 
Flask, a kind of bottle. 
Screw, a cylinder with a winding 

grooved thread. 
Sluice, a frame of wood or stone by 

a mill. 
Dam, a mound to obstruct water. 
Wadding, soft stuff used in quiltiug. 



Label, a strip of paper fixed to a 
thing to mark its contents. 

Whiskey, water; a spirit distilled 
from grain. 

Bran, the coating of grain removed in 
turning it into flour. 

Tartan, woollen checked cloth. 



Butch*/*, one who stabs; one who 

kills animals for food. 
Tailor, one who cuts up and makes 

cloth into garments. 
Milling, one who makes head-dresses 

and bonnets. 
blAHTVAmaker, one who makes gowns 

for ladies. 
Perfumc/-, one who makes or sells 

perfumes. 

y 

CuTLer, one who makes cutting in- 
struments. 

y, the practice of 

Machine, an instrument to increase 
force or motion. 

ist, one who 

Muslin, fine thin cotton cloth. 

Fringe, something broken ; an orna- 
mental border of loose threads. 

Bobbin, a pin or spool ; round tape. 

Bobbin^, lace wrought by machine. 

Buckram, coarse linen cloth made 
stiff by glue. 

Drugget, coarse figured woollen 
cloth used over carpets. 

Tinsel, a spark ; something very 
shiny. 

Bronze, a compound of copper and 
tin. 

Vellum, a kind of parchment. 

Bottle, a hollow vessel with a nar- 
row mouth. 

Button, a bud, or small body used 
to fasten any thing. 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



199 



Pump, an engine used to raise water. 
Faucet, a pipe for draining liquid 

from a cask. 
Drab, a thick woollen cloth of a dun 

color. 
Journeyman, a day man; a hired 

tradesman. 
Calender, a hot-press for laying the 

nap of cloth. 
TAPES^ry, woven hangings. 
Check, cloth varied with stripes. 
Type, letters formed in metal. 

-founder, one who 

Paste, a composition for sticking 

things together. 
Crape, gauze-like cloth made of raw 

silk gummed. 
Satin, glossy silk cloth. 
Fustian, coarse twilled cotton cloth. 
Taffety, smooth silk of wavy lustre. 



Serge, twilled woollen stuff. 

LATIN. 

ConFEction, any thing prepared with 

sugar. 

er, ery 

Disri-Lher, one who extracts spirits 

by evaporation. 

y, the place 

Manufacture, one who makes any 

thing with the hand; one who 

works up raw materials into wares 

fit for use. 

MANUFACfon/, the place where 

Linen, cloth made of the fibres of 

flax. 
Fabric, a frame ; the structure of any 

thing. 
Textmjt, that which is woven; the 

quality of a web. 



EXEEOISE II. 



NAMES OF QUALITIES. 



GOTHIC. 

Stripeg?, having lines of different 
colors. 

Glossy, bright and shiny. 

ness 

Spanglec?, set with spangles or bril- 
liants. 

FRENCH. 

Fine, thin, delicate. 
-ness 



Ttigeniows, possessed of inventive skill. 

ly, ness 

Curious, inquisitive ; rare or singular. 

iy . 

Twtricate, enfolded, complicated. 

ly, ness ■ 

Profitable, that which brings gain ; 
advantageous. 

y, ness 

XTn 



Checker**, diversified with cross- VARiBGAW^diyersified; many-colored. 



bars like a chess-board. 

LATIN. 

Rare, unusually fine. 



Figure/, formed ; adorned with fig- 
ures or designs. 
Simple, plain. 



200 STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



EXERCISE III. 

NAMES OF ACTIONS. 



FRENCH. 



Pat, to discharge a debt. 
Stamp, to impress a mark. ■. ■ 

Do manufacturers stamp their Bronze, to imitate bronze. 

wares? . s,ed,ing 

s, ed, ing Crush, to squeeze or bruise. 

Spangle, to sprinkle with any thing ^ . 

brilliant. 



Pump, to swell ; to raise water. 
s, ed, ing 



Click, to make a sharp quick sound, p^^ to make knQwn in any way 



as a milL -es, ed, ing 



ed > in 9 > Calender, to press between hot roll- 

Waddle, to move from one side to 

crs. 

the other - s, ed, ing 

d, ing 

latin. 

Celtic. Variegate, to diversify in colors. 

s, ed, ing 

Daub, to smear with soft matter ; Distil, to extract spirits by evapor- 
to paint coarsely. ation from grain. 



-s, ed, ing, er s, ed, ing 



Dapple, to mark with spots. Manufacture, to form any fabric 

s, ed, ing with the hand. 

Poise, to throw down ; to weigh. s, ed, ing 

:, ed, ing Pr: 

', to mark by impressions. — 

s, ed, ing Im 



s, ed, ing Print, to mark with impressions. 

Print, to mark by impressions. s, ed, ing -= 



THIRTY-THIRD STUDY. 

FINISHERS. 

Many things produced by workers in wood and metals, 
and manufacturers, need to be polished. A finishing touch 
is to be added. Thus, a new division of producers arise, 
known as finishers. 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 201 



XEEOISE I . 
NAMES OF THINGS. 



Gothic. uses varnish to give wood or other 

GiLDer, one who overlays things material a gloss. 

with gold. Paints, one who uses a coloring 

Were gilders known in ancient substance called paint. 

times ? SWamel, something melted in ; a sub- 

Ujmoisterer, one who finishes houses stance made of S lass and lead 



-er 



with beds, curtains, and such 
things BBOibER<?r, one who adorns with a 

needle. 



Em- 



FRENCH. 

VABNisHer, one who varnishes, or 



EXEEOISE II. 
NAMES OF QUALITIES. 

Gothic. C/wique, unequalled ; singular in its 

kind. 

Gilt, covered with gold. ty t ne ss • 

Mmossed, decked with raised figures. 

CELTIC 

latin. 
Tassellcc?, adorned with tassels. 

UnadoRxed, not decked with orna- 

french. ments. 

Decora, ed, adorned, beautiful. 
.KeFiNE^, freed from dross. Pcttect, finished, complete. 

Tin , not Im 

Finish^, complete. Complete, full, perfect. 
Tin In 

exercise III. 

NAMES OF ACTIONS. 
GOTHIC. FRENCH. 

Gun, to cover with gold. Brolder, to darn ; to adorn with the 



.9, ed, ing needle. 

Deck, to cover ; to array in beauty. s, ed, ing 



-S ed, ing ■ Em , s, ed, ing 



202 



STUDIES IN OKTHOGKAPHY. 



Cushion, to cover with a stuffed bag 
or covering. 

s, ed, ing 

EnKNLEL, to lay on enamel, a sub- 
stance of glass and lead. 

s, ed, ing 

Varnish, to coat with varnish. 



i, ing 



Polish, to make smooth ; to refine. 

es, ed, ing 

iiVnBELLisH to make beautiful. 

es, ed, ing 

Beauti/*3/, to make fair. 
es, ed, ing 



Furbish, to rub, to brighten. 

es, ed, ing 

Burnish, to make bright by friction. 
es, ed, ing 



JReFinE, to clear from dross. 

s, ed, ing 

Finish, to make perfect. 



-es, 



ing 



jEVwboss, to adorn with raised figures* 
es, ed, ing 



DucoRate, to adorn or embellish. 

s, ed, ing 

,4c?orn, to deck, to ornament. 

s, ed, ing 

PerFECT, to make throughout ; to 
finish. 

s, ed, ing 

OorapLETE, to make full ; to finish. 
s, ed, ing 






T H I K T Y-F O U K T H STUDY. 

DISTEIBUTORS. 

In the early ages of the world, producers, when they had 
more than they needed, disposed of the surplus themselves. 
This was found to be inconvenient, and a new division of 
labor took place. Distributors arose, whose object was to 
distribute the fruits of producers. Clerks and merchants 
soon formed an interesting class of society. 



EXEECISE I. 
NAMES OF THINGS. 



HucKsfer, one who carries goods on 
his back ; a retailer of small wares. 
Are hucksters common in large 
cities ? 



Pack, a bundle of any thing, as goods 
or wares. 

age, a small 

Sloop, a vessel with one mast. 
Schooner, a vessel with two masts. 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



203 



Rudder, the instrument by which a 
ship is steered. 

Flook, the arm of an anchor. 

Bowsprit, the spar extending over 
the stem of a ship. 

Store, large ; a great quantity. 

-house, -keeper, -room 

Cost, the price of a thing. 

Boom, a long pole to spread out the 
elue of a studding-sail. 

Skipper, the master of a small trad- 
ing vessel. 

Leak, a hole in a vessel that admits 
water. 

GRoccr, a trader in teas, spices, and 
other things. 



Bark, a vessel with three masts, but 
without a mizzen-topsail. 

Dock, a place by a river where ships 
are built and repaired ; space be- 
tween wharves. 

Funnel, a hollow cone to convey 
liquids into close vessels. 

Bargain, a contract in business. 



MhRcnant, one who buys; a dealer 
in goods. 

Cutter, a small vessel like a sloop. 

Cable, a strong rope or chain to keep 
a vessel at anchor. 

Packet, a vessel used to convey per- 
sons, letters, or merchandise. 

Frigate, a ship of war of a large 
size. 

Corvette, a sloop of war carrying 
twenty guns. 



Value, the worth of any thing. 

able, less 

Voyage, a passing by water from one 
place to another. 

Fur, the down of certain animals. 

FvRRier, one who deals in 

Pilot, one who steers ships into ports. 

Raisin, dried grape. 

Spice, a fragrant pungent vegetable 
production. 

Bale, a package of goods. 

JouRNaJ, a day-book of entries. 

Coffer, a chest or box for money, 

Prow, the fore part of a ship. 

Bill, a kind of writing in law or 
commerce. 

Quay, a mole or bank at which ves- 
sels are loaded or unloaded. 

InvoiCE, a thing sent; a bill of parti- 
culars in commerce. 

Account, a registry of debts. 

Commerce, intercourse in buying and 
selling. 

ial 

Bargain, an agreement. 



Clerk, one who has a lot ; one who 
keeps accounts. 

Anchor, an instrument to hold a ves- 
sel at rest in water. 

PEDLar, a foot trader. 

EmpoRium, a place or city of trade. 

a, more than one ■ 

Arzuval, a coming to a place. 

Removal, a change from one place to 
another. 

Disposer, one who orders any thing. 

Disposal, an arrangement or ordering 
of any thing. 



204 STUDIES IN" ORTHOGRAPHY. 

RemTEance, that which is sent to a Rate, price, or allowance. 

distance. able 

Rmixant, that which remains CWtract, a mutual agreement. 

Accountant, one who keeps accounts. or 

Orifice, an opening. 

EXEKOISE II. 
NAMES OF QUALITIES. 

gothic. Adventurous, bold in meeting dan- 

gers. 
Shrewd, haying the quality of a 

shrew; cunning. latin. 

ly, ness 

Tricks, artful; deceitful in bar- ExoRBiTa^, departing from the way ; 

beyond the usual price, 
gams. _ J , . „ f . , 

. Fraudulcw.^, deceitful in bargains. 

— — ly, ness ' & 

JProviDent, foreseeing, cautious. 



Cautious, careful, prudent. 
Deceit/W, full of deceit; fraudulent. iy ness 



-ly, ness Specula^'w, given to ideal things ; not 
Treacherous, violating engagements. practical. 

ty> ness Practice, pertaining to active use. 

Honest, honorable ; fair in dealing. /,, 

ly, y im 



Fortunate, successful. 



Judicious, according to sound judg- \y 

Jjn 




"*~ — LiberoZ, free; bountiful. 

II 

Princelv, like a prince ; magnificent. Benefice, doing good. 
Hazardous, dangerous. 

E XEEOISE III. 
NAMES OF ACTIONS. 

gothic. Smuggle, to bring into or out of port 
Swindle, to cheat or defraud one of forbidden goods. 

his right. d > in 9> er 

Is it wicked to swindle any one ? CozEN > to cheat or defraud. 
d, ing, er — s > < in ff> a 9 € — 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 205 

Wreck, to shatter and destroy, as a Bargain, to make a contract, 
ship. s, ed, ing 



s, ed, ing, er Traffic, to trade in goods. 

Leak, to drop; to admit water, as a s, ed, ing 

vessel. 
s, ed, ing latin. 

French. Peddle, to travel about and sell 

__ ' . goods. 

V alue, to find out the price : to set t . 

r ' = — s, ed, ing 

J&ctort, to twist from ; to obtain any 



' & thing unlawfully. 



Luff, to turn the head of a ship to 

' * s, ed, ing 

the wind. 



-s, ed, ing 



ConxRACT, to draw together ; to make 
a mutual agreement. 



Furl, to wrap or roll up a sail. $ ^ • 

s, ed, ing Stipule, to settle terms, or bargain. 

Un , s, ed, ing s, ed, ing 



Gain, to get in any way. Compensate, to give something agree- 

s, ed, ing able for services. 

He , s, ed, ing s, ed, ing 



Account, to reckon or value. ^munerate, to pay back ; to recom- 

s, ed, ing pense. 

ittfercHANGE, to give and take mu- s, ed, ing 



tually. .SecowiPENSE, to pay again; to satisfy. 
s, ed, ing s, ed, ing 



THIRTY-FIFTH STUDY. 

CAERIERS. 

The work of producing and distributing what was pro- 
duced, could not be perfected without another class of men, 
carriers. Their business is to convey goods and persons 
from place to place. At the present time, they form a large 
and useful class of men. 



206 



STUDIES IN" ORTHOGRAPHY. 



XERCISE I. 



NAMES OF PERSONS AND THINGS. 



Switch, a movable part of a rail- 
road track. 

man, the man 

Mate, a companion; an officer in a 
ship. 

Herald, one who carries messages for 
kings. 

— ric, ry, ship 

Rail, a bolt ; a bar. 

-road, a road made of 



CELTIC. 

Brake, an instrument attached to 
wheels of cars to retard the mo- 
tion. 

man, the man 

Carrk??*, one who conveys gcods or 
persons. 

Car, a small vehicle moved on wheels. 

-man, the man 

Cart, a carriage with two wheels. 

-man, a man 



.EViGiNEer, one who manages engines. 

MESSENcer, one who is sent on er- 
rands. 

Captain, a head-man ; the commander 
of a ship. 

Pilot, one who guides or leads; the 
head-man. 

age 



News, recent account; fresh inform- 
ation. 

-paper, -boy 

SiGNaZ, a sign of notice. 

Messo^, that which is sent. 

Engine, a machine for increasing 
human power. 

Route, the course or way to be passed. 

MARiNer, one who follows the sea ; a 
sailor. 

Courts, one who runs ; a public mes- 
senger. 

P Assage, a passing by land or water ; 
the time of passage. 

Journey, the travel of a day. 



PoRTer, one who waits at a gate; 
one who carries burdens for hire. 



BAGGage, the clothing and other 

things necessary in travelling. 
man, the man. 



age 

CottDucror, one who directs or guides, 
as the agent of a rail-road. 

Canal, a passage made for water. 

man, a man 

Locomotive, moving in place; steam- 
engine placed on wheels. 

-Express, a person or vehicle sent on 
an errand. 

ConmvTATion, the exchange of one 
thing for another. 

MASDate, a command ; an order. 

Post, a swift messenger ; a station, 

office 

GREEK. 

Telegraph, that which, writes at a 
distance; a machine for sending 
intelligence to, a distance. 



STUDIES IN" ORTHOGRAPHY. 207 

EXERCISE II. 

NAMES OF QUALITIES. 

Gothic. Alert, watchful, brisk. 

. ness 

Trust?/, that may be confided m. 

Trustworthy, worthy of confidence. 

ifopEDiEtt£, hastening ; appropriate in 
French. the circumstances. 

^during, lasting, permanent. I Wk, t hat may be passed. 

JEnvvnable, that may be borne, or 

. . , Const Ant, continuing firm ; fixed. 

Forcible, that may drive ; strongly _ " 

,. Perilous, full of hazard 
active. 

Power/W, having much force or P^te, striped ; separate or alone. 

ly 

power. * , 
; Public, pertaining to a state or people. 

Dangerous, beset with perils; haz- ^telligent , knowing, skilful. 

ardous. " 

ly GREEK. 

Prompt, ready to act as occasion de- ^merget^c, working with power ; act- 

mands. ive. 
ly, ness, itude al, ally 



EXERCISE III. 
NAMES OF ACTIONS. 

Celtic. Journey, to go by day ; to pass from 

place to place. 
Herald, to carry or cry a message. s e( j j n(f 

s, ed, ing Despatch, to send away ; to send 



Trust, to confide in 

8, ed, ing 

Dls , s, ed 



messengers. 

es, ed, ing 

iiViDURE, to continue firm. 



En , s, ed, ing g> ed> ing 

Force, to urge, or impel onwards. 

FRENCH. , . 

s, ed, ing 

Travel, to walk ; to journey. Risk, to hazard, endanger. 

s, ed, ing R, ed, ing 



208 STUDIES IN OKTHOGEAPHY. 

Pursue, to seek through ; to follow Commute, to exchange, put one thing 
as an aim. in place of another. 

-s, ed, ing s, ed, ing 

Cross, to pass over. 

LATIN. e$ ^ e ^ fag 

Transvir, to send from one place to P^ceed, to go forward, advance, 
another. s > < in 9 



-s, ed, ing, al 



Peril, to put in danger, risk. 



Expedite, to move hastily. s > ed " m $ 

s, ed, ing, ion GREEK< 

Paddle, to row or play in the water. 

s, ed, ing Telegraph, to write at a distance ; 

Pass, to go beyond. to convey intelligence by electri- 

es, ed, ing ■ city. 

Re s, ed, big 



THIRTY-SIXTH STUDY. 

SERVAXTS AXD MASTERS. 

Servants arose with prosperity. As soon as men became 
producers and distributors, skill and wealth, introduced 
servitude. The wise and strong controlled the services of 
the ignorant and weak. Servants became needful, and now 
compose a large and useful class of community. Public 
servants belong to the state, or society. 

EXERCISE I. 

names of persons and things. 

gothic. celtic. 

Slave, a person subject to the will Scdllzoji, one who cleans pots and 
of another. does low kitchen work. 

Did slaves exist in ancient times ? 

. , 7 FRENCH. 

erg, er, -holder 

GrRoo>i, a boy; one who has charge £«rvEYor,one who inspects all around, 
of horses. and then measures. 



STUDIES IN - ORTHOGRAPHY. 



209 



BuTL^r, one who takes care of bottles, 
and then of liquors ; a waiter. 

Vale/;, a waiting-servant. 

Wages, hire ; what is paid for services. 

Lackey, a foot-boy, or attending ser- 
vant. 

VA&sal, a boy, or serving tenant. 

- age 

Caterer, one who provides food. 

Laundress, a washer-woman. 

Laundry, the room where clothes are 
washed. 

Service, office of a servant. 

Menial, a domestic servant of the 
lowest order. 

LATIN. 

Rui-cr, one who governs. 

E X E R C I 



SERv<m£, one who waits or serves 
another. 

AtTKxnant, one who accompanies 
another. 

Janito?", one who keeps the door, es- 
pecially of a college. 

SERViTor, one who acts for or un- 
another. 

Domestic, pertaining to the hi 
household servant. 



Despot, an absolute prince, a tyrant 
ic, ical, ically 



Tyrant, a cruel ruler. 
ical, ically 



names of qualities. 



LATIN. 



Shy, avoiding, fearful of being ap- 
proached. 
Are birds shy ? 

er, est 

CB.isGing, bowing servilely. 

CELTIC. 

Brisk, lively, quick of motion. 
er, est 



Aler£, watchful, nimble and vigilant. 
YiGiLant, watchful, or circumspect. 
AtTmtive, reaching to ; heedful. 
Coy, quiet and shy. 

er, est 

MeniaZ, pertaining to a servant ; low. 
YAivable, of much worth. 
Obliging, doing favors. 

ly ■ 



Negligent, careless or heedless. 
AbvsivE, giving offense, or making an 
ill use of any thing. 

ly 

iwsoLENT. contemptuous, overbearing. 
Serv^£, pertaining to a slave. 
ConTEMPTwows, scornful, apt to despise. 
Haughty, proud, arrogant. 

ly 

impuDENT, not modest, bold of words. 

ly, ce 

Rude, rough, unpolished. 

er, est, ly, ness 

SERVicEaWe, that which does service ; 
useful. 

Officious, forward in obliging. 

Austere, sour and harsh : severe. 

ity, ly 



210 STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



EXERCISE III. 
NAMES OF ACTIONS. 

gothic. ComMAND, to send to ; to order. 

s, ed, ing 

Scrub, to rub hard with any thing q. ain> to obtain by industry. 

coarse ; to clean by scrubbing. s e( j i n „ 

Does the cook scrub her kettles ? 
s, ed. 



mg 



CELTIC 



.46use, to use illy. 
5, ed, ing — 



_ Serve, to keep ; to wait upon another. 
Tarry, to stop, to stay. , . 

1 J s, ed, ing 

' ' " /tiduce, to lead in ; to persuade. 



Rub, to move along the surface; to 



-s. 



ing 



clean by rubbing with something. ^^ tQ gtand ^ £ hd 

s, ed, ing 7 . 

c s, ed, ing 

Neglect, to omit by carelessness. 

FRENCH. , . 

s, ed, ing 

SurvEY, to inspect on all sides, and 2WraCT » to P? int strai S ht ' to shoW ' 

,i s, ed, inq 

then measure. ' ' y 

7 . Rule, to govern or control. 

s, ed, ing ■ ' ° 

Cater, to humor appetite ; to provide ' ' ; 

food Mis , s, ed, ing 

s, ed, ing „„,«.,, 

' ' ° > GREEK. 

Obey, to comply with the commands 

of another. Tyrannize, to act as a tyrant. 
s, ed, ing s, ed, ing 



T H I R T Y- S E V E N T H STUDY. 

PROTECTORS AND ENEMIES. 

Man, engaged at lawful pursuits, soon found an enemy 
in man, and felt his need of protection. A new division 
took place. Protectors arose, whose business it was to 
guard the persons, properties and homes of men. Thi° 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



211 



class of men have grown into vast dimensions in modern 
times. Such, are soldiers, sailors, policemen, watchmen, fire- 
men and jailers. 



EXEEOISE I. 



NAMES OF PERSONS AND THINGS. 



Drum, an instrument covered with 

skin at each end. 

er, one who 

Bludgeon, a stout stick loaded at one 

end. 
Tramp, a step ; a heavy tread as of 

horsemen. 
Muster, a gathering of troops. 
Rifle, a kind of gun. 
Flag, something spread ; an ensign. 
Dirk, a small dagger. 
Truce, a suspension of arms ; a respite. 



Club, a stick heavy at one end. 
Cudgel, a kind of stick used for 

beating. 
Dirk, a kind of dagger. 

, to stab with a dirk. 

ed, ing 

Trigger, the catch in a pistol or 

musket. 
Claymore, a large sword used by the 

Highlanders of Scotland. 
Moat, a ditch round a castle. 
Havoc, waste ; wild destruction. 

FRENCH. 

SoLDier, one who is paid for military 
services. 

y 



InFANtry, foot soldiers. 
Enemy, not a friend ; a foe. 
Gauntlet, an iron glove. 
Bailiff, a kind of policeman. 
BailivjicK, the bounds of a bailiff's 

authority. 
Captain, a head or chief officer. 

cy, ship 

Champ^ow, one who undertakes a 

combat for another. 

Corporal, the lowest officer of a troop 
of infantry. 

Colon^, the chief officer of a regi- 
ment. 

cy, ship 

Mail, a net- work or coat of steel. 

Dagger, a short sword like a knife. 

Battle, a beating ; a combat. 

Scout, one who listens ; one sent be- 
fore an army. 

Rout, the dispersion of troops in bat- 
tle. 

Host<7<7£, one delivered to an enemy 
as a pledge. 

Fracas, a noisy quarrel. 

Halbert, a kind of spear. 

Fray, a broil or quarrel. 

Af — 

SentinW, belonging to one who per- 
ceives ; a soldier on guard. 
Triumph, a victory. 
al, ally 



212 STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 

Cow Arc?, one who turns the back ; a latin. 

fearful man. 

Mutiny, a rising against authority, as Admiro^, the chief commander of a 

seamen. fleet. 

£wrender, a giving up ; a yielding. s, ty, ship 

EtiGkGKment, the act of laying on ; a Convoy, attendance for defense. 

conflict. Action, the act of doing ; a battle. 

Cartridge, a case holding a charge NAvy, an assemblage of ships ; a fleet. 

for a gun. "Missile, something sent; a weapon 

Massacre, slaughter of one or more that is thrown. 

in cruelty. Tbmiment, that which governs ; a body 

Arsenal, a depository for arms ; prac- of soldiers. 

tice or art of bringing in. Legion, a collection ; a body of infan- 

QKvalry, practice belonging to the tr 7- 

horse ; body of horse soldiers. s » ar y 

Police, a body of city officers. Champion, one who fights a single 

Military, pertaining to soldiers; the combat. 

armed force. S ^P 

Dart, a kind of dagger. Advv&sary, one who is opposed. 

ComBAt, a beating against ; a fight. Lance, a long spear. 

Engineer, one skilled in designing. Conflict, a struggling together; a com- 

ing bat. 

^iSiGN, a mark ; colors of a military Privateer, a pirate ship of war. 

band. Ammunition, that which fortifies; 

cy, -bearer. military stores. 

PiCKrf, a guard placed in front of an Adjutant, one who helps ; a military 

army. officer. 

Poniard, a pointed sword like a dag- Militia, the body of soldiers enrolled 

g er# but not engaged. 

Carabine, a short gun used by horse- Giradel, a city fortress. 

men Lictor, one who strikes; a Roman 

Rapier, a short sword used in thrust- officer. 

ing. 

EXERCISE II. 
NAMES OF QUALITIES. 

CELTIC. FRENCH. 

DauntZcss, without fear or timidity. Gallant, gay, splendid or noble. 

UrwAVwred, having no fear or weak- ly 



ness. Un , not 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 213 

Fierce, wild, rushing. Comment, trusting, or relying hope- 

er, est, ly, ness fully. 

SANGiiine, red ; warm or ardent. ly } ce 



—ary, bloody ViGiLant, wakeful. 



CovRageous, having much heart; brave. ly, ce 

MARTial, belonging to arms; noble. Inimcal, not friendly; hostile. 

UnreLENTing, not yielding to kind InexoRkble, that does not yield to 

feeling ; cruel. prayer ; unyielding. 

Military, pertaining to soldiers. .Efficient, producing effects ; power- 

Marine, belonging to the sea. fid. 

ly 

LATIN. T * 

not- 



Furious, full of madness ; fierce. tt™™7„ t™i ~ • t. 

' ' HosTite, belonging to an enemy. 

ly, ness .. 

<?' ity 

Cautious, wary, watchful. „ , , . ., , . , - 

' •" _ ,. . , , Civilize made civil ; reclaimed from 

inTREPiD, not trembling with fear; , , . 

° ' barbarism, 

bold. 

EXERCISE III. 
NAMES OF ACTIONS. 



Tramp, to tread heavily. Enaui ^ to wite inaro 11 for serYice ' 

Do horses tramp heavily ? ' * 

j . Train, to draw along ; to drill or fit 

, ea, ing ' ° ' 



Trample, to tread under. for dut ^ 

s, ed, ing *> «* in 9 

Muster, to gather troops together for ^ CHIEVE > to fil »sh, to accomplish. 

exercise. s > ed > in &> ment ~ 

-s ed ina Dart, to shoot or move quickly. 



Boom, to rush with a loud and vio- s ' > tn d 

lent noise. Combat, to beat against ; to fight. 

s, ed, ing s , ed , in 9 

Clatter, to make a confused noise. RoUT » to break the ranks of troops. 

s, ed, ing *, «4 ing 

Ransack, to plunder or pillage. Guard, to protect or defend. 

s, ed, ing s, ed, ing 

Slash, to strike or cut violently and Confine, to bring within limits ; to 

at random. imprison. 

■■ ■ --es, ed, ing s, ed, ing 



214 STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 

impRisoN, to put in a prison or jail. latin. 

s, ed, ing, merit 

Massacre, to slaughter cruelly. Convoy, to attend on for defense. 

s, ed, ing s, ed, ing 

Skirmish, to throw ; to combat lightly. CAPiruJate, to give up the head ; sur- 

s, ed, ing render on conditions. 

Battle, to beat ; to combat fiercely. s, ed, ing 

s, ed, ing Struggle, to strive and make great 

/SwrRENDER, to submit or give up. efforts. 

s, ed, ir*g s, ed, ing 

Vanquish, to overcome. InvAVE, to come into ; to enter as an 

s, ed, ing — enemy. 

CbnQUER, to seek with ; to overcome. s > e d> ing ■ 



Sj ed, ing ProTECT, to cover before ; to shield. 

Re , s, ed, ing $, e d, ing 

Marshal, to arrange in order. Coerce, to urge together ; to restrain. 

s, ed, ing s, ed, ing 

^trench, to cut in ; to fortify with CWpel, to force together. 

a ditch. s, ed ing 

S) e d } i n g i?«?CRUTT, to repair by new supplies. 

-Encroach, to hook in ; to enter upon s, ed, ing 

another's rights. .Repress, to crush. 

s, ed, ing es, ed, ing 

Vaunt, to boast of oneself. Assault, to leap on ; to attack vio- 

5, ed, ing, er lently. 

Spoil, to pull asunder ; to seize vio- s, ed, ing 



lently. Z>«?feat, to overthrow. 
•s, ed, ing s, ed, ing ■ 



De , s, ed, ing Volunteer, to go into military service 

FoRT//y, to make strong ; to surround of one's own accord. 

with defenses. ; s, ed, ing 

-es, ed, ing 



THIRTY-EIGHTH STUDY. 

STREET FOLK. 

Many of the human race have no settled employment. 
They are irregular traders or carriers, and pass most of their 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



215 



time in the street. London contains some thirty thousand 
of this class. Such are street cleaners, hawkers, showmen, 
street musicians, costermongers and jpotterers. 



EXERCIS 



NAMES OF PERSONS AND THINGS. 



Hawker, one who offers goods for 

sale by outcry. 
Costermonger, one who sells fruit and 

vegetables in the street. 
Outcast, one who is expelled from 

society. 

FRENCH. 

Buffoon, a low mimic 

ery 

Legerdematn, sleight of hand ; decep- 
tive trickery. 



Harlequin, a buffoon or merry- 

andrew who plays tricks. 
FRUiTerer, one who deals in fruit ; a 

hawker of fruit. 
Outcry, a vehement calling. 
Miscreant, a vile wretch. 



Musician, one who sings or performs 
on an instrument of music. 

Street- 

Jester, a person who is given to 
pranks ; a buffoon. 



XEROISE II. 



NAMES of qualities. 



Paltry, ragged ; vile. 



Debased, brought low ; mean. 
Disgusting, offensive to the taste ; 

odious. 
Pitied, compassionated. 
Uh 



Vile, base or worthless. 
-er, est, ly, ness 



MisETtable, wretched, poor. 
Obscene, filthy, disgusting. 

■ ity, ness, ly 

Odious, hateful. 

DerESiable, that which is hateful. 

Infamous, wicked in the extreme. 

—ty 



216 STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



EXEECISE III. 

NAMES OF ACTIONS. 



Hawk, to sell goods by public outcry. ^^ ^ ^^ or hate> 

5, ed, inq , • 

' ' * s, ed, ing 

French. Commiserate, to pity or feel for an- 
Cry, to utter with a loud voice ; to other. 

call out. s > ed > in 9 

es € j i n(J .4/leviate, to lessen, as sorrow. 

DisGv&T, to otTend the taste. >5 > ed > in 9 

St ed, ing GREEK< 

Pity, to feel grief for one who is 

wretched. Mimic, to imitate, to mock. 
es, ed, ing s, ed, ing, ry 



THIRTY-NINTH STUDY. 

VAGEANTS. 

As soon as society is established, a class of men spring 
up, known as vagrants. They live on the labors of others. 
This class includes beggars, vagabonds, pickpockets, burglai*s, 
gamblers, magicians, conjurers and diviners. They are found 
in all countries. 

EXEEOISE I. 

NAMES OF PERSONS AND THINGS. 

gothio. BuRG^ar, one who enters a house to 
steal. 
RoBBer, one who seizes what is an- y 

other s by force. Gambler, one who games, or plays 

Are robbers common in society ? f or m0 ney. 

V Beggcm*, one who lives by asking. 

Rover, one who wanders about ; a „ iy 

robber. Wand, a rod used by conjurers. 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



217 



Gyve, that which holds ; fetters for 

the legs. 
Quarrel, a brawl or petty fight. 

FRENCH. 

Felon, one who is guilty of a crime 

against the state. 

y, ess 

VAGRara^, one who goes from place to 

place begging or stealing. 

cy 

Toper, one who drinks to excess; a 

sot. 
BziGand, a mountaineer, or plunderer. 
PoACHcr, one who steals game. 
Marauds, one who plunders. 
Picaroon, one who plunders ; a pirate. 
Accomplice, an associate in guilt. 
imposTOR, one who imposes upon 

another. 
Chain, a series of united links. 



YAGAbond, a wanderer; a vagrant 
going from place to place. 



ConjVRer, one who invokes the aid of 
spirits to do wonderful things. 

Divmer, one who pretends to tell 
future things by the aid of spirits. 

Disturbs, one who perplexes, an- 
noys. 

O/fender, one who strikes against; 
one who makes another angry. 

PuGnis^, one who boxes ; a fighter. 

Opprobrium, reproach, infamy. 

Culprit, one convicted of crime. 

Arson, the crime of house-burning. 

Confederate, one who is leagued 
with others. 



-cy 



AvDAcily, boldness, impudence. 
Crime, an offense against law. 
Criminal, one accused or guilty of 

crime. 
Artifice, a device or injurious plan. 



Magic, an art by which men pretend 

to do wonders. 
ian, al, ally 



EXERCISE II. 

NAMES OF QUALITIES. 

trench. CuLPA&fe, deserving censure. 

c, . . re j- Criming^, relating to crime. 

Scandalous, giving offense ; disgrace- ; & 

tty 



ful in character. 

ly 



ProFLiGATE, dashed or ruined in 
% morals. 

LATIN. cy 

Opprobrious, reproachful, infamous. -Graved, corrupt, 

ly t ness Oodurate, hard ; impenitent 

/^famous, not being in good report ; C V 



notoriously bad. 



Callous, hard ; unfeeling. 



10 



218 STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



EXEKCISE II 

NAMES OF ACTIONS. 



Ransack, to plunder completely. Assail, to leap upon ; to attack with 

Did the thief ransack the house? violence. 

td, ing s, ed, ing, er 

Kidnap, to steal children ; to carry A t tack, to fasten upon ; to fall upon 

away a person by force. with force. 

ed, ing, er s, ed, ing 

Plunder, to spoil, or pillage. AIlvre, to tempt to ; to lead astray. 

ed, ing, er s, ed, ing 

Rob, to take from another with force. Chain, to fasten with a chain. 

s, ed, ing, er s, ed, ing 

Jeer, to scoff, or mock. En , s, ed, ing ■ 

s, ed, ing Manac^, to put on handcuffs. 

DecoY, to lead into a snare. $, ed, ing 

s, ed, ing Banter, to play upon, jeer. 



: 



Beg, to ask in charity. s, ed, ing 

s, ed, ing Taunt, to reproach, ridicule. 

Stroll, to rove about ; to wander on s, ed, ing 

foot, 

7 . LATIN. 

5, ed, ing 

2>esTROT, to pull down; to ruin in 

CELTIC. ' r 

any way. 

Pilfer, to spoil ; to steal in small 5 ec [ i n g y e r 

quantities. Con jure, to call or summon by a 

-s, ed, ing, er sacred name ; to work magic. 



iiVnBEZZLE, to filch or steal secretly. s e( j 



ing 



s , e d, ing Divine, to foretell ; conjecture by art 

Pillage, to strip or peel. S) e j f { n g 



ed, ing, er TransG ress, to pass across; to violate 



Quarrel, to engage in a petty fight. * j aWt 

s, ed, ing — s, ed, ing, ion 



STUDIES IN OKTHOGRAPHY. 219 

FOBTIETH STUDY. 
ALMSMEN AND ALMONEES. 

The poor are found in every society. Age, disease and 
misfortune cast many upon the charities of the world. 
Almsmen exist as a class of society, and are provided for 
by the benevolence of man. Such are worthy paupers, 
almsmen and inmates of hospitals and asylums. 

EXEEOISE I. 
NAMES OF THINGS OR PERSONS. 

gothio. Pauper, a poor person ; one who 

lives on the town. 
Lack, want, need. . 

French. Penur?/, want of property; extreme 
poverty. 

Poverty, want of the means of sub- p 00Rj indigent; needy. 

sistence. £ 0MSe 

InmGEnce, state of want. Benefactor one who makes chari- 

Charity, good-will; alms given to table gifts to the public. 

the needy. ess 

Fortune, the good or ill of life. DoNor) one who giveg or bestow8 

IS favors ; a benefactor. 

Asylum, safe from spoil ; a place of 
Hosprra/, a building for the sick or refuge ; a place of relief, 
poor. 

EXEEOISE II. 
NAMES OF QUALITIES. 



jDsranged, put out of order. Urgent, pressing with necessity. 

Charitao^, liberal in giving to the ly, cy 

poor. iriDiGENT, destitute of property. 
Tin , not ly, ce 



220 STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 

Necessitous, very needy. /tisane, not sound ; deranged. 

Destitute, forsaken ; in great want. ity 

.DesERTED, wholly forsaken. Fortunate, favored with goods. 

i/iFiRM, not firm ; weak. Un , not 

ty 

EXEKOISE III. 
NAMES OF ACTIONS. 

gothic. Grant, to give, or bestow. 

Lack, to want, or need. ' ■ 
S} ed, ing LATm 

CELTIC * Succor, to help or aid in any way. 

Help, to lend aid ; to strengthen. s > e d, ing 

s, ed, ing Assist, to stand under ; to help. 

s, °d, ing 

FRENCH. . ., . , 

Aid, to give aid or assistance. 

ReLiEYE, to free from any care or s, ed, ing 

evil. MELioaate, to make better, improve. 

ed, ing s, ed, ing 



^.meliorate, to improve, to make SupvLY, to fill up ; to furnish what is 

better. wanted. 

s, ed, ing, ion s, ed, ing 

impoRTUNE, to bear on ; to ask ur- -4/ford, to yield ; to grant. 

gently. s, ed, ing 

s, ed, ing DesKRT, to forsake, abandon. 

Dcrange, to put out of order. s, ed, ing 



FORTY-FIRST STUDY. 

THE TEAOHEES AND THE TAUGHT. 

Producers, distributors, carriers, servants, protectors, 
and even street-folk, vagrants and almsmen, need instruc- 
tion. Teachers arise, and form one of the most important 
classes of society. Their object is to train the mind. This 
class includes the teacher, author and minister. Some minis- 
ters have names given by the State, as well as by the Church. 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



221 



NAMES OF THINGS. 



Parson, lord of the living ; the min- 
ister of the parish. 
Are parsons known as such in the 
Bible? 

Preachy, one who discourses in pub- 
lic on religion. 

"Wand, a small rod. 



Druid, one who taught under the 
oak ; a priest among the Celts. 



Clergy, those who have their calling 
by lot ; ministers of the church. 

Prelate, one elevated ; a minister of 
a high order, as a bishop. 

ical, ically 

Vicar, a person who acts for another 
in the Christian ministry. 

age 

Dean, the head of a corporation ; the 
second minister in rank in a dio- 
cese. 



-ery 



Abbe, a father ; a kind of monk. 

ess 

CuAPLaz?i, a minister of a chapel. 

cy, ship 

Usner, a door-keeper ; an under 

teacher. 
Copy a resemblance. 
Tour, a going round, a circuit. 



Lecture, one who reads discourses. 
Publish*??*, one who makes known 

publicly. 
LECTure, that which is read. 
er, ship 



PAstor, one who feeds ; a minister of 

the church. 

al 

Musnstor, one who steers or guides ; a 

chief servant in church or state. 



REctor, one who rules; the minister 

of a parish in the Episcopal 

Church. 
Curate, one who has the care of souls ; 

an under minister in the Episcopal 

Church. 



cy 

Tutor, one who defends ; one who in- 
structs. 

CxKoinal, one on whom things hinge ; 
a minister of a high order in the 
Romish Church. 

Doctor, one who teaches ; one who is 
qualified to teach in a high degree. 

al, ate 

ProFESsor, one who discovers and 
shows publicly ; a public teacher. 

al, ship, ate 

Coadjutor, a fellow-helper. 

BREvi^y, shortness. 

Pupil, a youth ; a scholar. 

age, state of being a scholar 

or ward. 



222 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



Tutelar, state of guarding ; protec- 
tion. 

Seqw/, that which follows. 

PmcLAMAtion, the thing proclaimed ; 
official notice. 

Ex ,the thing or act of 

De , the thing or act of 

Ac , the thing or act of 

ELOQvence, speaking out ; the art of 
speaking so as to move. 

Edito?*, one who superintends the pub- 
lication of a book or paper. 

Auraor, one who increases or brings 
into being ; the maker of a book. 

ship, ess 

Benefice, a church living. 

IrcsTRUCTOf, one who builds up; a 
teacher. 

GREEK. 

Presbyter, one who is old ; a ruling 
or teaching officer in the church. 



ArchmmoF, a chief overseer ; a metro- 
politan bishop. 

ric 

Pope, father ; the head of the Romish 
Church. 

ry, ish, islily 

-4jdostle, one sent on a mission. 

ship 

/Vofhet, one who speaks of 
future ; an inspired person. 

ical, ically 



the 



EvAXGEhist, one who announces good 
things ; a sacred writer or preacher. 

EccLEsiAstic, a person consecrated to 
the ministry. 

al, ally 

Monk, a man who retires from the 
world and devotes himself to re- 
ligion. 



Theme, a subject on which one writes 
or speaks. 



EXEEOISE II 



NAMES of qualities. 



French. Accurate, taking care of; exact. 

ly, ness 

Narrative, apt to relate stones ; of j 

the nature of a narrative. 



InTELLiGent, taking hold; knowing. 

ly, ce 

Severe, rigid, harsh. 
ty, ity 



Clerico^, pertaining to the clergy. 

LATIN. 

Apt, fit, ready. 

CorRECT, set right or straight. 



J?.tplicit, unfolded ; open and clear. 

ly, ness 

In 



ZfopERiENcec?, proved from practice; 
skilful. 

In 

.Distinct, marked off, clearly defined, 

ly, ness 

In 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



223 



Strict, stretched ; severely nice. 

ly, ness, ure 

Eloquent, speaking so as to move. 

ly 

ARGVu.entative, of the nature of argu- 
ment. 
Erudite, instructed, learned. 

■ — ion 

SuAsSne, tending to persuade. 
Per 

Ms 

/Suggestive, tending to excite thought. 
T>LAVsible, that may gam favor. 
VENERa6/e, worthy of veneration, or 
honor. 



ConcLVsive, shutting up ; final. 

"Emxent, high in favor. 

_ ly 

Distinguish^, elevated by fine qual- 
ities. 

iwpREssz'w, capable of making an im- 
pression. 

InNERa?^, travelling. 

HoRTATor?/, of the nature of an ex- 
hortation. 



Apo&TOhic, pertaining to an apostle. 

ally 

JSoAXGEhical, belong to an evangelist 
Doctrin^, pertaining to what is Orthodox, correct in doctrine. 

taught ; instructive. y 

Editors/, belonging to an editor. Heter , other than correct in 

.PersuAsiVE, power of moving others doctrine. 

to action. - Didactic, adapted to teach. 
ly, ness Polemic, warlike ; disputatious. 



EXERCISE III 
NAMES OF ACTIONS. 



* Smatter, to smack and make a noise 
to speak with little knowledge. 
Do wise men smatter ? 
s, ed, ivg, er — 



Copt, to imitate in any way. 

es, ed, ing, er 

Usher, to introduce a person or 
thing. 

s, ed, ivg 

Pray, to ask good or ill ; to suppli- 
cate God. 

s, ed, ivg 



Train, to exercise in some way. 

s, td, big, er 

Publish, to make known publicly. 

es, ed, ivg 

Lecture, to read a discourse ; to in- 
struct by discourse. 

s, ed, ivg 

Question, to ask questions. 
s, ed, ivg, er 



latin. 
ComTAVSicate, to make common; to 
impart knowledge. 

s, ed, ing 

Narrate, to tell or rehearse. 
s, ed, inq 



224 



STUDIES m ORTHOGRAPHY. 



CWrect, to make right. 

s, ed, ing 

Elucidate, to shine from; to make 
plain. 

s, ed, ing, ion 

Proclaim, to tell openly, publish. 

s, ed, ing 

Be , s, ed, ing 

Ex , s, ed, ing 

Ac , s, ed, ing 

He , s, e\L, ing 

Recite, to repeat. 

— s, ed, ing 



Promulgate, to publish openly. 

s, ed, ing 

ResvuE, to take up again. 

s, ed, ing 

Simplify, to make simple or plain. 

es, ed, ing 

SugQEST, to carry under; to hint. 

s, ed, ing 

-Expound, to set out ; explain. 

s, ed, ing 

Edify, to build ; to instruct. 

s, ed, ing 

-4<£monish, to warn gently. 
es, ed, ing 



Compose, to arrange thought in lan- 
guage. 

s, ed, ing, ition 

PersuADE, to move to action. 

s, ed, ing 

.Distinguish, to separate and declare. 

s, ed, ing 

MiNis'er, to serve; to serve in the 



-s, ed, ing 



TnsTRucT, to build inwardly ; to im- 
part knowledge. 

s, ed, ing 

Educate, to lead out ; to train the 
body or mind. 

.<?, ed, ing 



.E^angel^, to instruct by preaching 
the gospel. 

s, ed, ing 

PropHESY, to announce a thing before- 
hand. 

s, ed, ing 

CatecmsE, to teach by the voice ; to 
instruct by questions. 

s, ed, ing, ism, ist 



FORTY-SECOND STUDY, 

AETISTS. 

The cultivation of taste is one of the finest aims of teach- 
ing, and is best accomplished by works of the fine arts — 
poetry, music, painting, sculpture, engraving and architecture. 
Artists form an important division of teachers. 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



225 



EXEEOISE I. 



NAMES OF THINGS. 



Slur, a mark in music connecting 

notes. 

Does a slur require us to sing the 
notes as one ? 
Scald, a singer or poet among the 

Scandinavians. 
Waltz, a kind of dance; a kind of 

music. 

CELTIC. 

Bard, a song ; a composer and singer 
of songs. 

Pibroch, a wild kind of music per- 
formed on the bagpipes. 

Quaver, a thrill ; a musical shake or 
vibration. 



Atwist, one skilled in art, as poetry, 
music, painting. 

ic, ical, ically 

Paint, a substance that colors. 

GRAver, one who cuts letters or fig- 
ures on wood or metal ; a tool. 

En , one who cuts into wood 

or metal. 

Medallion, a large medal. 

Clef, a character used on a staff of 
music. 

Rondo, a kind of poetry or music 
that turns upon itself. 

•Lay, a plaint. 

Bister, a dark brown pigment. 
10* 



Ballad, a simple story. 

maker, -singer 

Madrigal, a love-poem. 
Crayon, a kind of pencil. 
Scroll, a spiral ornament. 
Lute, a stringed instrument. 
Fife, a small pipe used as a wind in- 
strument. 
Lyre, a stringed instrument 
ic, ical 



Art, strength ; the practice of human 

skill/ 

ist isan 

PoEt, one who makes or creates ; the 

author of a poem. 
ry, thing made by a poet; a 

composition in verse. 

ic, ical, ically 

ScuLp/or, one who carves on wood 

or stone. 
ture, the thing sculptured ; art 

of carving on wood or stone. 
Picture, that which is painted ; a 

representation in colors. 
Music, an agreeable combination of 

sounds. 

■ al, ally, ian 

XJn , not 

Organ, the largest of wind instru- 
ments of music. , _ 

pipe, -tone 

CymBXL, a dish-like instrument of 

music, played by striking two of 

them together. 



226 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



DissoxAnce, discord of sounds. 
ConsoxAnce, concord of sounds. 
JfesoNAnce, a return of sound ; re- 
sounding. 
Conconx), an agreement of sounds. 

ance 

Discord, a disagreement of sounds. 



/mpREssion, a mark; stamp; edition 
of a book. 

PersvECTive, seeing through ; pertain- 
ing to distance in pictures. 

Ode, an irregular poem. 

Epic, a poem having a great hero for 
its subject. 

Poem, a composition in musical lan- 
guage or verse. 

Style, the mode of art. 

Harmony, agreement of sounds. 



Melody, the sweetness of song; a 

succession of sweet sounds. 
Pigment, a paint. 

GREEK. 

Drama, a poem representing a pic- 
ture of life which is acted. 

tic, tical, tically 

Comedy, a village song; a dramatic 
poem representing the laughable 
passions. 

an 

.Z?legy, a complaint ; a sorrowful 
poem. 

Tragedy, the great song ; a dramatic 
poem representing great actors. 

an 

Melody, a honey-song; a succession 
of sweet sounds. 



XEKGISE II 

NAMES OF QUALITIES. 



Stuned, sung or played in a gliding 

style. 
Trills, warbled or vibrated. 



BRiLLi<m£, bright ; splendid. 

Antique, the quality of the ancient 

schools of art ; ancient. 
Artist?c, pertaining to art; agreeable 

to art. 

al, ally 

EWraveo?, cut or sculptured on wood, 

stone or metal. 



-DZ/ficult, not easy to be done. 
PiCTORm?, pertaining to pictures. 
Picture^, a painted resemblance. 
LiNEa/, composed of lines. 
Aquatint, water-tint; eiu raving by 

aqua fortis. 
Harmonic, pertaining t > harmony ; 

musical. 

In , not 

DissoviAnt, disagreeing in sounds; 

harsh. 
Conso'SAnt, agreeing in sound; smooth 

to the ear. 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 227 

YiBBATory, the quality of vibrating ; greek. 

trembling. 

Sculpture^, carved or engraved. Melodiows, of the nature of a honeyed 
Chords, finished with strings, as a song ; agreeable lo the ear. 

lyre. Tragic, pertaining to a great song 
Depictcc?, painted ; described. or tragedy. 

EXERCISE III. 
NAMES OF ACTIONS. 

gothic. Quote, to cite from an author. 

Etch, to eat ; to eat in lines, to form s ' e ' m & 

figures on metal. ^grave, to scratch ; to cut figures 



on metal or stone. 
ed, ing, er 



Does the engraver etch ? 

s, ed, ing 

Jangle, to sound discordantly. 

J LATIN. 

s, ed, ing 

Slur, to sing or play glidingly. Vibrate, to swing in wave-like 

s, ed, ing tremblings. 

Waltz, to dance a waltz. s, ed, ing 

s, ed, ing, er Chord, to string. 

Trill, to warble or vibrate the s, ed, ing 

voice. Stipple, to engrave by dots. 
s, ed, ing s, ed, ing 



Picture, to paint representations. 



Tingle, to feel a thrilling sharp sound. 



Accord, to ajnve, harmonize. 



— a, ing 



-s, ed, ing 



JEmisoss, to produce raised figures. ZteprCT, to paint from ; form a like- 

est, ed, ing ness. 

Quaver, to trill or shake vibrat'ngly s > e ^> iW <7 



-*, ed, ing Harmon^, to cause to combine mu- 
sically. 

FRENCH - s, ed, ing 

DejAiz, to cut off, and then narrate Design, to sit; to draw the outline 

minutely. of a picture. 

s, ed, ing s, ed, ing 

jEVichase, to work in some design in Z^lineate, to line out ; to outline, 

low relief. draft. 
— s, ed, ing • s, ed, ing 



228 



STUDIES IN OKTHOGBAPHY. 



FORTY- THIRD STUDY. 

POLITICIANS. 

Government is necessary to restrain man in society. 
The state is to be kept in order. For this purpose, a body 
of men exist, known as politicians. Their business is to 
preserve the rights of men by wise laws, and government. 



E X E E 



E I 



NAMES OF THINGS. 



Plat, an even piece of ground. 
-form, a flat model ; a ground- 
work : a constitution. 



Policy, the kind of management of 

public affairs. 
Herald, one who thrusts ; an officer 

who bears messages. 



ry, nc 

Politics, the science of government. 

ian, al, ally 

.Z)«bate, a strife in words. • 

Harangue, a loud exhortation. 

/Stt/FRAGE, asking under; the right 
of voting ; body of votes. 

Caucus, a meeting of caulkers ; a 
meeting of citizens. 

Party, a body of men united in opin- 
ion in opposition to others. 

es, san 

Ballot, a ball used in voting. 

Treaty, an arrangement to settle dis- 
putes ; negotiation. 



Duty, a tax on goods imported. 
JwrosT, a tax or duty paid on goods 

imported. 
Custom, cost ; tribute or toll. 
Tax, something set; money imposed 

on citizens to support the state. 

Township 

County 

State 

Road 

Assessor, one who fixes ; one who 

values and lays on tax. 



Vow, one who votes, or chooses 

another. 
GovERNwien/ 1 , the exercise of rule or 

supreme power. 
Legislator, the body of men who 

make and repeal laws. 
JuDician/, the branch of government 

that explains and applies law. 
Executive, the power in the state that 

administers the government. 
Candidate, one arrayed in white ; 

one who competes for an office. 



STUDIES IN OETHOGRAPHY. 



229 



ConvENTJon, the act of coming toge- Tribute, payment made in acknow- 



ther ; 



an assemblage of men. 
al 



Alien, another ; one belonging to 
another country. 

ifocisE, cut off ; a tax laid on articles 
produced and consumed in a coun- 
try. 



ledgment of subjection. 

ColLEGTor, one who collects ; a tax- 
gatherer. 

Statistics, the part of politics that 
treats of the strength of nations. 

i^LECTor, one who has power to elect. 

al 



EXERCISE II 



NAMES OF QUALITIES. 



TAxable, that may be taxed. 

CvsTouary, according to custom ; ha- 
bitual. 

Deniable, that may be discussed. 

Locai, belonging to place ; limited. 

SEcnoNaZ, belonging to a section of a 
country or party. 



T$ATive, produced by nature ; born in 

the place. 
Foreign, of another nation ; alien. 
Statistic^, belonging to statistics, or 

the resources of nations. 
Jvmcial, pertaining to justice. 

ly 



Executive, that which executes ; 
power of control. 

TaiBUTary, paying tribute ; subordi- 
nate. 

Patrio^'c, pertaining to a patriot ; 
full of devotion to the public good. 

Elective, depending on choice. 

Legislate, giving or enacting laws. 

CorRUPT, broken together ; unsound. 

er, ed, ible • 

/SincERE, without wax ; pure. 

ly, Hy 

Nation^, belonging to a nation or 
people; public. 

Ambitious, going about to solicit 
votes ; desirous of power. 

ly 



EXERCISE I 

NAMES OF ACTIONS. 



^4nNUL, to make void. 
■ s, ed, ing 



Ballot, to vote by balls ; to elect. 
s, ed, ing 



Debate, to beat from ; to strive in 
words. 

s, ed, ing, er 

Harangue, to speak aloud, exhort- 
ing an assembly. 

s, ed, ing, er 



230 STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 

tATIN ^minister, to minister to ; to act as 

£ chief agent under laws. 

NoMmafe, to name ; to appoint ior ^ ^ .^ 

election. JEuact, to act or do ; to make laws. 

s, ed, ing ^ ^ ing 

^lect, to choose from; to select. ^ epEALj to ree all, or annul; make 

s, ed, ing, or, ion yoid> ' 

Vote, to wish ; to choose by casting ^ ^ .^ 

a vote. ^I&rogate, to call from ; to repeal. 

s, ed, ing . gj ed> ing 

Legislate, to pass or make law?. Negotiate, to hold intercourse with 

s, ed, ing, or, ion another' on business or about a 

Govern, to rule ; to exercise author- ^^ 

ity. . Sf ed, ing, ion - 

-s, ed, ing ■ 






FORTY-FOURTH STUDY. 

LAWYERS. 






The explanation and enforcement of tlie laws of the 
country are two great interests in every well-regulated 
state They claim the care of a distinct class of men, 
known as lawyers. Their great aim should be the health 
of the body politic, or the nation. 

EXERCISE I. 

NAMES OF PERSONS AND THINGS. 
CELTIC. ™ CH - 

Bar, a rail or defense; the place Plea, the answer of a party defend- 
where criminals appear and law- ing himself inlaw. _ 
yers plead; any tribunal. Plaint^ one who begins a suit in 

Barrio, one learned at the bar ; law. _ 

-. , i i„™ Ay™ a hearing: a trial ot causes at 

a learned pleader m law. U^er, a neaimi, , 

Warrant, a legal writ by which an law. < 

officer ean seize and bring a person JSvwence, that which evinces or 
to justice. causes to be seen; proof. 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



231 



AtroRXEY, one who takes the place 
of another ; an advocate in law. 

ship, -general 

CounsELLor, one who gives advice 
and pleads in law. 



Judge, a civil officer ; one who hears 
' and determines causes at law. 

ship 

Chancellor, a scribe ; an officer who 

superintends all charters. 

• ship 

Chancery, a court of equity. 
-4/front, a meeting face to face; 

abuse. 

LATIN. 

DeFEXTXint, one- who opposes a suit 
in law. 

Claim, something called out; a de- 
mand in law. 

ant 

^4c?vocate, one who pleads another's 
cause in law. 

cy, ion 



Libel, a little 
defames. 



book ; a writing that 



#h6pcena, a writ commanding ano- 
ther to appear under a penalty. 

Bill, a note ; a writing containing 
particulars. 

et, -book 

~Nojary, a person who attests and 
protests notes. 
-public 



ARBiTcr, ar umpire ; private judge. 



Summons, a call from a justice to ap- 
pear in law. 

Sui-rogate, a person who presides 
over the probate of wills and the 
settlement of estates. 

AgGWE&sion, the act of stepping over 
limits ; first act of injury. 

^t-jESSory, one who is witness to 
crime, but not partaker. 

RewRsal, a change of sentence. 

TRiBUNaZ, the seat of a judge. 

GLAiuant, one who claims. 

Equity, justice ; what is equal. 

Lenity, milduess, mercy. 

Testament, the will of a person. 

Codicil, a supplement to a will. 

-DepoNENT, one who deposes, or gives 
evidence. 

Opponent, one who opposes. 

Petition, a supplication or request. 



EXERCISE II. 

NAMES OF QUALITIES. 

fpjench. Bused, inclined from right; preju- 
diced. 
Futile, trifling ; of no importance. Advisory, of the nature of advice; 
Certain, sure ; undoubted. counselling. 
Partis/, of a party ; biased in mind. JjKGal, according to law. 
ly, ity 11 , not 



lni- 



-, not 



Faulty, wrong, blamable. 



ImpEAcnable, that may be arraigned 
for crime. 



232 STUDIES IN" ORTHOGRAPHY. 

Inmeiable, that may be charged with CircumsTAXTial, belonging to what 
evil doing. stands around ; relating to. 

ly 

LATLN- AgGiKES&ive, making the first attack. 

JhsohYEnt, unable to pay debts. Equal, having the same extent ; just. 

cy ly, ity 

'Kquiiable, that which is equal ; just. Testamentary, pertaining to a will. 

Positive, set ; real or true. JusTiFiaWe, that may be justified. 

iVeGATivE, denying ; absence of what FRAUDULenf, depriving another of his 

is positive. right. 
DocuMENTan/, pertaining to docu- ly 

ments or writings. 

EXERCISE III. 

NAMES OF ACTIONS. 



AdviSE, to give counsel. 
s, ed, ing, er, edly, ory 



ObwnsEL, to give advice; to point 

out the law on any Gubject. 
s, ed, ing 



Acquit, to set free from any charge. latin. 

s, ed, ing Defend, to drive back ; to oppose. 

^cuse, to charge with crime. s, ed, ing, er, ant 

s, ed, ing, ation Claim, to call out ; to demand in law. 

Pleac?, to answer a suit in law. s, ed, ing, er 

s, ed, ing, er Re , s, ed, ing 

Jm , s, ed, ing Dis , s, ed, ing 



Notify, to make a note ; to make -4c?vocate, to plead another's cause 

public by writing. in law. 

s, ed, ing s, ed, ing — 

Af front, to meet face to face ; abuse. Libel, to defame by writing. 

s, ed, ing — s, ed, ing ; . 

Judge, to give sentence in causes at Summon, to call to appear, especially 

law. in law. 

s, ed, ing s, ed, ing 

impEACH, to send against; to present $m6po5NA, to cite to appear under a 

charges against a public officer. penalty. 

s, ed, ing, ment s, ed, ing 

-4rRAiGN, to put at ; to place before Cite, to call upon to appear, as in 

a judicial bar, or court. law. 
'' s, ed, ing s, ed, ing ■ 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



233 



PrcswE, to sit over and direct. 

s, ed, ing 

.Dispute, to think apart; to contend 

in argument. 

s, ed, ing, ation 

Justify, to prove or declare just. 

s, ed, ing, cation 

/wdict, to speak in ; to charge with 

a crime. 
s, ed, ing 



Accuse, to blame to ; to charge with 
any wrong doing. 

s, ed, ing 

Vindicate, to defend ; justify. 
s, ed, ing, ion 



DeFRAVD, to deprive another of his 
right by fraud. 

s, ed, ing 

Distrain, to strain apart; to seize 
for debt. 

.<?, ed, ing 

Assert, to say to ; to affirm strongly. 

s, ed, ing 

-4/firm, to set to ; declare with con- 
fidence. 

s, ed, ing 

Frustrate, to break ; to bring to 
naught. 

s, ed, ing 



FORTY-FIFTH STUDY. 



Diseases tread upon the heels of men, and threaten the 
existence of health. To guard against them, and expel or 
restrain them in society, a class of men exists, known as 
doctors. The cure of the body is their charge. 



EXERCISE I. 
NAMES OF PERSONS AND THINGS. 

gothic. CHARLAT<m, one who prates much ; a 

Quack, a pretender to skill in medi- quack, 

cine. LATIN - 

Are there many quacks in large Doctor, one who has received the 

cities ? highest degree in college ; one who 



-ery, ish 



practises medicine. 



Blister, a thin bladder on the skin Surgeow, one who cures wounds or 
containing a watery substance. bodily hurts by manual operation*. 

■ ery, ical 

Pestle, an instrument for pounding 






Drug, a dry substance ; medicine. 



in a mortar. 



234 . STUDIES IN" ORTHOGRAPHY. 

DvsTist, one who cleans, extracts, and Medicine, that which cures, 
makes teeth. 

GREEK. 

ry 

Mortab, a vessel like an inverted p HYSICj what is natura i ; reme die8 

bell used for pounding in. for diseases. 

Pill, a little ball ; a medicine in the { an 

form of a ball. JZmpmic, one who depends on experi- 

ittCisio.Y, the act of cutting into, as ments ; a charlatan. 

the flesh. a i f i sm 

Lotion, a medicinal wash. 



EXEEOISE II. 
NAMES OF QUALITIES. 



FEENCH. Medicin^, of a curative nature. 

iZesTORATiw, that which brings back CvxArive, tending to cure or heal. 

strength and vigor. Medico^, relating to the art of heal- 

Drugged, dosed or tinctured with in S- 

j rU o- s . Vacomw, pertaining to cows. 

Successful, having the right effect ; Soporific, producing sleep, 

prosperous. Opiate, causing sleep. 

LATIX Narcotic, relieving pain and inducing 
rest. 

Omevunt, seeking .together; fit or /nsIDIOUS> lying in wait; treacher- 

meet . ous. 

Malignant, dangerous to life. A*mtor* attending to ; full of care 

Virulent, poisonous. or concepn> 

Assiduous, settling steadily; very at- Laxat ^, loosening. 

tentive to duty. Febrile, pertaining to fever. 






-ly 



JSxPERiExced, tried or proved by prae- greek 

tice. 

-Etwinent, seen from above ; elevated HypocTxyxwiac, pertaining to the bel- 

in favor. ly ; diseased and melancholic. 

Celebrate, praised ; extolled. Hypsoiic, producing sleep. 



STUDIES IN OBTHOGRAPHY. 



235 



GOTHIC. 

Blister, to raise a blister, or bladder 

on the skin. 
ed, ing 



Drug, to give medicine, 

s, ed, ing • 

-4/)pease, to quiet or soothe. 

s, ed, ing 



MoLiify, to make soft. 
s, ed, ing 



EXERCISE III. 
NAMES OF ACTIONS. 

Poultice, to cover with a soft com- 



.JAeviate, to raise up ; to lighten. 

s, ed, ing 

Stimulate, to goad ; to rouse. 
s, ed, ing 



position. 
s. 



ing 



Animate, to give life or vigor. 
s, ed, ing 



Me , s, ed, ing 

^4mpuTATE, to cut about ; to remove 
a limb. 

s, ed, ing 

PuLVERz'ze, to reduce to a fine powder. 



■ —s, ed, ing 

DissECT, to cut in pieces ; to examine. 

Vaccinate, to inoculate with the cow- 
pock. 

s, ed, ing, ion 

Twoculate, to put in ; to give a dis- 
ease by inserting matter in the skin. 

s, ed, ing 



FORTY-SIXTH STUDY. 

AMUSEMENTS. 

The bent bow soon loses its elasticity and becomes useless. 
So the man who is ever toiling, loses the spring and elas- 
ticity of his spirits. Amusements become necessary, and 
when wisely regulated, form part of a good and happy 
life. To regulate them is a common duty of the state and 
the church. 

EXERCISE I . 



names of things. 






Game, sport of any kind. 
Are some games wicked I 



Cricket, a play with bats and balls. 
Ninepins, a play with wooden pins 
and bowls. 



236 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



Quoit, a circular piece of iron used in 

play. 
Barge, an elegant pleasure boat. 
Yacht, a light elegant vessel. 
Tot, a plaything for children. 
Skate, a piece of wood shod with 

iron for moving on ice. 
Stilt, a pole with a shoulder used for 

walking. 
Tag, a game of touch ; a game in 

which the person wins who touches 

another. 
Sleight, trick or art of deceitful 

ekilL 
Race, a going ; a contest of speed. 

■ s, er 

Sport, a play ; any diversion. 
s, ful, fully, fulness, ingly, ive, 

iveness, less, sman 



Cards, square little picees of painted 
pasteboard for games. 

Ticket, somethiag clipped off; a card 
of admission. 

Stage, a degree; a platform on which 
actors act. 

Bauble, a light trifle or toy. , 

Droll, odd and merry. 

ery 

Diversion, that which turns the mind 
from care ; amusement. 

Amusement, that which stops or en- 
gages the mind pleasantly. 

Raffle, a game of chance. 

TABLEawz, pictures ; striking repre- 
sentations. 

Dance, a leap ; a measured movement 
to music. 



Backgammon, a small fight ; a game 

between two persons. 
"Whist, a game at cards. 
Puzzle, an instrument to perplex as 

a kind of play. 



Chess, a game played on a checkered 

board by two persons. 
Bagatelle, a game played with rods 

and balls on a board. 
Billiards, a play with rods and ivory 

balls oh a table with holes at one 

end. 



latin. 
Enigma, a dark saying, designed as a 

riddle ; a hidden meaning. 

Heal, tically, tist 

Trick, a sly deceitful fraud. 

s, ery, ish, ster 

Enters Moment, that which keeps or 

amuses ; hospitable care. 
Farce, a ludicrous play. 
Coronal, a wreath or crown. 
Excursion, a rambling; a pleasure 

tour. 
Elusion, that which deceives by false 

showing. 
Aoror, a doer; a stage-player. 
ess 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 237 



EXERCISE II. 
NAMES OF QUALITIES. 

Gothic. Iasvicrous, full of sport ; adapted to 

raise laughter. 
Sleighty, tricky or deceitful. j ness 

WAGGish, sportive ; roguish in sport. ^^ deceiving by false sW . 

FRENCH. ty 

Diverting, turning aside from care ; 

Please, grateful to the mind or amusing. 

senses ; soothing. 22<?gulat«$; adjusted to rules. 

er, est, ly, ness 7/inocent, not guilty ; harmless. 

Facetious, witty and sportive. Corsursive, tending to break, to de- 

■ ty> ness stroy good manners. 

Beomung, deluding. DeeEtvable, that which may be de- 

./Imusing, keeping the attention agree- ceived. 

ably fixed. Delusmmj, tending to mock. 

i 'y ly, ness 

Abvsed, used from the right end; car- Dem&ive, tending to ridicule. 

ried to excess. 

Allow able, that may be set or granted. greek. 

Ix^ny Mock, false ; derisive. 
Comic, relating to comedy; raising 
FAECicaJ, belonging to a farce. mirth. 
ly al, ally 



XEEOISE III. 



NAMES OF ACTIONS. 



gothic. Snuff, to take snuff into the nose. 
— s, ed, ing 



Race, to run ; to run in contest of 



mg 



Sport, to play or divert oneself in Pose, to put ; to puzzle. 

any way. * Can you pose me with questions ? 

s, ea\ ing s, ed, ing, er 

Stilt, to rise or walk on stilts. Puzzle, to perplex. 

s, ed, ing 5, ed, ing, er 






238 STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 

"Wabble, to move from side to side, latin. 

as a top. 
g e ^ { n q i EnteriATS, to keep within ; to treat 

hospitably. 

FRENCH. 7 • 

s, ed, in g, er 

J9ivERT, to turn aside, as the mind Deceive, to cause mistake ; to impose 



from care. upon. 



-s, ed, ing s e d, 



ing, 



cr 



^4muse, to stop or keep the attention Deixvz, to play deceitfully ; to mock. 

agreeably. s> e d, ing, er 

s, ed, ing Deride, to laugh at with contempt. 

Please, to smooth or awake agreeable s e ^ \ nq 



feelings. ' Exbmx, to offer to view. 
, s , ed, ing $> ^ {ng 



GREEK. 



Dance, to move to music. 

s, ed, ing 

Raffle, to cast dice for a stake. 

s, ed, ing Mock, to mimic ; to mimic in de- 

ZeGUiLE, to delude. rision. 

s, ed, ing s, ed, ing, er 



CHAPTER XIII. 

NATURE. 

Home lies behind us. Man has been considered; and 
his pursuits, somewhat carefully examined. The world is 
now before us. From the works of man, we pass to con- 
sider the works of God as seen in nature, and thus rise up 
to the consideration of himself. Providence is our guide. 

FOKTY-SEYENTH STUDY. 

NATURE. 

The child naturally proceeds to nature through the works 
of man. The furniture of the house is known before the 
furniture of the world : the words of home precede the 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



239 



words of heaven. # To the earth and heavens, we now look. 
Humboldt has told us much about nature in his Cosmos. 



EXERCISE I. 



NAMES OF THINGS. 



Space, boundless and unoccupied 
place. 

Place, where any thing is ; a part of 
space. 

Region, a tract of land ; the space of 
the atmosphere. 

Multiplic^i/, the quality of being 
many ; numerous. 

Snec-E&sion, the act of following or- 
derly ; due order of action. 

Assemble, a collection of bodies. 

Grandeur, greatness ; that which en- 
nobles the soul. 

EncuAXTment, singing into a certain 
state ; a wonderful effect, espe- 
cially of delight. 



NATwre, that which is brought forth : 

the universe. 
al, ally 



Un- 



al } ally 



Universe, the heavens and earth; all 

existence. 

al, ally 

CREAxion, all existing things ; heaven 

and earth. 
Majesty, greatness of appearance. 
Uniform^, the same form or manner. 
Order, regular arrangement of things. 

ly 

RxGVharity, agreeable to rule. 

Ir , not 

DisvRiBVTion, the act of dealing out, 
disposing. 

PerMANENCE, abiding through ; con- 
tinuing the same. 

PerPLEXiTy, intricacy ; entanglement. 



Cosmos, order; the universe as a 
well-ordered and beautiful whole. 

Chaos, the confusion of matter pre- 
vious to its orderly arrangement. 

Phenomenon, appearance ; a visible 
event. 



XEROISE II. 

NAMES OF QUALITIES. 



FRENCH. 

Spactows, of great extent. 
UnBOVKDed, not bounded ; limitless 
in extent. 



MEAsuRa&fo, that may be measured. 

Im , that may not — 

/mposiNG, laying on ; adapted to im- 
press strongly. 

ly 



240 STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 

InvxKiable, not changeable; abiding Indissohvble, that may not be dis- 

in the same state. solved ; abiding in union. 
CEA&Eless, without a pause ; constant. y, ness 



fy DesTRvaible, that may be torn down. 

Successive, following orderly. In ■ ness, y ■ 



ly FAMiLiar, pertaining to a family ; ac- 

Variable, that varies ; changeable. quainted with. 

Un 

ComvREHEKsive, holding together ; 
/wimense, not measurable ; unbounded. embracing much. 
ly % ity SiDLREa?, belonging to the stars.. 



LimitZcss, without bounds or limits. 

GREEK. 

TEKMisable, that may be bounded. 

In Chaotic, resembling chaos; disorderly. 

MvxAble, that which changes. Comical, relating to the world or 

1m universe. 

Stable, firm, immovable. Physica?, pertaining to nature or 

Un , not natural bodies. 

Mysteriows, shut ; profoundly secret. Phenomena^, pertaining to appearance 
ly, ness or effects. 

EXERCISE ill. 

NAMES OF ACTIONS. 

gothic. Place, to set or fix some where. 

s, ed, ing — '■ 

Seem, to be like ; to appear. ^ OTABLIgBf to make firm. 

Does the sun seem to be flat ? 



-es, ed, ing 



- -s, ed, ing, ly, ingly Bojj ^ fcQ ^ op fix ^ extent 

Un- ly , . 

i . s } ed, ing 

' . ' " Measure, to ascertain the size or 

s. mq ., 

, , • capacity. 

Shiver, to break or shatter in pieces. » . 

-s, ea, ing ^ FlXj to get or make stable> 

Shatter, to shiver, as a tree by light- ■, . 



nm &" . ^wchant, to sing into; to produce 

s,ed,ing— great delight. 

Rumble, to make a low heavy sound, , • 

s, ea, ing 

as un er. Cowtinue, to remain together; to 

French. ab i<le. 

/mposE, to lay ; to strike forcibly. s, ed, ing 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 241 

jPresERVE, to keep ; to support. Limit, to bound in any way. 

s, ed, ing s, ed, ing 

Order, to dispose regularly. 

latin. s, ed, ing 

Ordain, to set in order ; to constitute. 

i>eTERMiNE, to bound off ; to fix the s, ed, ing 

limits. iiJeNEW, to make new, restore. 
-,<*, ed, ing ■ s, ed, ing 



Create, to make or fashion ; to form ^Distribute, to deal out, divide and 

out of nothing. arrange. 
s, ed, ing s, ed, ing 



FORTY-EIGHTH STUDY. 

THE EAETH. 

The earth is our world. It is known gradually. By a 
series of excursions, we go forth into its broad fields, coasts 
and seas Land, water and air are studied. 

EXERCISE I. 
NAMES OF THINGS. 

gothic. Spot, a certain place. 

_ ... _ Lull, a rest after a storm. 

Dale, a winding valley. 

Are dales agreeable places ? „___ 
Brink, the edge of a steep place, as 

a river. Alps, a huge mass ; a mountain in 

Reef, a sand bank ; a chain of rocks Italy. 

near the surface of the water. ine, pertaining to 

Lake, a collection of water, commonly Crag, broken and ragged rock. 

fresh. y, ed, ness 

Haze, mist or vapor. Glen, a watered valley. 

y, ness „ Bog, a marsh or quagmire ; a peat 

Fog, a thick .aist. valley. 

y, iness y 

Mire, deep mud. Plain, a large level tract of land. 

y Channel, the bed of a river. 

11 



242 STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 

feench. HxRBage, a collection of herbs or 

grass. 

MouNiam, a high elevation of land. Coast> ^ border of ft c(mntry< 

ridge, -chain 

Valley, a low tract of land between latin. 

hills. 

Plateau, flat high land ; table lands. Fmth > a narrow passage of water. 

Pwcipick, a steep descent of land. FlssURE ' a narrow chasm ' 

Isle, a tract of land surrounded by Temperate*, the state of a body in 

wa ^ er regard to heat or cold. 

River, a large stream of water. ^insula, a tract of land almost 

Region, a tract of land of large ex- surrounded by water. 

^ ent Ocean, the collection of salt water. 

Rock, a rough mass ; a huge stone. ~ lc ~ ' 

v i n * ess Declivi^v, a slope of land. 

CttTouR, that which is twisted; the Country, land near a city; the land 

outline of any thing. of a state - 

iteLiEF, the boldness or projection of " " ma "> UJce > -™* n ™rs 

a thing above a surface, as the re- Territory, the land of a person or 

lief of mountains. state. 

Cleft, a split, or opening. a ^ 

Vein, a seam, as of a rock. Cavity, a hollow place. 
Port, a harbor or haven. 

' p GREEK. 

Force, strength ; active power. 

Deluge, an overflowing of water. Chasm, a cleft ; a fissure. 

EXERCISE II. 

NAMES of qualities. 



Damp, moist air; somewhat moist. Feet ^ ? fruitful. 
Is the earth damp ? • , 



■er, est 



Ston^, full of stones. 



Fruit/W, bearing fruit abundantly. 
ly, ness 



Bracks, somewhat salt. Un ^ ^ ness 



-ness 



CELTIC. 



Moist, somewhat wet. 
tore, ness . 



RocKy, abounding in rocks, or large 
Gloomy, obscure ; dismal. stones. • 
ly, ness CuLirvatec?, tilled or improved. 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



243 



Habit«6^, that may nourish human 
beings. 

In 

RuRa/, belonging to the country. 
FALPable, that may be felt. 



Sterile, barren, or unfruitful. 

Mvnnane, belonging to the world. 
.TERRewe, belonging to the earth. 
Terrestr^/, pertaining to the earth. 
DesoLate, deprived of inhabitants. 



Precipitous, very steep. 

iNSULar, pertaining to an island. 

Frig£<7, frozen; very cold. 

Kvmd, wet. 

Turbid, muddy. 

ZtesERT, forsaken ; uninhabited. 

Dismal, evil day ; gloomy. 

Limpid, pure and clear. 

Hosprraofc, receiving kindly ; friendly. 

In , not 

ConiPACT, closed ; united firmly. 

ly, ness 

Autumno^, belonging to autumn. 
Temperate, moderate in heat. 



EXERCISE III 



NAMES OF ACTIONS. 



gothic. Force, to urge ; to excite active power. 

s, ed, ing 

Gush, to issue forcibly. -r>. , a • .., , 

J • Deluge, to overflow with water. 
Do springs gush i , . 

100 s, ed, ing ■ 

es, ed, ing 

Dash, to break forcibly, as water. 

' . . J ' LATIN. 
es, ed, ing 

Purl, to murmur, as a small stream Supvo^v, to bear up; to sustain, 

over stones. s> e ^ ing 

s, ed, mg, ly Sustain, to stand under ; to preserve. 

Lull, to soothe ; to produce rest. «, ec ( i„ a , 

-s, ea, ing Evolve, to turn about, as the earth 



Nourish, to cherish and support 
es, ed, ing 



on its axis. 
s, ed, ing 



Desolate, to make lonely; to deprive 
of inhabitants. 
Afresh, to make fresh or new again ; s, ed, ing ■ 



to invigorate. 
es, ed, ing 



-46sorb, to suck in ; to imbibe. 
s, ed, incr 



244 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



FORTY-NINTH STUDY. 

THE HEAVENS. 

The heavens seem to belong to the earth, and are studied 
in connection with it. The sun, moon and stars fix atten- 
tion early in life. We learn, at length, that they are worlds 
like our own, but the most of them, more glorious. 

EXERCISE I. 
NAMES OF THINGS. 



Sky, a cloud ; the vault of heaven. 
Is the sky made of clouds ? 

ey, ward, -bom, -blue, -light, 

-rocket 

Gale, a strong blow of -wind. 
Haze, air dim with vapor. 

y, ness 

Squall, a sudden rush of wind. 

y 

Glimmer, a faint light. 
Glare, a clear bright light. 
Blow, a driven current of air. 
Gust, a sudden squall of wind. 



Flash, a sudden blaze. 



Air, the fluid we breathe ; the at- 
mosphere. 

y, iness 

Planet, a wanderer ; one of the 
heavenly bodies. 



RARrry, thinness or openness of parts. 
Calm, still, quietude. 



ly, ness 



Cloud, collected vapor. 

y, iness 

Vapor, a visible fluid in the atmo- 
sphere. 

y 

ConsTELLAtion, a group of fixed stars. 

Zephyr, the west wind; a mild 
breeze. 

jEclipse, obscuring of light. 

Densi^, closeness of parts ; compact- 
ness. 

Osscvnity, quality of being dark ; 
darkness. 

Expanse, spreading ; vast extent. 

ive, ively ■ 

Halo, a bright circle round the sun 
or moon. 



Empyrean, formed of fire or air ; the 
highest heavens. 






STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



245 



Atmosphere, the vapor sphere ; the Meteor, lofty ; a fiery body in the 

air that surrounds the earth. atmosphere. 
-de, ical, ically ic 



EXERCISE II 

NAMES OF QUALITIES. 



GOTKIO. 



Lofty, high in place. 
ly, ness ■ 



Clear, unclouded. 
ly, ness 



SoLar, pertaining to the sun. 

light 

PoLar, pertaining to the poles of the 
earth. 

ity ■ 

Serene, clear and calm. 
— ly, ness, ty 



ifopANSivE, having the capacity of 
enlarging or being diffused. 

-ly, ness 

Calm, quiet, undisturbed. 
Guy tie, soft and mild. 

ly, ness 

Tranquil, peaceful. 
V, ity 



LuNar, pertaining to the moon. 

light, rays ■ 

JZfFVLGent, shining bright. 

-ly, ce 

IZeFVLGent, casting a splendid light. 

ly, ce 

Radios, darting beams of light or 
heat. 

ly, ce 

Luminows, bright and shiny. 

ness — 

Vivid, bright and strong. 

ly, ness 

DifevsrrE, pouring abroad ; spread- 
ing. 

Bland, mild ; soft and gentle. 

ly, ness 

Noxious, hurtful. 

Visible, that can be seen. 

VERTicaZ, in the zenith ; perpendicu 
lar. 

ly 

Salubrioms, healthy. 

ly, ness 



Tempestuous, windy or stormy. 

LATIN. 

CELESTiaZ, belonging to the heavens. 



JErriFYREal, formed of fire ; pertaining 
to the highest heavens. 



246 



STUDIES IN OKTHOGRAPHY. 



EXEECISE II 

NAMES OF ACTIONS. 



gothic. .4date, to bring low; to decrease. 

Drizzle, to scatter ; to rain very fine ■ ~ s > e d, ^ n 9 

drops. Rarest, to make rare; to cause to 



Is drizzle fine rain ? 

s, ed, ing 

Glimmer, to shine feebly, as stars in 

cloudy nights. 

s, ed, ing 

Glare, to give a clear bright light. 

s, ed, ing 

Lower, to descend gloomily. • 

s, ed, ing 

Flare, to flutter with glare. 

— — —s, ed, ing 

Blow, to drive as a current of air. 



s, ing 

Blew, did - 



Sparkle, to glisten or glimmer 
s, ed, ing 

Celtic. 
Flash, to blaze out suddenly. 
es, ed, ing 

frexch. 
Veer, to turn as the wind. 

s, ed, ing 

Crash, to crush, as thunder. 
es, ed, ing 



expand. 
es, ed, ing 



.Emit, to send forth, as rays. 

s, ed, ing 

Move, to change place. 
s, ed, ing 



-, s, ed, ing 



Re- 

iiCLiPSE, to obscure or darken, as the 

earth the sun. 

s, ed, ing 

.4jot?ear. to come to, as the eye; to 

become visible. 
s, ed, ing 



He , s, ed, ing ■ 

Bis , s, ed, ing 

Decline, to bend downwards. 

-s, ed, ing 

DijFVSE, to pour or spread far. 

s, ed, ing ■ — ■ 

UADiate, to throw out rays, as light. 

- — . s, ed, ing, ion 

Culminate, to grow, or go upward. 
s, ed, ing 



FIFTIETH STUDY 



The materials of the earth, and heavens come into no- 
tice. They are minerals, and exist in great variety. And 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



247 



jet, when examined, they may all be reduced to sixty ele- 
ments, forty -five of which are metals. 



EXERCISE I . 



NAMES OF THIXGS. 



Zlnc, a brilliant bluish white metal. 

Is Jersey zinc very fine ? 
Nickle, a metal of a reddish white 

color, hard and malleable. 
Cobalt, a metal of a grayish white 

color, and easily reduced to powder. 
Bismuth, a yellowish or reddish white 

metal, very brittle. 
Quartz, a kind of silex, or sand or 

flint. 
Talc, a mineral of* an oily touch and 

magnesian nature. 
Slag, the dross of metal. 
Soda, a mineral of a whitish and al- 
kaline nature. 



Ruby, a carmine-colored precious 

stone. 
Metal, a shining solid body 



Agate, a kind of quartz; a flinty 

stone. 
Marble, a kind of limestone. 



Crystal, a mineral of a regular 
shape, as a cube. 

AhABAster, a soft mineral composed 
of sulphur and lime. 

Gypsum, a mineral composed of sul- 
phur and lime. 

Magnet, a loadstone : a kind of iron 



Slab, a thin piece of marble or other 

stone. 
Adamant, a loadstone ; a very hard 

stone. 

FRENCH. 

Rock, a large mass of stony matter. 

y, iness 

salt, salt dug from the earth. 

oil, petroleum, or oil found in 

coal mines. 
Quarry, a pit from which stone is 

dug. 
Slate, a clayey stone that splits 

readily. 
s, y 



AfFimti/, an attraction between par- 
ticles of different bodies. 

AtTRACTion, the power which draws 
bodies together. 

Repui.sio7i, the power by which 
bodies recede from each other. 

EROsion, the act of eating away. 

Corrosion, the act of eating or wear- 
ing away slowly. 

Lustre, brightness. 

GREEK. 

Electrics/A quality of amber ; a 

subtle fluid in all bodies. 
Onyx, a nail ; a precious stone used 

for cameos. 



248 STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



EXERCISE II. 
NAMES OF QUALITIES. 

Celtic. Corrosive, having the property of 

, . _' . , ., eating away slowly. 

Clear, bright free from obscurity. _ . ., , „ ,, , 

b J .Pervious, through the way ; that may 

"^ be entered by another body. 

FRENCH. Im 

PENETRadZe, that may be entered by 
MALLEawe, that may be drawn out by , , , 



a hammer. 



lm- 



Fet2«, an offensive smell like rotten 



Sal.,*, of a salt nature. g^ firm and hard 

Viscous, ropy or clammy. Duc ^ that may be drawn Qut by _ 

Porous, having interstices or open- pulling 

ln S s - . Fmxible, that may be bent. 

JVawspARENT, appearing through; a ..» .-, , , , . .-,. 

\. t ' tSEChle, that may be cut m slices. 

admitting light so as to reveal A . . ,. , 

° b AsTmxaent, contracting, as alum, 
bodies. 

Opaque, dark, obscure. 

latin. Bituminous, full of the odor of bitu- 
Lucid, clear. men or pitch. 

JVlucid, clear throughout ; transpa- AnGiLlaceous, of the nature of clay. 

rent. .Mercurnz?, pertaining to or of the 
Remissive, tending to drive away. nature of mercury. 

ly SoluW?, that may be dissolved in a 

AtNLAcrive, tending to draw together. fluid. 

ly, ness ■ 

CoKE&ive, sticking together. 

ly jElastzc, impelled ; having the power 

TWmsLUCENT, admitting light ; clear. of springing back after being bent. 

Erosive, having the property of eat- ity 

ing away. Meteoric, iron in a metallic state ; 
Metallic, pertaining to metals. pertaining to meteors. 

EXEKOISE III. 
NAMES OF ACTIONS. 

French. LiQUE/y, to make fluid ; to melt by 

heat. 
Quarry, to dig out stone from the e j > 

rock. 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



249 



latin. CorRODE, to gnaw ; to eat away 

slowly. 
Magnet^, to give the properties of ' g * . 



the magnet. 
s, ed, ing, er 



Crystallize, to form into crystals. 

s, ed, ing 

JiTRAcr, to draw together. 

s, ed, ing 

itepEL, to drive away ; e^and. 

s. ed, ing 

i^epuLSE, to drive away or back. 



s, ed, ing 

Cohere, to stick together. 

s, ed, ing ■ 

Petri/?/, to make a rock. 
s, ed, ing 



Penetrate, to pierce or enter. 

s, ed, ing 

Solidi/?/, to make solid. 
s, ed, ing ■ 



DissoLYK, to loose apart ; to liquefy. 

s, ed, ing 

-4&rade, to wear off. 
s, ed, ing 



GREEK. 

ELECTRi/y, to give electricity to any 

thing. 
s, ed, ing 



FIFTY-FIRST STUDY. 



The minerals which compose the earth and heavens sup- 
port plants, which in their turn clothe and beautify the 
minerals that support them. Plants exist in vast numbers 
and in great varieties. Some of them are good for food, 
others for medicine, and some are poisonous. We com- 
monly speak of them as vegetables, herbs, shrubs and trees. 

EXERCISE I. 



NAMES OF THINGS. 



Mulberry, a tree of the morus tribe, 
bearing berries. 

Do silk-worms feed on the mul- 
berry ? 
Root, the part of a plant that enters 
the ground. 

11* 



Clump, a cluster of shrubs or trees. 

Bark, the covering of a tree, or its 
skin. 

Stump, the part of the stem remain- 
ing after the tree is cut down. 

Bloom, the flower of a plant. 

, to unfold the flowers. 

ed, ing, y, iness 



250 STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 

Busn, a branching shrub. VEGETa6£<?, that which grows; a plant. 

Snag, a sharp branch of a tree in a Bud, a gem ; the young shoot of a 

river. plant. 

Juice, the sap of plants or fruit. Tulip, a variegated, bulbous, fiower- 

-y ing plant. 

Husk, the rough covering of some Eglantine, the sweet-brier. 

grains. Rose, ruddy; a well-known plant. 

y, ness y, ate, -fingered — 

Dandelion, the lion's tooth; a well- 
celtic. , _ 

known flower. 

Fir, a tree of the pine tribe. Sage, a common aromatic herb. 

Pink, a small flowering plant sacred Lemon, the fruit of a tree cultivated 

to Jove. here only in hot-houses. 
Bunch, a cluster of the same kind, as tree 

of pinks. Onion, a bulbous root used for food. 

Tuft, a collection of small things, as Parsley, a plant whose leaves are 

grass. used in cooking. 

FRENCH. 

LATIN. 

Pumpkin, a running plant that bears 

large fruit. Herb, a plant with a soft stem which 
Plant, that which shoots ; any kind dies every year. 

of vegetable. Vine, a woody climbing plant that 

, to set out plants. yields grapes. 

ed, ing, er ry, -yard, tage 

Grape, a bunch ; a berry of the vine. LlLY> a p i ant f a bulbous root. 

vine, a climbing plant handed 

Peach, a tree and its fruit of the Ka ^ & kind of cuded cabbage . 

stone kind. 
Branch, the arm or shoot of a tree. greek. 

Gourd, a plant, and also its fruit, like Myrrh, a bitter juice obtained from 

the pumpkin. Arabia. 

Lilac, a shrub that bears a sweet Balsam, an aromatic oily substance 

flower. obtained from certain plants. 



STUDIES m ORTHOGRAPHY. 251 



EXEEOISE II 
NAMES OF QUALITIES. 



gothic. VEGETaWe, belonging to plants. 

Verno^, pertaining to spring. 
Scraggy, rough and rugged. Pere ^W, belonging lo that which 



-ed, ness 



lasts. 
Fragraw£, sweet-scented, odorous. 



YADed, withered, deprived of color. . Redo ^ en ^ diffusing a sweet sraell 
JDecAYed, deprived of life and beauty. 



-ce, cy 



LuxoRioM*, abounding in growth. FjWj pertaining to the flower> 

'#> ness Ligneous, of the nature of wood ; 

AnnuciZ, belonging to a year ; yearly. WO oden. 

l V J ExvKKRant, growing richly; fertile. 

Succulent, juicy. ce i 

HkbboZ, pertaining to herbs. Esoufcn*. that which is eatable. 

SEMiNa/, pertaining to, or of the na- Foufl ^ furnished with leaves . 

ture of seeds.^ FRAoile, easily broken, weak. 
Fibroid, consisting of fibres. 

GREEK. 
LATIN. 

LusuRian^, abundant in growth. Bulbous, containing bulbs, as the 



-ly, ce onion. 



EXERCISE III. 

NAMES OF ACTIONS. 



Sprout, to shoot as the seed of a Branch? . to sho ot forth branelies. 

P lant -^ s, ed, ing, less 



s, ed, ing 

"Wilt, to begin to wither. 



Bur>, to put forth shoots 
s, ed, ing 



s, ed, mg Flower, to put forth flowers 

Thrive, to prosper ; to grow well. 



-s, ed, ing, less 



s ' e ' 1 $ Fade, to lose color, to wither. 

Celtic. s, ed, ing 

Wither, to cause to fade ; to become Ramify, to make or to shoot into 

dr y f branches. 
s, ed, ing *, ed, ing — 



252 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGKAPHY. 



ZteoAY, to pass to destruction. 
s, ed, ing 

LATIN. 

Germinal, to bud, to vegetate. 

s, ed, ing 

Vegetal, to grow, as a plant. 



- — s, ed, ing — 

Flourish, to increase or grow lux- 
uriantly. 

Luximiate, to grow with great exu- 
berance. 

s, ed, ing 



FIFTY-SECOND STUDY. 



Animals are organized beings, having life, sensation and 
perception. They exist in vast multitudes in all parts of 
the earth — on land, in water, and in air. 

We commonly speak of them as fishes, reptiles, insects, 
birds, and animals proper. 

EXERCISE I. 



NAMES OF THINGS. 



GOTHIC. 



Kid, a young goat. 
Are kids playful ? 

ling 

Cur, the young of beasts. 

Puss, the fondling name of a cat. 

Pig, a young hog. 

Tallow, the fat of animals. 

Pip, a disease of chickens. 



Dog, a domestic animal. 

, to follow as a dog. 

ed, ing, edly 

Eider, a sea duck having fine down. 
Snipe, a bird with long slender bill. 
Vampire, the name of a bat. 
Gull, a sea bird with long wings. 

, to cheat. 

ed, ing, et 



Down, the fine soft feathers. 
Bass, the name of a species of fish Slug, a kind of naked snail. 



like the perch. 
Rabbit, an animal with long ears and 

hind legs. 

burrow, a place 

Runt, a dwarfish animal. 

Duck, a fowl that lives in water and 

plunges. 



Mane, the hair on the neck of an 

animal. 
"Wing, the limb of a bird by which it 

flies. 
Gill, a gland or organ by which 

fishes breathe. 
Lair, the couch of a wild beast. 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



253 



"Whelp, the young of the dog race. 
Shrimp, an animal like a lobster. 
Scallop, a small shellfish. 
Flounder, a flat fish. 
Beak, the point op bill of a bird. 
Craw, the crop of a bird. 



Hog, what pushes; swine or large 

Pig- 
Bug, small; the name of multitudes 
of insects. 



y, mess 

Cat, an animal that lives on flesh, 

and is of the tiger tribe. 
Hobbt, a kind of falcon. 
Suet, hard fat. 

Trail, the track of an animal. 
Snout, the nose of a hog. 
Paw, the claw or foot of a beast of 

prey. 

FRENCH. 

Pearl, clear; a white round body 
found in the shell of a pearl oyster. 

diver, -oyster, y 

Carp, a perch-like fish, fine for ponds. 

Sturgeon, one that turns up the mud ; 
a large cartilaginous fish. 

Jay, a bird of the crow family. 



Minnow, the name of some very 
small kinds of fish. 

Parrot, a remarkable climbing bird. 

Falcon, a hawk trained to hunting. 

er, ry — 

Martin, the wall-swallow. 

Ostrich, the strutter ; a large and re- 
markable bird. 

Pigeon, a bird of the fowl tribe. 

Chamois, a goat-like animal. 

Fawn, a young deei*. 

Palfrey, a horse used for state. 

Beef, an animal of the ox tribe ; also 
the flesh. 

ANTLer, the branch of the deer's horn. 



Camel, a large quadruped used for 
carrying burdens in Asia and 
Africa. 

Panther, a flesh-eating animal of the 
cat species, and the size of a dog. 

Dolphin, a whale-like animal, ten 
feet in length. 

Lynx, an animal like the common 
cat, having strong sight. 

Asp, a small poisonous serpent, whose 
bite produces death without pain. 

Coral, a secretion of plant-like ani- 
mals. 



EXEEOISE II. 
NAMES OF QUALITIES. 

gothio. Huge, swollen; large. 

Shy, avoiding approach. ' 

Is a rabbit shy? CELTIa 

er, est 

Sportive, tending or given to play. Shrill, sharp and piercing. 
ly, ness er, est 



254 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



Sayage, partaking of the forest; wild. 



Meagre, thin and lean. 

ly, 7iess 

Roan, a 'bay or sorrel color. 
Timid, fearful ; wanting courage. 

ly 

Fierce, savage and cruel. 
er, est, ly, ness 



Domestic, pertaining to the house. 
Carnivorows, feeding on flesh. 
Graminivorous, feeding on grass. 
Rapacioms, given to plunder. 

ly, ness 

PoisoNcms, having the nature of poi- Voracious, greedy in eating ; raven- 
son ; impairing or destroying life. ous. 



E X E K I 

NAMES OF 



E III. 



Crouch, to stoop low. 

Does the dog crouch ? 
Twitter, to make quick trembling 

sounds, as the swallow. 

ed, ing 

Crawl, to move by drawing the body 

along. 

ed, ing 

Skulk, to lie in secret. 
— ■ — -ed, inq, er 



Grunt, to murmur like a hog. 

s, ed, ing 

Hum, to make a sound like bees. 

ed, ing 

Snap, to bite suddenly ; break short. 

ed, ing 

Skip, to move with light leaps. 

ed, ing, er 

Swig, to drink with large draughts. 

ed, ing 

Duck, to dip under water. 

s, ed, ing 

"Warble, to shake the notes of song. 
s, ed, ing 



Jump, to bound by leaps. 

.<?, ed, ing 

Scamper, to run with irregular speed. 

ed, ing 

Start, to move suddenly from fright. 

ed, ing 

Howl, to cry like a dog mourning. 

ed, ing 

Flap, to move the w T ings. 

ed, ing, er 

Quack, to cry like a duck. 

Flounder, to toss as a horse in the 
mire. 

s, ed, ivg 

Raven, to rage ; to devour eagerly. 

s, ed, ing, ous 

Chirp, to make the noise of small 
birds. 

s, ed, ing 

Craunch, to crush in the mouth. 

es, ed, ing 

Frisk, to skip as young animals. 

s, ed, ing 

Prance, to spring or bound as a spi- 
rited horse. 

s, ed, ing 



. 



STUDIES IK ORTHOGRAPHY. 255 

Moult, to shed the feathers. Hoot, to cry as an owl. 

ed, ing ed, ing ■ 

Squall, to scream out as a child. 

__ Sj ed, ing FRENCH ' 

celttc. Push, to move with pressure. 
ed, ing 



Lurk, to loiter in wait. 

ed, ing 

Kick, to strike with the foot. 

ed, ing, er j 

Hover, to hang suspended over, as a 
bird. 

-ed, ing 



Pant, to heave the heart quickly, 

s, ed, ing 

Trot, to step quickly. 

s, ed, ing 

Soar, to rise aloft, as the eagle. 
a, ed, ing — : 



„ , , , „ , ~ Bound, to leap along. 

Cower, to bend down through fear. , . L 

_ . s, ed, mq 

— ed, ing 

Paw, to draw the fore foot along the greek. 

ground. 

ed, ing Growl, to snarl angrily, as a dog. 

Toss, to throw up. s, ed, ing 

ed, ing 

CHAPTER XIV. 

NECESSARY THINGS. 

We have passed over the chief objects that attract atten- 
tion in art and nature. There are others lying back of 
these which remain to be brought to view. These are form, 
quantity, place, time, power and motion. Without these, we 
could form no notion of the others. They are necessary 
things — necessary to the existence and knowledge of all 
other things. 

FIFTY-THIRD STUDY. 

EXEEOISE I . 
NAMES OF THINGS. 

french. Space, unoccupied place ; boundless 

QuANTz7y, the quality expressed by so place. 

much. ions 



256 STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 

Place, where any thing is. JKctent, the measure of a thing. 

Power, that on which an event de- Duration, continuance in time. 

pends. ExrEKNafo7y, the quality of being 

-ful, less, fully without us. 

Succession, a following or order of Internci/%, the quality of being 

things. within us. 

Cause, that which urges ; that which Primary, the first in order of time or 

produces an effect. rank. 

Necessary, something indispensable ; 

LATIN. ,, , , . 

the absolute. 

Form, the outline or shape of any Necessity, that which must and can- 
thing, not be otherwise. 

Motion, active power ; change of .Effect, that which is made ; an event 
place. or work. 

less Existence, state of being. 



FIFTY-FOURTH STUDY 






Form is the outline or shape of things. It appears in 
great variety ; but in all cases, can be reduced to a triangle. 
Form is of much importance. It is a source of pleasure. 



EXERCISE I. 

NAMES OF THINGS. 

Celtic. Figure, the outline form; inclosed 
space. 
Square, a figure having four equal Angle, the space between two lines 
sides and one of its angles a right mee ting in a point. 
an £ le - -ular, ularly 



Edge, what is sharpened ; border. rpri a fi 



gure 



FRENCH . RigM , an angle including the 

fourth of a circle. 
Point, the end of any thing ; also po- Circvz, a figure, every part of whose 
sition. outline is equally distant from the 

$urFACE, upon the face ; the distance centre, 
between lines. Bound, a limit. 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



257 



Margin, border or edge. 

al 

Contovn, the outline. 

RehiEF, the lifting up of a figure; 

prominence. 
Tangent, a right line touching but 

not crosssing a curve. 
ial 



Form, the outline of any thing. 

er, al, ation 

Line, distance between two points. 

ar, al, ally 

Solid, heavy; distance between sur- 
faces. 

.Rec^ANGLE, a four-sided figure whose 
opposite sides are equal and angles 
right angles. 



Globe, a round solid body, every 
part of whose surface is equally 
distant from the centre. 

ular, ate, ule 

Curve, bent between two points. 

LiNEar, pertaining to 

Limit, the utmost extent. 



Border, the edge of any thing; 
Confine, the limit, or extreme border. 



Cube, a solid figure having six equal 

square sides. 

■ ic, ical 

Sphere, a round 6olid body, as a 

globe. 
ical, ically 



E X E R C I S 



NAMES OF QUALITIES. 



Square, even, having four equal sides 
and four right angles. 



Superficial, belonging to the surface. 

ly 

Figure, adorned with figures. 
Cntcu/ar, pertaining to a circle. 
SpiRaZ, winding round a cylinder. 



Solid, hard and firm. 
Plane, level, even of surface. 
REcriLiNEar, pertaining to a straight 
line. 



Straight, direct between two points. 
C\iR\ed, bent between two points. 
PerpEKvicular, belonging to that 

which hangs down, as a plumb 

line ; up and down. 

—ly 

Oblique, inclined from a straight line. 

h, ty 

Tr<msvERSE, lying across. 

CWvex, rounding like a ball. 

ConcAVE, hollowed. 

SERPENT^ne, winding like a serpent. 

Lineo/, pertaining to lines. 

¥oRM.ative, having power to give 
form. 

Divmcrion, the course of a body mov- 
ing in a straight line. 



258 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



Divergent, inclining outward. 
Convergent, inclining inward. 

GREEK. 

ParaluEL, side by side ; equally dis- 
tant at every point. 



Horizontal, pertaining to the hori- 
zon ; parallel with it. 

ly 



ERCISE III 



NAMES OF ACTIONS. 



Cowpass, to stretch round ; to envi- 
ron. 

s, ed, ing 

En -, s, ed, ing 

Bound, to limit ; to mark the outline. 

s, ed, big 

Terming, to make an end. 

s, ed, ing 

Border, to confine with an edge. 

s, ed, ing 

Sm7*rounp, to inclose, encompass. 
Enyinoy, to encompass. 
Limit, to bound. 

s, ed, ing 

Figure, to mould into a figure. 

s, ed, ing 

GircLE, to go round ; to inclose. 
s, ed, ing 



Form, to give shape to any thing. 

s, ed, ing, er 

Re , s, ed, ing, er 

Mis , s, ed, ing 

In , s, ed, ing 



En- 



to close within. 



s, ed, ing 



Line, to draw, or bound with lines. 

s, ed, ing 

Under , s, ed, ing 

Solidify, to make solid, as water into 
ice. 

es, ed, ing 

Curve, to bend into a curve. 

s, ed, ing 

Confine, to inclose or bound. 
s, ed, ing 

GREEK. 

Sphere, to form into roundness. 

s, ed, ing 

Cube, to form into a cube ; to raise a 

number to the third power. 
s, ed, ing 






FIFTY-FIFTH STUDY, 



QUANTITY. 



Quantity is any thing that can be measured. It is the 
answer to the question, How much? It comes up con- 



STUDIES "IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 259 

stantly before the mind, and should be applied to all sub- 
jects. Quantity is the object of arithmetic and geometry. 



EXEECISE I 



NAMES OF THINGS. 



Much, a heap ; great in quantity. 
Dollar, a silver or gold coin worth 
one hundred cents. 



Bulk, size of any thing; a part of a 

building jutting out. 

y, iness, -head 

Score, a notch ; a mark to count 

with ; twenty. 
League, a distance of three miles. 



Cipher, a mark in arithmetic denot- 
ing the absence of quantity. 

Tally, a piece of wood on which 
notches stand for numbers. 

Dozen, twelve in number. 



QuANTtVy, so much ; any thing that 
can be measured. 

Dime, a §ilver coin, the tenth part of 
a dollar. 

Cent, a copper coin, the one hun- 
dredth part of a dollar. 

Tierce, a third ; a cask that is the 
third of a pipe. 



'MAGxihcde, extent or size. 

Size, bulk or extent. 

IZxTESsion, the act of extending ; the 

dimensions of a thing. 
Z>iMENsiow, the extent of a body ; 

length, breadth and thickness. 
Quarter, the fourth part. 
Ounce, a weight of different value. 
Pound, weight ; a weight of twelve 

or sixteen ounces. 



EXEECISE II. 
NAMES OF QUALITIES. 



Much, a heap ; great in quantity. 
Odd, not even ; not divisible into 
equal parts. 



EnrtKE, having all its parts. 
Composite, made up of parts ; divisi- 
ble by a number greater than one. 






Copious, in great quantity or plenty. 
— ly, ness 



SeparaW/°, that may be removed from 

the rest. 
In 



250 STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 

-,..-. -, r -n, ,„-+ Prime of value ; a number divisible 

Separate, divided from the rest. ±*rime, oi v<uue , 

Jwimexse, unbounded ; great. only by one. 

S»U belonging to fractions, or CaiuW, clnef, pnmary, as one 

parts of numbeL OrW, belonging to order; denot- 

DEcma/, belonging to the tenth; ing order, as first. 

numbered by ten. 

EXERCISE III. 
NAMES OF ACTIONS. 

LATIN. 
CELTIC. 

Score, to notch to count with ; to jg' :Prmn)j f ;0 stretch out. 

mark for chipping. - Sj ed, ing 

-s, ed t ing Compute, to cast together ; to sum 

FRENCH U P » t0 YalUe " , 

. , , n Denominate, to show; to prove be 

Tally, to number by notches; to ^ ^^ 

ed, ing 



S , ed, ing ■—— looge ^ cleap up difficu lt 

Measure, to stretch ; to find the quan- o j^^ 

tity of a thing. ^ ^ -^ 

S ' ^ T TTIlW- to sum Quarter, to divide into four parts. 

Count, to number by telling; to sum «* ^ ^ 

U P- Abound, to have in abundance. 

Calculi, to reckon with pebbles ; to ^^ ^ ^ ^^ ^ ^ ^ 

count s, ed, ing 

s, ed, ing 



FIFTY- SIXTH STUDY. 

PLACE. 

Place is where any thing is. It comes up to view when- 
ever we think of any object, and requires to be carefully 
observed. The knowledge of place is important Geogra- 
phy is mainly occupied with places on the earths surface. 






STUDIES m ORTHOGRAPHY. 261 



EXERCISE I. 

NAMES OF THINGS. 



Place, where any thing is. 
ZJtider, on the nether side ; beneath Stance, space between two places. 

something else. Snvation, location in place. 

jBclow, by the low in place ; under p resENT) nea r at hand ; hard by. 

or low down. 
After, behind in place. 

Here, in this place. Location, the act of placing ; a par- 

On, in contact with the upper sur- • ticular situation. 

face • upon. Position, a location ; a relative place. 

Spot, a small place, or extent. SrTE > tne local position of a place. 

LoFrmm, state of being high. ^LEVATion, the act of raising ; a high 

position. 
ALTitude, the state of being high. 

EXEEOISE II. 

NAMES OF QUALITIES. 
GOTHIC. LATIN. 

Askant, across or oblique in place. Locfl '> belonging to what is laid ; be- 

longing to place. 
ly, itv 

FRENCH. ify f 

i?eMOTE, distant in place. 

Distant, remote in place; far be- fy> nes s 

tween. Sechvoed, shut off in place ; secret. 

iteriRED, secluded in place. Private, stripped of company ; sep- 

£ecRET, separated ; hid. arate. 

ScQUESTERei, secluded. Public, open to all. 

Sacred, holy or venerable. ly, ity 

EXEEOISE III. 

NAMES OF ACTIONS. 

GOTHIC. FRENCH. 






Put, to set or plant. Place, to settle in some place. 
s, ing *, ed, ing 



262 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



Situate, to place in sight, or a cer- 
tain place. 

s, ed, ing 

/SecEETE, to hide away in some place. 

s, ed, ing 

i2eriRE, to conceal away from others. 

-s, ed, ing 

Z&quester, to separate ; to put aside. 

s, ed, ing 

Bound, to confine ; to set limits. 
s, ed, ing 



LATIN. 

Locate, to lay in some place ; to 
settle. 

s, ed, ing 

SecLWE, to shut off from others. 

s, ed, ing 

CWceal, to keep close from observa- 
tion; hide. 

■ s, ed, ing 

-Elevate, to raise up in place. 

■ s, ed, ing 



F I F T Y- S E V E N T H STUDY. 



Time is the place of events, and measures their duration. 
We naturally think of it^when any thing happens. It is 
of great value. To improve it, is a good sign of wisdom. 

EXEEOISE i . 



NAMES of divisions. 



After, behind in time ; later. 
Since, that is passed ; after a certain 

time mentioned. 
Hereafter, behind the present time ; 

later than now. 
Then, at a certain time mentioned. 



PresENT, now, at this time. 

Season, one of the quarters of the 

year. 

able 

LiterYAi,, space of time between 

events. 
Session, the time during the sitting of 

any body of men. 



JSVicore, once more. 

Second, the sixtieth part of a minute. 

hand, the pointer of a watch. 

Past, beyond in time ; before now. 
Con tin vance, the state of proceeding 
constantly. 



Hour, season, and then twenty-fourth 

part of a day. 

ly 

Minute, small ; the sixtieth part of an 

hour. 
hand, the pointer of a watch. 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



263 



CENTtrry, a period of one hundred 
years. 

Era, a point of time from which na- 
tions reckon.' 

Future, that is to be ; after now. 

ity 

Calendar, a register of time. 

Date, the time of an event. 

Duration, continuance in time. 

Interms&ion, ceasing between ; inter- 
vening time. 

Moment, the smallest division of time. 



-Zkstant, a point of time. 

ly- 

Interim, time between two events. 



Epoch, a stop ; a fixeci point in time ; 

also the space between eras. 
PerioD, round about ; then a portion 

of time. 

ical, ically 

Term, the time which any thing lasts ; 

the limits of a thing's duration. 



XEROISE II 



NAMES OF QUALITIES. 



GOTHIC. 



FLEETm<7, passing away. 
ly 



Bbief, of short duration. 

ly 

Comixval, proceeding without ceas- 
ing. 

ly 

Perpvival, lasting through time. 

GRADuaZ, pertaining to steps ; advanc- 
ing slowly. 

LATIN. 

Prior, first in the order of time. 
AnteRion, before in time. 



AntecEBE'ST, going before in time. 
TransiEXT, passing away; lasting 

short time. 
TransiTORY, abiding a short time. 



Momentary, lasting an instant. 
Insrxstaneous, done in a moment. 
Annuo/, yearly. 
jBz'ennial, lasting two years. 
PerENNiAL, lasting from year to year. 
iraTiAL, relating to the beginning. 
PuNcrua?, pertaining to a point ; at 

the point of time. 
/Sw&sequent, following after in time. 

ly 

DruRNa/, relating to the day, daily. 
Nocturne, relating to the night. 
Tempore/, relating to time. 



EXERCISE III. 
NAMES OF ACTIONS. 

French. P<?rPETUATE, to continue from time to 



ConiTNUE, 'to proceed on in time. 
s, ed, ing 



time. 



-s, ed, ing 



264 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



.EVidure, to last long ; to continue. 

s, ed, ing 

Chronicle, to register facts in the 
order of time. 

s, ed, ing 

Succeed, to follow after in time. 
s, ed, ing 



LATIN. 

Date, to mark the time of any thing. 



ing 



Ante , s, ed, ing 

Postpone, to put off; to delay till a 
future time. * 



FIFTY-EIGHTH STUDY. 
COLOR. 

Color is closely connected with, light and all that is 
pleasant in knowledge. It is a sensation produced by 
light, and one of the most agreeable with which we are 
acquainted. Color is the material of the beautiful art 
called painting. 

EXERCISE I. 



NAMES OF COLORS. 



CELTIC. 

Pink, a light cheerful red. 



Carmine, a crimson color made from 

the cochineal insect. 
Violet, a compound color, composed 

of blue and red. 
Orange, a compound color, composed 

of red and yellow. 
Scarlet, a rich bright red. 
Crimson, a deep red tinged with blue. 
Purple, a rich deep color, composed 

of red and blue. 
Tint, the tinge of a color. 



Sombre, a shade ; dusky. 
Grizzle, a gray color. 



-y 



Bisrer, a dark brown paint. 
Tone, the harmony of light and shade 
in painting. 



Color, a property of light. 

leSS 

Indigo, a kind of blue prepared from 
the indigo plant. 

Ultra-marine, a mineral color formed 
from the lapis lazuli ; it is a beau- 
tiful sky-blue. 

Tinge, a slight color or dye. 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



265 



EXEKCISE 



NAMES OF QUALITIES. 



GOTHIC. 

Warm, of a moderate degree of heat ; 
affecting with heat, as yellow or 
red colors. 

Cool, moderately cold ; affecting with 
cold, as a blue color and its com- 
pounds. 

CELTIC. 

Dull, heavy, not bright 

er, est, y 

Clear, open, bright 



er, est, ly, ness 

FRENCH. 

RRosEate, of a rose color. 



Pearly, resembling pearl; clear. 
Brilliant, shining, bright 

■ ly, ce 

Delicate, soft to the eye. 



PerMAxent, lasting, enduring. 
Vivid, strongly bright 

ly, ness 

Cloudy, obscure, gloomy. 
Obscure, dark, indistinct. 
-ly, ness, ity 



Distyscv, separate, clear. 
In , not 



EXERCISE III 
NAMES OF ACTIONS. 



CELTIC. 

Stain, to color with some substance. 
• - s, ed, ing 



Tint, to give a slight color. 

s, ed, ing 

Crimson, to dye with a deep red 
color. 

s, ed, ing 

Purple, to make of a bluish red color. 
s, ed, ing 

12 



Paint, to cover with colors. 
s, ed, ing 

LATIN. 

Tinge, to give a slight dye. 

s, ed, ing 

Color, to paint, dye or stain. 

s, ed, ing 

Dis -, s, ed, ing 



Cloud, to obscure, make gloomy. 

s, ed, ing 

Obscure, to darken ; to render dark 

with shades. 
s, ed, ing ■ 



266 STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 

FIFTY-NINTH STUDY. 

MOTION. 

Motion is change of place, or power in action. As such, 
it claims a careful notice. Without it, no knowledge could 
ever bless the soul. 

EXERCISE I . 
NAMES OF MOTIONS. 

fkench. AGVtation, the act of shaking irregu- 

Boning, motion of a fluid by the larly. 

swelling of its partieles by heat. Motion, a change of place; active 
LEAYENm^, making light by ferment- - power. 

ation. ' ess 

Rate, the degree of motion. Com 

Ascent, the going up. 
latin. .Egress, a going out. 

FERMENTa^'on, the internal motion of /tigress, a going in. 

particles changing their nature by Z>?'GREss?on, the act of going from 
heat. some rule or standard. 

EXERCISE II. 

NAMES OF QUALITIES. 



RevAXDed, kept back, delayed 
DehAYed, hindered for a time. 



Uniform, of one form ; the same rate 

or speed. 
ly, ity 



A ccELERATec?. hastened around : 
Leavens, made with leaven or yeast. . , .. 

j T quickened. 

kavtated, shook irregularly. 

IN Fermentcc?, changed in nature by an 

internal motion of the particles. 

VAmable, that may or does change ; Circular, pertaining to a circle. 

changeable. 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 267 



EXERCISE III. 

NAMES OF ACTIONS. 



French. Move, to change place. 

s, ed, ing 

Bon, to bubble up ; to move. ^ ^^ 

-s, ed, ing, er Un Me 



Leaven, to ferment or lighten with j m ^^ fl „ 



•^ " ' -4ccELERafe, to hasten to ; to cause to 

s, ed, ing 



move faster. 
iterARD, to delay ; to hinder motion. , . 

' . s, ^d, ing 

s, e , ing — - Ascend, to come down. 
Z?<jcompose, to separate the elements -, • 

of a bod 7- . Ascend, to go up. 



?, ed, ing 
CircuLATE, to move round. 



-s, ed, ing 



Re , s, ed, ing 



s ' e ' m 9 Z>£gress, to depart from some rule. 

— . s, ed. ina 

latin. ' ' J 

-Rebound, to bound or spring back. 

Ferment, to boil ; to excite internal s, ed, ing 

motion by heat. JDisrvRH, to trouble. 

s, cd, ing s, ed, ing 

Agitate, to shake irregularly. jPerruRB, to agitate fully. 

s, ed, ing, or s, ed, ing 



SIXTIETH STUDY. 
SPIRITUAL BEINGS. 

Man is not the only intelligent being in the universe. 
The Bible reveals the existence of good and bad angels. 

EXERCISE I. 

NAMES OF SPIRITUAL BEINGS. 

gothic Is the devil the leader of faller 

Devil, one who slanders; a wicked angels? 

spirit. * 5 ^» i s h ness 



268 STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 

Fiend, a hater of good ; the devil. Angel, a messenger ; a good spirit. 
s, ish, ish?iess ■ s, ic, ical 

GREEK. HEBREW. 

Demon, an evil or dark spirit. Seraph, an angel of the highest order. 
s, iac, iacal Cherub, an angel of the second rank. 

SIXTY-FIRST STUDY. 

IMAGINARY BEINGS. 

Man lias peopled every spot of the earth with imaginary 
creatures. He has made them after his own fancies, and 
given them homes in the air, the water, and in the solid 
land. Poets have been active in this strange work. 

EXERCISE I . 

NAMES OF PERSONS AND THINGS. 
GOTHIC. LATIN. 

Fairt, a small imaginary heing with Nymph, a goddess of the mountains, 
the human form. valleys, or waters. 

queen, 'like ic, ean 

Fury, a goddess of vengeance. 

CELTIC. 

Hag, a witch ; an old ugly woman. 

FRENCH. 






GREEK. 

NA'iac^ that which flows ; a water- 
nymph. . 

es 



Sylph, a light imaginary being dwell- 
ing in the air. Onvad, one of the mountains; a moun- 

like tain nymph. 

Goblin, an imaginary frightful phan- 
tom. 

CHAPTER XV. 

GOD. 

Nature conducts to the Creator. God is the end of all 
study as well as the source of all life. He is known to us 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGKAPHY. 269 

in three ways: by his works, by Providence, and by the 
Bible. 

SIXTY-SECOND STUDY. 



The nature, names and titles of God are chiefly made 
known to us in the Bible. Some of those which are Saxon 

have been already given. 

* 

EXERCISE I. 
NAMES OF GOD. 

LATIN> CREATor, the Being who creates; 

God. 
Trinity, three in one: three persons Preserver, the Being who keeps all 
in one God. things safe. 

Is the Trinity made known in lievEEuer, one who ransoms ; Jesus 
the Bible ? Christ, 



■ SIXTY-THIRD STUDY. 

THE ATTRIBUTES OF GOD. 

The attributes of God are wonderful, and form the best 
part of human knowledge. Their names are like so many 
lights to the soul. 

EXERCISE I . 

NAMES OF ATTRIBUTES. 

French. • Jv&rice, that attribute by which God 
Mercy, that benevolence which leads d ^es right, requires right, and main- 
God to pardon sin for the sake of taias ri g ht - 
Christ. 

m f u h f u Hy> fulness Eterni^i/, endless existence. 

Grace, free benevolence ; favor to JnFiNiTY, not bounded ; beyond mea- 



270 STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 

OMNiscimce, the attribute by which tribute by which God sees the end 

God knows all things. from the beginning. 

Omnipresence, the attribute by which intelligence, the attribute by which. 

God is in every place. God knows all things. 

OusiPoren.ee, the attribute by which Clemenc?/, mildness; disposition to for- 

God can do all things that He give. 

pleases. Unity, oneness. 
Prescience, foreknowledge; that at- 

EXERCISE II. 
NAMES OF QUALITIES. 

French. Omnisci(?«;, all-knowing. 

Omnipresc?i£, every where present. 
UncHAxovable, not given to change, ~ , ,, e , 

' ° ° ' OMNiPOTe??i, all-poweriuJ. 

or without power to change. T i4.ii.j- j 

1 to jwmortal, not mortal ; not disposed 

,. . , , .. to death or change. 

Just, according to right ; the standard 

' . , tty - — — 

° ' /^visible, not visible ; unseen by the 

senses. 
Gracioms, favor or good-will seen in 

ifts V ' V 

' , InTELLiGent, possessing the power of 

ly, ness . ' 

^ , . , ... -, knowledge. 

Eterncw, without beginning or end , ° . A ,. , ., , , , 

„ . Mfinite, without limits ; unbounded, 

of existence. 7 

y, ude 

InscKVTable, that may not be under- „ . . , « ,, . „ ., , 

, J JrervEcv, complete and lull m all that 

6tood. . , 

LATIN. 1S g°° d - 

Universe/, belonging to the whole. 
SuprExm, highest in authority. Imuvsrable, not subject to change. 

acy Triune, the three in one. 

CREATine, having the power to create. JmuACVLate, spotless, pure. 



SIXTY-FOURTH STUDY. 

RELATIONS OF GOD TO MAN. 

Relations form the links of life and all that is desirable 
in it. The relations of God to man a-re interesting beyond 
all expression. Life and death are ever suspended upon 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 271 

them. If we know them and revere them, it will be well 
with us. 

EXERCISE I. 
NAMES OF GOD'S RELATIONS TO US. 

French. Governor, the Ruler of all things ; 

,, , , the Kins; of angels and men. 

Mediator one who comes between, „ , . . , ,. 

., ., . _ ' JieDEEuer, one who buys back: the 

to reconcile ; the reconciler of God * ■ . „ . J 

Saviour of sinners. 

Jesus, he who saves and makes happy. 

"" , it T ProprriAtion, the act of appeasing ; 

Saviour, one who delivers; Jesus .,. ,. 

. ^ reconciliation. 

, . . , Intercessor, one who pleads for an- 

Judge, one who compares and deter- 



CREATor, the Maker of man and all Christ, the anointed one ; Jesus, as 
things. Saviour of sinners. 

EXERCISE II. 
NAMES OF QUALITIES. 

French. Benign^, kind and good. 

Mediator?'^, belonging to a mediator. 'V 

Merci/W, full of compassion for sin- Propitious, appeased and inclined to 

ners. mercy 6 . 

ly, ness ly 

Gracious, abounding in favor for the Provvnatory, having power to ap- 

guilty. pease and satisfy. 
ly, ness Intercessory, of the nature of inter- 

LATIN. CeSSl0n - 

Vicarious, acting for another. 

E XEROISE III. 
NAMES OF ACTIONS. 

French. /2ecoNciLE, to call back into union ; 
Justify, to make or prove to be just. to make friends. 
s, ed, ing s > ed > in 9 



272 STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 

Sancti/i/, to make holy. ^cdeem, to purchase from slavery or 

■ -s, ed, 'ing sin. 

Judge, to hear and determine. - s, ed, ing 



s, ed, ing AtoxiE, to make one ; unite in friend- 

Reveal, to disclose or make known. ship. 

s, ed, ing s, ed, ing 



Punish, to afflict for crime. Propitiate, to turn towards ; to ap- 

es, ed, ing pease and reconcile. 

Mediate, to reconcile in any way. s, ed, ing 

s, ed, ing Intercmm, to go between ; to plead 

Save, to rescue from danger. for the offending. 

■s, ed, ing s , ed, ing 



Anoint, to pour oil upon ; to set Vivify, to make alive ; endow with 

apart for a sacred purpose. life. 
s, ed, ing s , *d, ing —■ 



LATIN. 



Re quite, to repay good or evil ; re- 



Create, to make or form, as the world. * 



— s, ed, ing 



s, ed, ing 



„ Cowdemn, to damn, or pronounce 
Govern, to rule affairs, as those of 

1-11 wrong, 

the world. , . 

s , e d, ing 

s, ed, ing 



SIXTY-FIFTH STUDY. 

THE ABODE OF GOD. 

Heaven is the common name by which the abode of 
God is known among men. The place is glorious, the 
state is kingly. 

SIXTY-SIXTH STUDY. 

LAST THINGS. 

The last things of life have an importance for man above 
all others. Such are death, the resurrection of the body, 
the judgment and eternity. In these we have the last of 
earth, and the first of the unseen world. 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 273 



EXERCISE I. 
NAMES OF LAST THINGS. 



Celtic. JwGment, a sentence passed by a 

judge ; the doom of man. 
Trump, a wind instrument. ^ the d&j 

French. seat, the seat 



Re&vKR'Ection, a rising again ; the 
Coffin, a basket ; a chest for the raising of dead bodies to life at the 
dead body. ] as t day. 

-less DePATLiure, a going away. 



Hearse, a crosswork ; a carnage for 

the dead. ^ VTIN# 
Tomb, a heap ; a grave in which the 

dead body of a human being is Pall, a cloak ; a mantle thrown over 

laid. dead bodies. 

s, less, stone bearer 

IrvtEKment, the act of burying the Mausoleum, a magnificent tomb. 

dead. Throne, a seat ; a royal seat 

Sepulchre, a grave or tomb. Eterni^, endless duration ; time 

Sepulture, interment, after death. 

EXERCISE II. 
NAMES OF QUALITIES. 



Eternal, belonging to what contin- Sepulchrci/, belonging to a tomb or 

ues ; enduring. grave. 

ly TerriW<?, that may excite terror ; 

FiNaZ, belonging to the end ; last dreadful. 

Gloriows, full of splendor. Throno?, placed on a throne. 

ly, ness 

EXERCISE III. 
NAMES OF ACTIONS. 

fhe^ch /titer, to put into the earth. 

s, ed, ing 

Tomb, to bury the dead. Judge, to compare facts and decide ; 

s, ed, ing to pass sentence. 

En -, to put in •«, ed, ing 

12* 



274 STUDIES IN OKTHOGRAPHY. 

Approve, to prove to be true ; to Enter, to go within ; to pass into a 
like and accept. place, as heaven. 



s, ed, ing s, ed, ing 

Banish, to put under a ban ; to con- 

-, , ., LATIN, 

deran to exile. 

es, ed, ing, merit Condemn, to disapprove ; to utter 

jOepART, to separate ; to banish from sentence of punishment. 

good. s, ed, ing 

s, ed, ing 

CHAPTER XVI. 

KNOWLEDGE. 

Man is born to knowledge as an inheritance, and soon 
begins to prepare to enter upon its possession. The mind 
is ever inquiring, or making excursions in search of the 
unknown. Materials are collected, and after years of toil, 
they are reduced to certain forms. Arts and sciences are 
classified. They are systematic forms of knowledge. 

1. The knowledge of language. 

2. The knowledge of form and quantity. 

3. The knowledge of human pursuits. 

4. The knowledge of nature. 

5. The knowledge of time — history and chronology. 

6. The knowledge of events — philosophy. 

7. The knowledge of taste and imagination. 

8. The knowledge of man. 

9. The knowledge of God. 



SIXTY-SEVENTH STUDY. 

THE KNOWLEDGE OF LANGUAGE. 

Language is one of the most wonderful things in the 
world. It is wisely regarded as a Divine gift, the first 



STUDIES IK ORTHOGRAPHY. 



275 



Teacher being God. The one language which was intro- 
duced into the world in this way, has undergone many 
changes, and now presents about three thousand varieties. 
Language is the only true history of man. 



EXERCISE 



NAMES OF THINGS EMBRACED IN LANGUAGE. 



LASouage, the product of the tongue ; 

the system of sounds by which our 

thoughts are known. 
Sentence, that which is thought ; two 

or more words by which we say 

something. 

tial, tially 

Letter, a sign of a sound. 
DicTionan/, the words of a language, 

arranged according to the alphabet, 

spelled correctly and defined. 



JuiNGvist, one skilled in languages. 

ical 

Lingua/, pertaining to the tongue. 
Articl t l«££om, the act of joining the 

organs of speech to form sound. 
ProNUNCiAta'tMi, the act of uttering 

■words so as to give the right sound 

to each letter in a word. 
DisciiEPAncy, a breaking apart ; dis- 
agreement. 
Composition, the arranging of thought 

in language. 
Punctual ion, the dividing written 

language into sentences and parts 

of sentences. 
InterviOGAtion, a mark which shows 

when a question is asked. 



ExcLAUAtlon, a mark that is used to 
point off words or sentences ex- 
pressing emotion. 

Accent, force of voice on a syllable. 



Alphabet, the name of the letters of 
a language. 

ic, ically 

Comma, that which cuts off; a mark 
that separates parts of a sentence 
closely connected. 

Colon, a member ; a mark that sep- 
arates parts of a sentence that are 
complete. 

$e?m'coLON, half a colon ; a mark 
that separates parts of a sentence 
that are complete but connected. 

PerioD, a circuit; a point that marks 
the end of a complete sentence. 

Orthography, correct writing ; the 
art of writing words correctly. 

Orthoepy, correct speaking ; the 
speaking of words correctly. 

Etymology, the true account of words. 

Grammar, a letter ; the art of build- 
ing sentences. 

ical, ically ■ 

Uh ical, ically 

Rhetoric, the art of speaking and 
writing tastefully. 

ian, al, ally 



276 STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 

Lexicon, a book containing the Salable, a word, or so much of one 

words of a language arranged as can be sounded at once. 

according to the alphabet, with Idiom, a way of expression peculiar 

the spelling and meaning. to a language. 

Perior>, a complete sentence. atic, atically 

ParaGRAPH, a part of language relat- DiaLECT, a form of language peculiar 

ing to a distinct point. to a section of country. 



EXERCISE II. 
NAMES OF QUALITIES OF THINGS INCLUDED IN LANGUAGE. 

french. Concise, brief or short. 

-ly, ness 



FicuRATtV, representing something TuMID> swel i ing in sounA 

else by resemblance. ^^ ^ mi ^ 

» y Ambiguous, having two or more 
PROVERBia/, pertaining to a proverb. 

' r ° r . meanings. 

InterROGxrive, denoting a question. , r . ., . . 

' . , VoLUMiNcms, consisting of volume. 

Imperative, expressing a command. -,-, - , , , . , 

1 ° Equivocal, of doubtful meaning. 

LEGi6/e, that mav be read. 






11 , that may not 



LrrERaZ, according to the letter. Cogs ate, born together ; allied in ut. 

ly terance. 

Nomina, pertaining to names. ExchAMxtory, of the nature of emo- 

Turgid, swelling out ; big with words. tion, 

ly, ness DecLXRAiive, expressing an assertion. 



EXERCISE III. 

NAMES OF ACTIONS APPROPRIATE TO LANGUAGE. 



french. Aupufy, to make large ; to speak 
copiously. 
s, ed, ing 



ComposE, to set in order, as words 
in a sentence. 



SiGsify, to make signs; to make 
S} ed} i n g known by ^^^ 

Dispose, to set or distribute orderly, „ , „• 

as words. . 

s, ed, ing LATIN - 

Transpose to place across ; to change Denote, to mark from ; to signify by 

the natural order. visible signs. 
s, ed, ing s, ed, ing 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



277 



Latinize, to give to foreign words TransLATE,to bear across 

Latin terminations. into another language. 

s, ed, ing s, ed, ing 



to render 



SIXTY-EIGHTH STUDY. 

THE KNOWLEDGE OF QUANTITY. 

A knowledge of form and quantity is very important. 
The Greeks regarded it as the perfection of wisdom. 
Pythagoras wrote over his school, " Let no one enter here 
ignorant of geometry." 

EXERCISE I . 



NAMES OF THINGS. 



FRENCH. 



Number, a sign of quantity. 
Figure, a character or number in 

arithmetic. 
Cipher, a character like an o, which 

is the sign of nothing. 
Standard, that which is fixed, as a 

rule or measure. 

LATIN. 

Quantity, how much ; that which can 

be measured. 
Abacus, an instrument for counting 

readily. 
Unit. one. 



Digit, a number under ten, 
MENSURah'on, the act of measuring ; 

the act of finding the magnitude of 

any thing. 
Nota* ion, the act of writing quantity 

in figures. 



NuMERA^ion, the act of reading quan- 
tity written in figures. 

Addi^ot?, the act of summing up any 
thing. 

SubiRACtion, the act of taking one 
number from another. 

Multiplica^ow, the act of increasing 
one number as often as there are 
units in another. 

Division, the act of finding how often 
one number is contained in another. 

Plus, a mark denoting addition. 

Minus, a mark denoting subtraction. 



ARiTHME'ec, belonging to numbers; 

the knowledge of numbers. 

al, ian 

GEOMETn/, the measuring of the earth ; 

the knowledge of lines, surfaces and 

solids. 
cian, cal 



278 STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



EXERCISE II. 

NAMES OF QUALITIES. 
FRENCH. LATIN. 

CountZcss, without being numbered. Integra^, relating to a whole. 
Numeric, belonging to number. NuMERaZ, pertaining to numbers. 
al, ally Divisible, that can be divided. 



Measur<zW<?, that may be measured. In 

Im , y, ness /wfinitesimal, less than any assign- 

able quantity. t 

EXERCISE III. 

NAMES OF ACTIONS. 



Pose, to puzzle with hard questions. 
s, ed, ing 



Calculate, to reckon up ; to find the 

value. 

s, ed, ing 

Numerate, to point off figures and 

read them. 

— 5. ed. ing - 



Count, to number. Diminish, to make less 
**> ed > in 9 es, ed, ing 



Number, to reckon by numbers. SoLVE , to loosen . to do and prove# 
s> e % ing ^ ^ . ng 

Measure, to find the value of any ^^ to marfc> or wpite in num . 
thinff - bers. 



s, ed, ing ^ ^ {ng 



Multiply, to fold numbers ; to increase 
one number as often as there are 
/ncREASE, to grow in quantity or size. units in another. 

s, ed, ing s, ed, ing 

Add, to increase by connecting one SnbiRxcr, to draw or take one num- 

to another. ber from another. 

s, ed, ing s, ed, ing 

Augment, to increase in size or num- Divide, to find how often one number 

ber. is contained in another. 
s, ed, ing s, ed, ing 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



279 



SIXTY-NINTH STUDY. 

THE KNOWLEDGE OF HUMAN PURSUITS. 

The knowledge of human pursuits has greatly increased 
within the last one hundred years. It is now reduced to 
systems, and appears under distinct arts and sciences. 
Some of the leading terms may be presented. 

EXERCISE I. 



NAMES OF WHAT IS EMBRACED IN THE KNOWLEDGE OF HUMAN PURSUITS. 



Vocatzow, a calling or pursuit in life. 
A , any calling aside from 

the pursuit of life. 
EMPLOTmenf, that which engages the 

mind or hands. 
Mechanics, the science of motion and 

forces. 
CARPENTry, the art of cutting, joining 

and rearing buildings. 

House 

Ship 

Mason ry, the art of working in stone 

or brick. 
Mining, the operation of digging into 

the earth for minerals. 



Occupa^ow, the chief business of life. 

Economy, the management of affairs. 

RoTATion, the act of turning; a suc- 
cession of crops. 

Experiment, a trial; an operation de- 
signed for discovery. 



Materia-medica, a branch of know- 
ledge that treats of the substances 
used as medicine. 

Surgery, a branch of medical know- 
ledge that treats of healing by 
manual operations. 

Navigation, the art of conducting 
vessels on the sea. 



Tactics, the science of military affairs 

in battle. 
Philanthropy, the love of mankind. 
Misanthropy, the hatred of mankind. 
Architecture, the art of constructing 

houses. 
Hydropathy, a school of medicine 

that heals hy the use of water. 
Homeopathy, a school of medicine 

that heals by medicines adapted to 

produce the same disease. 
Allopathy, a school of medicine that 

cures by exciting another disease. 
Politics, the science of government. 



280 STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



EXERCISE II. 
NAMES OF QUALITIES INCLUDED IN THE KNOWLEDGE OF HUMAN PURSUITS. 

frexch. Practice*/, belonging to practice. 

Economic^, belonging to economy ; 
SEDENTary, requiring much sitting. frugal ifl manageme iit. 

Mechanic^, pertaining to machines, SuRcicaJ, pertaining to surgery, 
or mechanics. 

GREEK. 

LATIN. 

Tactic, pertaining to the art of war- 
Focal, belonging to a point, fare. 

PRAcricaWe, that may be done. Philanthropic, pertaining to the love 

Im of man. 

JStperimento/, belonging to experi- Architectural, belonging to the art 
ment ; known by experience. of house-building. 



EXERCISE III. 

NAMES OF EXPRESS ACTIONS IN THE KNOWLEDGE OF HUMAN PURSUITS. 

French. Sap, to undermine. 
s, ed, ing 



Engage, to embark in any business 

s, ed, ing 

Re— , s, ed, ing 

J)is , s, ed, ing Configure, to dispose in a certain 

Manage, to conduct any concern. form. 

s, ed, ing s, ed ing 

Civilize, to raise out of the savage Ingest, to separate apart ; to arrange 

state. methodically. 
s, ed, ing s, ed, ing 



SEVENTIETH STUDY. 

THE KNOWLEDGE OF NATURE. 

The knowledge of nature has been increasing for six 
thousand years. It is now laid up in many distinct branches 






STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



281 



of study. Some of the more common terms used in such 
studies, may be presented, denned and used. 



EXEEOISE 



NAMES OF THINGS INCLUDED IN THE KNOWLEDGE OF NATURE. 



GnA\ity, the tendency of bodies to- 
wards each other on the earth and 
in the heavens. 

Chemistry, that branch of knowledge 
that treats of the elements of all 
bodies. 

LatitWc, the distance of a place on 
the earth, north or south of the 
equator. 

Meridian, mid-day; a great circle 
passing through the poles. 

Zenith, the point over head. 

Telescope, an instrument by which 
we see at a great distance. 



Solstice, the time when the sun seems 

to stand still in his annual course. 
Quadrant, the fourth part of a circle . 

an instrument for taking the height 

of heavenly bodies. 
-4totACT?'on,that which draws particles 

or bodies towards each other. 
Zone, a division of the earth in regard 

to temperature. 



Longitude, the distance of a place 

from another, east or west. 
Equator, the circle that incloses the 

earth at equal distance from the 

poles. 
Map, a representation of a part or 

whole of the earth. 
Chart, a marine map. 



Geography, that branch of knowledge 
that describes the surface of the 
earth. 

Topography, a description of a par- 
ticular place. 

Astronomy, the science of the heav- 
enly bodies. 

Geology, that branch of knowledge 
that treats of the earth's structure. 

Mineralogy, the knowlege of miner- 
als. 

Botany, the knowledge of plants. 

Zoology, the knowledge of animals. 

Meteorology, the knowledge of 
changes in the air. 

Microscope, an instrument by which 
we see very minute objects. 



EXEEOISE II. 
NAMES OF QUALITIES OF THINGS EMBRACED IN THE KNOWLEDGE OF NATURE. 



FRENCH. 

CHEMioaJ, belonging to chemistry. 

ly. 



Latitudinal, belonging to latitude. 
LoNGiTubixaZ, belonging to longitude. 
MRRiDioNa/, belonging to a meridian. 



282 STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 

latin. Topographic^, belonging to topogra- 

AtrxACTive, drawing together. * 7 -L , 

7 . , . _ . Astronomical, belonging to astrono- 

boLSTi-nai, belonging to a solstice. 

= my. 

Equator belonging to the equator. Geologic , ?( belonging to geology . 

greek. MiNERALOGica?, belonging to mineral- 

ogy. 
Geographic^, belonging to geogra- Botanic^, pertaining to plants. 
P ?' ZooLOGicaZ, belonging to animals. 



EXERCISE III. 
NAMES OF ACTIONS INCLUDED IN THE KNOWLEDGE OF NATURE. 

French. Map, to draw a portion or whole of 

the earth on a plane surface. 
Survey, to examine and measure. 7 . 

s, ed, ing 

^— — — — <? pn r ) 7} n - 

' • . , Observe, to see attentively ; to notice. 

Register, to record facts m a book. , 

and examine. 

s, ed. ing — , . 

' ' ^ s, ed, ing 

CormPOXD, to suit together; to ex- ^^ to ^ b obgervatioiu 

change views. 7 . 

. s, ed, ing 

s, ed, ing 

GREEK. 

latin. . ,'"■",, 

Atixlyze, to loose back; to resolve 

i&PERiMENT, to find out by trial. a body into its elements. 

s, ed, ing s, ed, ing 

CWlate, to lay together and compare. Theorize, to speculate. 

s, ed, ing s, ed, ing ■ 



SEVENTY-FIRST STUDY. 

KNOWLEDGE OF EVENTS. 

History unfolds a vast field of views to the mind. It 
extends over the past, and includes as objects, the countless 
events that have marked the actings of man. The life of 
the individual, family, society, nation and church, is re- 
called and seen a^ain in its records. 



STUDIES IN OETHOGKAPHY. 



EXEKCISE 



OF PERSONS AND THINGS EMBRACED IN THE KNOWLEDGE OF EVENTS. 

French. TVawsACTiONs, things driven through ; 
the doings of a society. 
Tradition, that which delivers; the 
delivery of events from one to 
another, from age to age. 
ary 



Memoir, memory ; a kind of history 
that treats of the life of an indi- 
- vidual or society. 

s, ist 

Chronicle, a register of facts in the 
order of time. 



Agister, carried down ; a written 
account of events. 

Manners, things handled; customs and 
morals. 

Coins, wedges; stamped money. 

Medals, things beaten ; pieces of met- 
al stamped with a device. 

Journal, a daily account of events. 

Rite, the mode of performing service, 
especially of religion.^ 

Customs, frequent use ; fixed manners. 

Language, the product of the tongue ; 
the outward growth and body of 
thought. 



latin. 

ifccoRD, called to mind 

memoir of facts. 
s, er 



a regular 



Institution, the act of establishing; 
something fixed by authority to 
commemorate or benefit. 

Tendency, stretching towards ; direc- 
tion towards any thing. 

EwEKGency, a coming out of; a sud- 
den occasion. 

Monument, that which reminds ; some 
thing which commemorates, as a 
statue. 

Ceremony, outward rite. 

Fact, that which is done. 



History, learned inquiry; the regu- 
lar record of events. 

an, ic, ical, ically 

Biography, the history of a life ; an 
individual memoir. 

er, ical 



Archives, the place of ancient rec- 
ords, or the records themselves. 



X E R C I S E 



I . 



NAMES OF QUALITIES. 



frinch. NATtmal, pertaining to nature. 

Super , ly 

Frequent, repeated ; often happening. Un , ly 

Fin«/, pertaining to the end; last. Sacred, holy ; devoted to God. 



284 . STUDIES ffi ORTHOGRAPHY. 

Ancient, old ; that happened in for- CWti.vgen^, depending on something 

mer times. else. 

Modern, recent ; that happened in Casuo?, accidental ; not certain. 

recent times. ly 

Gener^, belonging to the whole ; ORDiNary, according to law. 

universal. Extra 

Particular, pertaining to a person, Dire/m?, terrible. 

or part of the whole. Flagrant, glaring; enormously wicked. 

— —ly 

LATIN * TransiEst, passing away. 

Fabulous, of the nature of fable ; fie- Auspicious, favorable in appearance. 

titious. l y 

i Felicitous, happy, prosperous. 



Fictitious, feigned, imaginary. Transuory, continuing for a short 

ly— time. 

Portentous, foreshowing ill. Invmxory, introductory. 
I Mutual, acting by turns. 

Ominous, foreboding evil. # 

ly ness JJsval, pertaining to use ; common. 



Fortuitous, happening as if by chance. -FVofane, apart from the temple ; ir- 

ly reverent ; secular. 

Momentous, moving, or of great mo- Politic^, pertaining to the city or 

ment. state. 

~ . . GREEK. 

CwicoMiTAN^, accompanying. 

C7omcmEN^, agreeing with. jEcclesias^W, pertaining to the 

" ce church. 

EXEECISE III. 
NAMES OF ACTIONS. 

French. Falsify, to make false ; to counterfeit 

s, ed, ing 

Chronicle, to record in the order of Modify, to change the form. 



time. 



ing 



s, ed, ing /wqutre, to seek into ; ask for truth. 

Agister, to carry down ; to record 5j € ^ y ing 

in order. 

j . latin. 
s, ed, ing 

Journalize, to enter daily occurrences. infervENE, to come between. 

s, ed, ing s, ed, ing 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 285 

£w/>ervENE, to come upon; to be added. Transhcr, to conduct or manage busi- 



ing 



ness. 



RecoxD, to write events in due order. s, ed, ing 

s, ed, ing .Elucidate, to make clear. 



Classify, to arrange in classes. s, ed, ing 

-s, ed, ing CWlect, to gather together. 

Explore, to search for and discover. s, ed, ing 

s, ed, ing Acquire, to gain ; to obtain or seek 

Annalize to record yearly events. to. 

_ s, ed, ing 



ing 



/nsmuTE, to establish. 

GREEK. 

s, ed, ing 

/nvESTiGATE, to inquire into. SyncHXOxiZE, to agree in time. 



-c«, ed, ing s, ed, ing 



SEVENTY-SECOND STUDY. 

KNOWLEDGE OF THE REASONS OF THINGS. 

Man is not content to know things. He wishes to explain 
their existence : he strives to account for all events. Phi- 
losophy arises, and directs our attention to nature and man. 

EXERCISE I. 

NAMES OF PERSONS AND THINGS EMBRACED IN THE KNOWLEDGE OF THE REA- 
SONS OF THINGS. 

french. Chance, that which happens ; an tin- 
known cause. 
Hydraulics, the science of fluids in 

motion. LATm ' ? 

Mechanics, the pcience of motions and Ethics, the science of social manners ; 

forces. the knowledge of duty. 

Chemistry, the science of the mutual Jurisprudence, the science of law. 

changes in natural bodies, not vis- Occasion, a falling or coming to ; an 

ible through the senses. incident. 

Cause, that which produces an event -Event, that which comes or happens. 

Principle, that from which a thing CircwmsTANCE, that which stands 

begins. around, or attends an event. 



286 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



CortSEQUENT, tliat which follows a 
cause ; an effect. 



AntecEVExr, that which goes before. 

. ce 

Error, deviation from truth. 
Essence, that which constitutes the 

nature of a thing. 
jE/fect, that which is produced by 

some cause. 

GREEK. 

Chronology, the science of time. 
ical 



Philosophy, the love of wisdom; an 
explanation of the reasons of things. 

s, ic, ical, ically 

Ontology, a discourse on the nature 
of all beings. 

Cosmology, a discourse on the order 
and beauty of things. 

Acoustics, the science of sounds. 

Optj'cs, the science of light. 

Hydrostatics, the science of fluids at 
rest. 

Pneumatics, the science of air or elas- 
tic fluids. 



XERCISE II. 



NAMES OF QUALITIES. 



Mechanic^, pertaining to forces or 
mechanics. 

Chemica^, pertaining to chemistry. 

impoRTANT, bearing on ; weighty. 

U?i , not 

Occasion^, happening at times. 

AGREEable, accordant with pleasure. 

Possible, that may be. 

Probable, that is likely. 

Tenable, that may b§*held and de- 
fended. 



-4(7ventitious, occurring 
thing else. 



with some- 



.46rupt, broken off; 
ly, ness 



sudden. 



SiGNiFica?^, indicating something be- 
yond what is seen. 

iwciDENTa/, happening without plan. 

AfFMcxi?ig, moving the passions. 

Ebroneoms, of the nature of error; 
wrong. 

GREEK. 

PHTLOsoPHica?, belonging to philoso- 
phy, or the reasons of things. 

Optic, pertaining to vision. 

al 

Acoustic, pertaining to hearing, or 
sounds. 

Chronologic^, belonging to time. 



E X 



I S E III. 



NAMES OF ACTIONS. 



Cause, to produce. 
s, ed, ing 



Reason, to draw conclusions and 

point out the meaning of things. 
s, ed, ing 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



287 



Occur, to happen. 
s, ed, ing 



RecvR, to happen again 

s, ed, ing 

Err, to deviate from the truth. 

s, ed, ing 

Occasion, to produce incidentally. 

s, ed, ing, al 

Define, to fix the sense of a word. 
s, ed, ing 



CompARE, to bring things together, 

and examine their relations 
s, ed, ing — — ' — 

GREEK. 

Philosophize, to reason about the rea- 
sons of things. 

s, ed, ing 

Analyze, to resolve any thing into its 
elements. 

s, ed, ing 



SEVENTY-THIRD STUDY. 

KNOWLEDGE OF BEAUTY. 

Taste and imagination open up a charming field of in- 
quiry. They conduct us to the fine arts ; and in them pre- 
sent to the wondering mind some of the noblest works of 
man : epics, oratorios, landscape-composition and sculpture. 



E x E k c 



NAMES OF THINGS AND PERSONS EMBRACED IN THE KNOWLEDGE OF BEAUTY. 



Belles-Lettres, beautiful letters ; po- 
lite learning, including works of 
taste and imagination. 

Taste, the power of feeling ; that 
power by which we discover and 
relish beauty. 

Painting, the art of coloring ; the ex- 
pression of beauty by colors. 

Sculptwtv?, the art of carving ; the ex- 
pression of beauty in forms. 

jEtzgraving, the art of cutting figures 
on metals; the expression of beauty 
by dots or lines. 



.PersPECTivE, a seeing through; the 
art of representing objects on a 
plane surface. 

SmiLiTude, resemblance. 



Oratory, elegant speech; speech 
agreeable to rhetoric. 

Architecture, the art of constructing 
buildings; the expression of beauty 
in structures. 

Music, melody or harmony ; the ex- 
pression of beauty in melodious or 
harmonious sounds. 



288 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY, 



Imaged/, a collection of sensible re- 
presentations ; assemblage of im- 
ages. 

Simile, an extended expression in 
■which resemblance is traced ; ex- 
pressed resemblance. 

PERsoNiFica^ow, the act of giving to 
inanimate objects the properties of 
a person. 

Diction, the style of language. 



Allegoet, a figurative discourse, in 



which something is represented 

beside what is evident. 
Esthetics, the science of beauty and 

taste. 
Poetry, beautiful thought uttered in 

musical language. 
JSWhony, agreeableness in uttering 

sounds. 
MetapHO-R, something transferred ; im- 
plied resemblance. 
Rhetoric, forcible speech ; the science 

of beauty and force of utterance. 



EXERCISE II. 



NAMES OF QUALITIES. 



Sculpture, formed or fashioned. 

Chaste, pure ; free from what is rough 
or barbarous. 

Delicate, fine and elegant. 

hniTAtive, inclined to copy or resem- 
ble originals. 

Origin^, belonging to the origin; 
having power to form new things. 

CKEATive, having power A to create or 
form new combinations. 

h&AQmative, having the power of im- 
agination in great measure. 

iMAGman/, of the nature of imagina- 
tion only ; not real. 

VEHEMcn^, rushing ; very ardent. 



Musica/, belonging to music. 

ly 

7^/fuse, spread out; copious in 
words. 

Coticise, cut off; brief. 

Ornate, adorned ; beautified. 

Florid, abounding in flowers; very 
imaginative. 

Exow&ite, sought out ; very elegant. 

Passion^, expressing strong feelings. 

Dis— 

7mpAssioN«f, strongly excited; ex- 
pressing much feeling. 

Un 

Real, actual ; existing. 

Ide«£, belonging to ideas ; existing in 
the mind. 



OBATORtcaJ, belonging to oratory or 
forcible speech. 

Architecture, belonging to architec- 
ture. 



Esthetic, of the nature of beauty, 
Rhetoric^, belonging to rhetoric. 
JEJupnomc, belonging to agreeable 
sounds. 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 289 

Poetica/, belonging to a poet. Allegoric^, belonging to an allegory 

M.ET£PHOB.ical, pertaining to a met- or figurative discourse. 
aphor, or implied resemblance. 



EXERCISE ill. 

NAMES OF ACTIONS. 

fbench. Poetize, to write as a poet. 

Sculpture, to carve ; to express beau- ' ' 

*y ™ form. LATm 

s, ed, ing 

Paint, to lay on colors ; to express ComposE, to arrange in order ; to pro- 
beauty in colors. duce some work of art. 

s, ed, ing s, ed, ing 

JSVtGRAVE, to cut into ; to express Construct, to arrange things so as to 

beauty in dots or lines. form a building. 

s, ed, ing — s, ed, ing 

Imitate, to copy some original. Versify, to make verses ; to write in 

s, ed, ing musical language. 

Originate, to bring forth something — ■■ s, ed, ing 

original. Personify, to act under a mask ; to 

■s, ed, ing give to inanimate objects the prop- 



Create, to form new combinations. erties of human beings. 
s, ed, ing s, ed, ing 



SEVENTY-FOURTH STUDY. 

KNOWLEDGE OF MAN. 

The great object of study, next to God, is man. The 
soul is a treasury of wonders. The body is a work of mar- 
vellous wisdom, goodness and power. To know man, is to 
know the image of God on earth. 
13 



290 



STUDIES m ORTHOGRAPHY. 



XEBOISE I 



NAMES OF PERSONS AND THINGS EMBRACED IN THE "KNOWLEDGE OF MAN. 



Morality, the duties of social life. 
Sentiment, a thought excited by feel- 
ing. 
Log^c, the art of reasoning justly. 



ReiAGion, a binding again ; an obliga- 
tion to serve God in heart and 
life ; a divine life. 

MoRAiisl, one who writes on morals, 
or one who trusts to morality alone 
for salvation. 

latin. 

Ethics, the science of human duty 
and manners. 

Humanity, the nature of man. 

Innucrion, a leading in, or drawing 
conclusions from principles. 

Demotion, a drawing conclusions 
from facts. 

Entity, being or essence. 

PRUDErace, wisdom combined with cau- 
tion. 

GREEK. 

Dietetics, that branch of medicine 
which treats of food. 



AnaroMY, a cutting back ; that branch 

of knowledge which treats of the 

structure of the body. 

ist 

Physiology, a discourse on the uses 

of the various parts of the bodies 

of plants and animals. 



Physiognomy, the science of knowing 

the mind from the face. 

ist 

Phrenology, the science that attempts 

to explain the soul from organs in 

the brain. 

Psychology, a discourse on the nature 
of the soul. ♦ 

ist 

MetavnYsics, that which is beyond 
nature ; the science of mind. 

Anthropology, a discourse on human 
nature. 

Philology, the knowledge of words. 

Philolog^, one skilled in the know- 
ledge of words. 

Ethnology, the science which treats 
of the varieties of man, 



XEEOISE II. 
NAMES OF QUALITIES. 



Mentq/, pertaining to the mind. 



-iy 



MoroZ, pertaining to human duties Religious, relating to religion. 

and manners. ly, ness 

— — ly j r , iy f nes$ 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGKAPHY. 291 

SpiRrruaJ, belonging to the spirit. ZnDucnvE, leading in, or to conclu- 

— ly sions. 

Sentiment^, abounding in sentiment; Deductive, drawing or concluding 

expressing united thought and feel- from facts. 

ing. .46struse, hidden; difficult to be 

LoGica/, belonging to right reasoning. known. 

ly, ness 

LATm - 'Eimcal, pertaining to human duties 

JranscENDENT, climbing across or and morals. 

above others ; excellent. 

7 . , GREEK. 

■ al, surpassing ; above 

sense and experience. Didactic, instructive ; apt to teach. 

EXERCISE III. 
NAMES OF ACTIONS. 



Dcvelop, to unfold from; to bring 

forth. s,ed,ing 



Deduce, to draw or conclude from 
facts. 



-s ed ina Evolve, to unfold or expand. 



ed. 



nig 



Moralize, to explain or apply to mo- 
ral^ Generalize, to rise from particular 

'-,, ed, ing to £ eneral thin f- 

s, ed, ing 

LATIN# -Kcflect, to bend back ; to revolve 

ittDUCE, to bring in. in the mind. 

s, ed, ing s, ed, ing 



SEVENTY-FIFTH STUDY. 

KNOWLEDGE OF GOD. 

As the water of the fountain, after meandering and re- 
freshing whole regions, mingles with the ocean, but finally 
returns to the fountain again ; so human knowledge, after 
some pleasing delays among the works of men, and repeated 
excursions into nature, finds its perfection in returning 
home again, and seeking all fulness and glory in God. 



292 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



E X E R C 



NAMES OF THINGS INCLUDED IN THE KNOWLEDGE OF GOD. 



.EVidence, that which is made to ap- 
pear ; proof. 

s, the proofs of God and re- 
ligion. 

Nature, that which is produced ; the 
system of created things. 

JVovidence, foresight ; the care of 
God over His creatures. 

JfcpENTANCE, pain for the past ; a sor- 
row for sin, and a forsaking it. 

Sancttfica^oti, the act of making holy. 

Miracle, a wonder; an event that de- 
mands Divine power for its cause. 

Ivoiatry, the worship of images or 
idols as God. 

JvDAism, the knowledge and belief 
of God as seen in the Old Testa- 
ment. 

Justification, the act of making or 
pronouncing just. 

TAGxmsm, the knowledge and wor- 
ship of false gods. 

ScRiPTure, a writing; the sacred 
writings in the Bible. 

Adoption, the act of taking a stran- 
ger and treating him as a son ; the 
reception of sinners as children. 



RevEiAtion, unveiling; the truths 
brought to view in the Bible. 



In&FiRAtion, a breathing into ; the 
influence of God on the minds of 
prophets and apostles by which 
they revealed his will. 

DEis?n, a knowledge and belief of 
God only as seen in His works. 

ReGEXERAtion, the act of renewing; 
a change of heart produced by the 
grace of God. 



Theology, the systematic knowledge 

of God. 

* — cal 

P/ophecy, a speaking before; the 

foretelling of future events. 
TsEism, the knowledge and belief in 

One God, as seen in His works 

and "Word. 
A 



Tri — ■ 

Pantheism, all-God; the knowledge 
and belief in Nature as God. 

Polytheism, the belief in many gods. 

Hermeneut«cs, the science of explain- 
ing or interpreting the Scriptures. 

Christology, a discourse on the na- 
ture and character of Christ. 

Christian^, the knowledge and be- 
lief of God as revealed in Christ 

Bible, the book; the Sacred Scrip- 
tures. 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 293 



EXERCISE II. 

NAMES OF QUALITIES. 

French. i2eGENER<2fe, renewed ; born of the 

_ T 7 ' . . , Spirit of God. 

SSATURac. pertaining to nature. „ _ ,. . , , . 

„ 7 -i i • t> • -KeTE&Lea, disclosed ; made known. 

ProvTD'ES'xial, belonging to Provi- 
dence. GREEK. 

ly 

Miraculo^ of the natnre of a mir- ^ ™^ of the nature of fore- 



knowledge. 
-at 



TwEist, one who believes in one God. 
ical — : 



-ical 



acle. 

ly — — 

Idolatrous, of the nature of idolatry. 
JuDAica?, belonging to the worship 

of the Jews. 
•Systematic, consisting of an orderly 

arrangement; methodical. Panthe^, one who believes in Na- 

ture as God. 

LATIN> BiBLz'caZ, belonging to the Bible. 
Polemic, warlike ; controversial. 

ScRtPTURa/, belonging to the Sacred al 

Scriptures ; according to the Bible. Didactw, adapted to teach; doctrinal. 
T)-Eist y one who believes in God only Hermeneutico^, pertaining to the ex- 
as seen in His works. planation of an author, especially 
ical the sacred writers. 



EXERCISE III. 

NAMES OF ACTIONS. 

French. Justify, to make or pronounce just. 

s, ed, ing 

it lumine, to make light ; to give un- 
derstanding. LATm> - 

s, ed, ing 

interpRET, to explain the sense of /aspire, to breathe into ; to influence 

words. and guide the mind in making 

s, ed, ing known sacred truths. 



Sanctify, to make holy ; to purify s, ed, ing 

from sin. iifcpouND, to lay open the meaning. 
s, ed, ing s, ed, ing ■ 



294 STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 

J&veal, to uncover and make known. Cowiment, to cast in the mind ; to 

s, ed, ing write explanatory notes. 

jRcgenerate, to renew ; to form the ,9, ed, ing 



heart to holiness. Discuss, to drive ; to debate in order 
s, ed, ing to find the truth. 



.J.DOPT, to receive a stranger as a s, ed, ing 

son. 

j . GREEK. 

s, ed, ing 

CWlate, to lay together and compare. PropHESY, to foretell future events ; 

s, ed, ing to teach. 

-Examine, to inspect carefully. s , ed, ing 

s, ed, ing 



SEVENTY-SIXTH STUDY. 

NAMES OF PERSONS. 

Children now have commonly two or more names. 
The one is their surname, and the other their christian. 
The christian or baptismal name is the one which they 
receive at baptism. It distinguishes individuals. The sur- 
name is the family name, and marks the family to which 
they belong. 

It was not so in ancient times. Children received one 
name, and this had a meaning. There is a beautiful illustra- 
tion of this in the names of the twelve patriarchs. The 
Son of God, too, received one name. It was given by the 
angel. It was Jesus, which means one who saves. 

The meanings of many of the christian names, now in 
common use, have been handed down to us, and are inter- 
esting. There is much in a name. 

saxon. Robert, red-bearded. 

Ada, happy. Walter, wanderer. 

Eleanor, all-fruitful. ^fred, all peace. 

Richard, richly honored. Baldwin, bold winner. 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



295 



Edward, truth-keeper. 
Edwin, happy winner. 
William, defender of many. 

GOTHIC. 

Adelaide, the princess. 
Adeline, the little princess. 
I Alphonso, our help. 

Charles, one who is crowned. 
Charlotte, a crowned woman. 
Emma, one who nurses. 
Ernest, ardent of soul. 
Everard, well-reported. 
Francis, freeman. 



Amelia, beloved. 
Arabella, beautiful altar. 
Isabella, olive-colored. 
Rosabelle, beautiful rose. 
Rosalind, elegant rose. 



Alicia, noble. 

Augustus, increasing. 

Barbara, strange. 

Beatrice, one who blesses. 

Clara, clear. 

Grace, favor. 

Earine, vernal. 

Rose, the rose. 

Viola, the violet. 

Jane, peace. 

Julius, soft-haired. 

Julia, soft-haired woman. 

Juliette, the little soft-haired. 

Letitia, joy. 



Margaret, a pearl. 
Miranda, admired. 
Oliver, the olive man. 
Blanche, the white or fair one. 



Agatha, good. 
Agnes, chaste. 
Basil, kingly. 
Bertha, bright. 
Catharine, pure. 
Erasmus, worthy to be loved. 
Eugene, nobly descended. 
Theodore, a gift of God. 
Cyrus, lord. 
George, a farmer. 
Helen, one who pities. 
Matilda, stately. 
Phcsbe, light of life. 
Philemon, one who kisses. 
Philip, a lover of horses. 
Sophia, wisdom. 



Anna, kind. 
James, the supplanter. 
John, the grace and mercy of Jeho- 
vah. 
Madeline, noble indeed. 
Ruth, trouble. 
Mary, a salt tear. 

Martha, the bitter, or troubled one. 
Susan, a lily. 

Elizabeth, the house of strength. 
Jonathan, the gift of God. 
Sarah, my lady. 



296 STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 

SEVENTY-SEVENTH STUDY. 

RETROSPECT OF THE SECOND PART. 

We have now reached a point at which we may pause 
and look on what we have been doing. Eetrospects are 
useful. 

The Hand-Book of English Orthography, embra- 
cing the words of Gothic, Celtic, French, Latin and Greek 
origin, as far as the words from these sources are concerned, 
is before us. In the first part of this work, we had a full 
introduction to all the elements that enter into the composi- 
tion of the English language, and every thing of any import- 
ance embraced in English Orthography. The terminations, 
suffixes and prefixes, which we have received from other lan- 
guages, have been carefully studied and applied. More 
than seven thousand select words have been analyzed, 
reconstructed and used in instances to express our thoughts. 
But this work contains only part of the words of our lan- 
guage — the engrafted words. The Anglo-Saxon are con- 
tained in the first two Hand-Books. 

As we gaze back upon the whole course, the retrospect 
is truly pleasing. Now, our language appears as a noble 
tree, having for its stock, the Anglo-Saxon ; and for its 
engraft ures, the Gothic, Celtic, French, Latin and Greek 
elements. Again, it rises as a stately shaft, having the 
Anglo-Saxon and Gothic for its base, the French for its 
shaft, and the classic elements for its capital. Again, we 
look upon it, and it appears like a vast elevation, composed 
of several overlying beds or layers of speech — the Celtic, 
Latin, Anglo-Saxon, Latin, Greek, Anglo-Norman, Latin, 
French, Latin, Greek and miscellaneous elements. 



STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



297 



As such, it may be measured and its magnitude estimated. 
The English language has swelled to the number of eighty 
thousand words. These are divided into two groups — the 
radical and derivative. The radical words amount to about 
ten thousand. From these, the fifty thousand deriva- 
tive words have been formed by the aid of some two 
hundred suffixes and prefixes. 

The proportion of each of the elements composing our 
language has also been estimated, and has some interest 
for us. The Anglo-Saxon includes some twenty-three 
thousand words ; the Gothic, five thousand ; the Celtic, 
five hundred ; the French, three thousand ; and the 
Latin and Greek, forty thousand. 

The whole subject may now be presented in a tabular 
view, in which the outlines of the history and elements of 
our language may be readily traced. 



A TABULAR VIEW OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE. 



Name of the English 
language at differ- 


Dates. 


Monarchs. 


Name of the Elements 


Propor- 
tion. 


ent periods. 








Celtic, once the 


B.C. A. D. 


From the first settle- 


Celtic. 


500 


language of Great 


1300 to 450. 


ment of England by 


First Latin period. 




Britain. 


A. D. 


Celts from Gaul to the 
first invasion of the 
Anglo-Saxons. 






Anglo-Saxon. 


450 in part 
to 1066. 


From the first Saxon 
invasion to the Nor- 
man Conquest. 








836 to 1066. 


From the" death of Ec- 
bert to the Battle of 
Hastings or Norman 
conquest. 


Anglo-Saxon. 
Second Latin period, 

836 
First Greek period. 


23,000 


ANGLo-DANisH.-The 


1017—1066. 


Canute. 


Gothic. 


5,000 


Anglo-Saxon chan- 










ged by the Norse 










element. 










Anglo-Norman- 


1066—1215. 


From the Conquest to 
the death of John. 


Norman-French. 




Old English. 


1216—1327. 


From the death of John 
to the death of Ed- 


Third Latin period. 
Second Greek period. 








ward II. 


French. 


3,000 


Middle English. 


1327—1558. 


From the death of Ed- 
ward II. to the death 
of Queen Mary. 


Fourth Latin period. 
Third Greek period. 




Modern English. 


1558 to the 


From Elizabeth to the. 


Miscellaneous. 






present. 


present time. 


1 Latin and Greek. 


40,000 



13* 



THIRD PART. 



ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 



ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 



CHAPTER I. 

ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 



The study on which we are about to enter is one of 
interest. It is the study of English words in their origin. 



FIRST STUDY 



ETYMOLOGY. 



Etymology, as we have already seen, comes from two 
Greek words, and means the true account of a word. 

There are two kinds of etymology, the historic and the 
philosophic. 

Historic etymology gives us the true account of words, 
so far as to trace them to their root-forms in the languages 
from which we have received them. Thus, exult comes to 
us from the Latin language, and is composed of two words, 
which mean to leap up or out of oneself. Grove comes to 
us from the Gothic, and means a growing cover. 

Philosophic etymology begins where historic etymology 
ends. It gives us the true account of words so far as to 
trace them to their origin in nature and explain it. Thus, 



302 ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 

candor is derived from the Latin word, candeo, to glow with 
a clear light, as a red-hot substance. As such a light 
enables us to see into the heated substance, so openness of 
character, which candor represents, gives us an insight into 
the heart. 

Part of the subject of etymology has been studied. It 
remains now to take up English words, and explain their 
origin in nature. Thus, sup comes to us from the German 
saufen, and rose by imitating the sound made in sucking up 
liquors. 

SECOND STUDY. 

THE SUBJECT OF ETYMOLOGY. 

The descent and origin of words form the subject of 
etymology. It gives an account of these. 

In seeking the origin of words, we seek their source in 
nature. They arose with the knowledge of things. Thus, 
haft, a handle, comes from the hand, and is that which is 
haved or held by the hand. It arose with a knowledge of 
the action of the hand as that which holds things. 

The origin of the spoken word is the chief subject of 
etymology. The written word is only a sign of the spoken 
word. The spoken word is the sign of the thing itself, and 
its origin is to be sought in our bodily organs, the soul 
or the world. 

third study. 

THE OUTLINE OF ETYMOLOGY. 

The word is the product of the organ of speech. The 
Saxons called it word, or that which passes from the lips ; 
and the Latins, vox, or voice. The word, speech, comes from 



ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 303 

the thrusting out of the lips ; and language, from the name 
of the tongue. 

This is the first point in the study of etymology. Words 
are voice shaped by the organ of speech. 

But this organ is acted upon by every thing without us 
and within us. It is aided by our bodily organs and the 
world. Thus, clap is supplied by the hands. So are the 
words, grasp, handle, manual, and many others. Spirit has 
its origin in our breath ; and hard, soft and substance, in the 
action of our muscles, giving us the sense of resistance. 

This is the second point in the study of etymology. 
Words are supplied from the bodily organs and the world. 

But words have a deeper source than the organ of 
speech, or any thing that acts upon it. The word, ecstasy, 
for instance, means to stand out of oneself, and refers to the 
force of joy in causing the soul to leap, as it were, out bf 
the body. 

This is the third point in the study of etymology. 
Words, whether supplied by the bodily organs and the world, 
or shaped by the organ of speech, are the audible soul. 

FOURTH STUDY. 

WORDS GROUPED ACCORDING TO THEIR ETYMOLOGY. 

Words, like things, are known in certain organs of the 
body. We refer, for instance, the words, see, seek and glance, 
to the eye ; smooth and even, to the touch ; grasp, grip, grope 
and grapple, to the hand ; and hard, firm, strong, to muscular 
action. 

Words are also known in the action of things upon our 
bodily organs. Water is that which flows, smith is one who 
smites, and house is that which covers us. 



304 ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 

These things being so, we naturally group words under 
the organs of the body and the objects in nature from 
which they have their origin . 

This is the fourth point in the study of etymology. 
Words are grouped under the bodily organs and things in 
nature from which they spring. 

The words in these groups are chiefly arranged under 
Latin and Greek radicals. The words, which we have re- 
ceived from the French, were mostly received by them 
from the classic languages. In historic etymology, we refer 
them to the French : in philosophic etymology, we refer them 
to their -primary source. 

The Grothic roots are sparingly given. The fewness of 
their derivatives and the simplicity of their forms make it 
unnecessary to occupy the large space which they would 
fill on our present plan. 

CHAPTER II. 
STUDIES IN ETYMOLOGY. 

The studies before us relate chiefly to the etymology of 
English words. We propose to trace these words through 
their original languages to their origin in nature. 

FIFTH STUDY. 

THE STUDIES. 

The studies consist of groups of words arranged under 
the organ or source from which they arose. Thus, the 
words, hand, handle, haft, grasp, manual, and many others, 
are grouped under the hand, because this organ gave rise 
to them. 



ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 305 

The radical words are given in the original languages. 
Their native forms agree best with their first meaning, and 
guide us in seeking their etymology. 

The derivative words follow the radical. The radical, 
unless it is a whole word, is marked by italics. This will 
enable the pupil at once to see the stock and its engraftures. 
Thus, the radical word, domus, a house, appears in its de- 
rivative, domestic, as dom. 

SIXTH STUDY. 

A PREPARED STUDY. 

The pupil is now ready to enter upon the course of 
studies in etymology. He is prepared for his work by the 
instructions which he received on the materials of English 
orthography, and his own studies in applying these mate- 
rials in forming the words of his language. He is familiar 
with the analysis of English words. 

Five things demand attention in each study. 

1. The organ or source from which the words arose is to 
be noticed. Thus, dome, domicile, domestic, and some others, 
come from domus, a house. 

2. The form and pronunciation of the radical word in its 
original language are to be marked. Thus, do'mus, the 
Latin root for dome. 

3. The radical word is to be traced in its derivatives. 
Thus, the radical word, az'des, a building or house, appears 
as edi in edify. 

4. The derivative words are to be analyzed and resolved 
into their various parts. Thus, edify is composed of cedes, 
a house, and fico, to make. 

5. The derivative ivords are to be defined, and referred to 



306 ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 

the subjects to which they now belong. Thus, edify is to 
build up the mind in knowledge, and belongs to teachers. 

The pupil, who pursues the studies in this way, will 
soon become familiar with English Etymology. 

CHAPTER III. 



The word, home, is from the Saxon ham, and means a 
cover. It arose from nature. Groves and caves suggested it 

SEVENTH STUDY. 

HOUSE. 

The word, house, is from the Saxon hus, a covering. Its 
origin is the same as home. 

LATIN. 

Do'mus, a house or home. 

Dome, domestic, domesticate, domicile. 
^E'des, (sedis,) a house or building. 

Edifi.ce, edile, edify, unifying. 
Porta, an entrance or passage. French, port ; Latin, porta. 

Port, porte, portal, porter, portress, portico, port-hole. 
Claxj'do, (clau'sum,) to shut or close. The primary sense is to close and fasten. 

Close, clause, cloister, closet, conclude, disclose, inclose, exclude, foreclose, 
include, preclude, recluse, seclude, unclose. 

GREEK. 

Oi'kos, (6lxo{,) a house or dwelling. 

Diocese, -parish, ■parochial, church, oecumenical. 

EIGHTH STUDY. 

GROUPS OF HOUSES. 

The village and city arose from the wants of human 
nature. 



ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 307 



LATIN. 

Villa, a country seat. 

Villa, ville, village, villain. 
Pagus, a village or canton. 

Pagan, paganism, painim. 
Civis, a citizen ; Civitas, a city. French, cite. 

City, civic, civil, uncivil, citizen, civilian, civilize, civilization. 

GREEK. 

Po'lis, (rtoUc,) a city. . 

Police, politic, politics, polity, metropolis, impolitic. 



NINTH STUDY. 

FURNITURE. 

Furniture arose from bodily wants and the principle of 

taste. 

FRENCH. 

Fournir, to put on. FouMiiture, that which is put on ; appendages of a 
house. 

Furniture, furnish, furnisher, unfurnished. 

TENTH STUDY. 

THE FAMILY. 



The family arose from the nature of man. 



Gig'no, (genitum,) to briog forth. Genus, (generis,) a race or family. 

Genia\, congenial, primo^mial, progeny, imprest, impregnate, progenitor, 
generate, gender, generic, engender, generous, genius, genteel, gentle, gentry, 
genuine, ingenious, ingenuous, ingenuity, regenerated. 
Famii/ia, originally one who serves ; now a family or household. 
Family, familiar, familiarity, familiarize. 



308 ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 

Pa'ter, (patris,) a father ; one who feeds. 

Paternal, paternity, patrimony, patriot, patriarch, patron, patristic, 
patronage, patrician, compatriot, expatriate, pattern, parricide, patronymic, 
Jupiter. 
Mater, (matris,) a mother. 

Maternal, matron, matricide, maternity, matriculate, matrimony, metro- 
polis. 
Frater, (fratris,) a brother; one of the brood or offspring. 

Fraternal, fraternity, fratricide, fraternize, friar. 
Pario, (partnm,) to bring forth. 

Parent, oviparous, unijoarous, viviparous. 
Nascor, (natus,) to be born ; to spring, as a plant, 

JVascent, nature, natal, nation, cognate, natural, connatural, naturalize, 
preternatural, supernatural, unnatural, innate, native, national subwascent, 
naturalist, nativity. 

greek. 

Phuo, (4>vw,) phusis, ($vtftf,) to be born, or come into being. 

Phi/sic, physics, physical, metaphysics, physiology, physiognomy. 
Genna'o, (ysvvdo,) to bring forth. Genea, (ysj/ca,) birth, origin. 

Genesis, genealogy. 

ELEVENTH STUDY. 

SERVANTS AND MASTERS. 

Gkades in society have sprung from war. 



Do'mo, (dom'itum,) to subdue, or tame. It arose from hunting. 

Dominant, inaWitable, daunt, undaunted. 
Dom'inus, a master; one who tames and brings into a state of subjection. 

Dominion, domain, domineer, predominate, demesne, dominical. 
Ser'vio, (servitum,) to keep ; to attend at command. 

Serve, serf, servile, servitude, subserve, deserve, sergeant. 
SerVo, to watch or keep. 

Servant, observe, conserve, preserve, reserve, conservative, subservient, 
reservoir. 
Li'go, (liga'tum,) to bind. 

Z?'<jr'ament, Z^ature, league, Zmble, liege, allegiance, oblige, obligate, 
religion, ally, alloy, disoblige. 



ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 309 

Li'ber, free. It comes from the stripping of bark from trees, and was after- 
wards applied to animals and men. 

Liberal, liberty, liberate, deliver, illiberal, libertine. 



TWELFTH STUDY. 

FOOD. 

Food is from the Saxon fod, which, comes from fedan, to 
feed. 

LATIN. 

A'lo, (al'itum,) to feed or nourish. 

Aliment, alimentary, alimony, almoner. 
Bibo, (bibitum,) to drink by sucking. 

i?iober, imbibe, imbibition, oioacious, beverage. 
Glutio, (glutitum,) to swallow. It comes from crowding food greedily into 
the mouth. 

Glut, glutton, deglutition. 
Po'to, (pota'tum or po'tura,) to drink a draught — a set measure. 

Potion, potation, potable, poison. 
Sa'tis, enough. It comes from crowding so as to fill. 

Sate, satiate, satiety, saturate, satisfy, dissatisfy, insatiable, insatiate. 
Co'quo, (coctum,) to cook food by boiling. 

Cook, coction, coke, concoct, decoction, hhcuit, precocious. 
Fer'veo, to grow hot ; to boil, as water. 

Fervent, fervor, fervib\ T effervesce, effervescence. 
Yo'ro, to feed greedily. 

Devour, voracious, voracity, carnivorous, omnivorous. 



Si'tos, (tfttof,) corn, and then food. 

Parasite, parasitical. 
Phago, ($ayo>,) to eat. 

(Esophagus, sarcophagus, anthropojoAaoi. 



310 ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 

THIRTEENTH STUDY. 

CLOTHING. 

Clothing is from the Saxon clath, and is a covering for 
the body. The garments of the body supply ns with ideas 
of virtues which clothe the mind. 

LATIN. 

Ves'tis, a covering or garment. 

Vest, invest, vestment, vesture, vestrj, divest, investiture. 
Pal'lium, a cloak of state. 

Pall, palliate, palliation. 
Ve'lo, to cover or conceal. Velum, a cover. 

Vail, reveal, revealed, unrevealod, unveil, develop, envelope, revelation. 
Teg'o, (tec'tum,) to cover; to throw over to conceal. 

Tegument, integument, detect, protect, unprotected. 
Or'no, (orna'tum,) to deck or embellish. Its primary sense is to put on 
and finish. 

Ornament, ornate, adorn, re-adorn, unadorned, ornamental, suborn. 
De'ceo, (decetum,) to become or befit. The primary sense is to stretch so 
as to fit. 

Decent, indecent, decency, decorate, decorous, incfecorum. 

CHAPTER IV. 

MAN. 

"Words, like things, are known and explained in man. 

FOURTEENTH STUDY. 

MAN. 

The word, MAN, is from the Saxon man, mankind, man, 
husband, vassal or any one. It unites the notion of strength 
with that of shape or image. So the Gothic magn and the 
Latin vir. It arose out of muscular action. 



ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 311 



Vir, a man. It is allied with vis, and means strength. 

FVrile, virago, triumvir, decemviri. 
Homo, a man. Its original sense is form or species — mankind. 

JETomicide, Aowage, human, inhuman, superAwman, humane, humanity. 
Fem'ina, a woman, a female. Its original sense is the same as the Saxon, 
wifman, the source of man. 

.Female, feminine, effeminate. 



Anthro'pos, (avdpurtos,) a man. It is composed of two words, meaning 
erect countenance. 

Anthropology, misanthrope, -philanthropist, misanthropy, philanthropy, 
anthropophagi. 
Gu'ne, {yvvti,) a woman, a female. 

Gynarehy, gynaccian, gynaeocvaey, misogynist. 



FIFTEENTH STUDY. 

THE BODY. 

The word, body, is from the Saxon bodig, and means that 
which is firm. The body is the medium through which the 
soul and the world are apprehended, and is known in the 
sense or feeling of stability. 



Cor'pus, (cor'poris,) a body ; that which is compact and firm. 

Corporal, corporate, incorporate, corpuscle, corporeal, corpwlent, corpu- 
lence, corpse, corps. 
Artus, or artic'ulus, a joint or jointure. 

Article, articular, articulate, inarticulate. 
Os, (os'sis,) a bone. 

Osseous, ossify, ossicle, ossific. 
Ca'ro, (car'nis,) flesh. 

Carnal, carnage, carrion, charnel, carcass, carnivorous, carnation, came- 
lian, incarnation. 



312 ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 

Vi'vo, (vic'tum,) to live. Its sense unites motion and breathing. 

Vital, revive, survive, viand, victuals, convivial, vivacity, vivid, vivify. 
Salus, (salu'tis,) health. The primary sense is whole or sound. It comes 
from the feeling of strength. 

Salutary, salute, saZwbrious, insaZwbrious, safe, solvation, saZvage, save, 
savior. 
Sanus, sound, whole. It seems to be the same as tone, a clear ringing 
sound. 

Sane, insane, insanity, sanative, sound. 
Cubo, or cumbo, to lie down. The primary sense is to stretch out for rest r 
Cumbent, incumbent, succwmo, superincumbent, incwoation, incubuB, 
cumber, covey. 
Clino, to incline. The primary sense is bending, as the body. 

Incline, decline, recline, declivity, activity, cZimcal, inclined, declinable. 
Ma'lus, bad or evil. The primary meaning is soft, and comes from the feel- 
ing of weakness. 

MalaAy, malice, malign, malediction, malefactor, maZignity, malicious, 
malevolent, maZtreat, malapert, maZcontent. 
Fe'bris, a fever ; a -warm motion like boiling water. 

Fever, febrile, febrific, febrifuge. 
Sanguis, (san'guinis,) blood. 

Sanguine, sanguinary, ensanguine, consanguinity, cousin? 

GREEK. 

Os'teon, (osttov,) a bone. 

Osteology, periosteum. 
Sabx, (oapf, ffapxoc,) flesh. 

Narcotic, sarcasm, sarcophagus. 
Neuron, (vtvpov,) a cord, a nerve. 

iVewraZgia, neurology, enervate. 
Hatma, (aijxa,) blood. 

.Hemorrhage, /iemorrhoids, emerods. 



SIXTEENTH STUDY. 

THE HEAD. 

The word, head, is from the Saxon heafod, and is that 
which is heaved — the top. 



ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 313 



Caput, (cap'itis,) the head. Its original meaning is end or top, and comes 
from lifting or shooting np. 

Capita}, capitulate, cape, chapter, occiput, sincipict, decapitate, recapit- 
ulate, precipice, precipitate, captain. 
Feons, (frontis,) forehead. Its primary sense is shooting forward, or facing. 

Front, frontlet, affront, confront, frontispiece, effrontery. 
Fa'cies, a face. 

Face, deface, efface, surface, super/jcial. 
Coro'na, a crown or circlet. It has the primary sense of a rounding top or 
head. 

Crown, coronet, coronal, coronation, corolla. 
Ver'to, (versum,) to turn. It seems to have arisen from the face or front. 
Advert, avert, versed, versatile, advertise, animadvert, controvert convent, 
divert, evert, divorce, pervert, inadvertent, invert, revert, subvert, traverse, 
unconverted, universe, adverse, diversion, verse. 
Rideo, (ri'sum,) to laugh. The primary sense is that of wrinkling and lift- 
ing up the features. 
Visible, deride, ridicule, derision, irrision. 
Dens, (den'tis,) a tooth or point. 

Dental, dent, dentist, indent, trident, denticulated, indenture, cfeniifrice. 

GREEK. 

Kranion, (xpaviov,) the skull. 

Cranium, pericraniwm, crotniology. 
Od'ons, (6S6v$,) a tooth or shoot 

Odontalgia, odontalgic. 

SEVENTEENTH STUDY. 

THE CHEST. 

The word, chest, is from the Saxon cyst, and means a 
trunk. 

LATIN. 

Cor, (cor'dis,) the heart. The primary sense seems to be firm or strong. 

Core, cordial, cordiality, conrage, discord, record, concord, concordance. 
Halo, to breathe. The primary sense is sending forth vapor, and comes 
from breath. 

Inhale, exhale, exhalation. 

u 



314 ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 

Spiro, to breathe. The original sense is to throw or drive, as the breath. 
Spirit, spiritual, respire, tianspire, expire, conspire, inspire, inspiration, 
inspirit, aspire, aspirant, aspiration. 
Animus, or aniina, the life or soul. The primary sense is breath. 

Animate, animal, inanimate, a?timalcule, animation, animadvert, magna- 
nimity, reanimate, unanimous, equanimity, pusillanimity, animosity. 
Costa, a rib or side. The original sense is limit arising from extending. 
Costal, intercostal, coast, accost. 

GREEK. 

Kardia, (xapbio,) the heart — firm. 

Cardiac, pericardium. 
G aster, (yac-f^p,) the belly. 

Gastric, hypogastric. 
Chole, (x°kr n ) bile, anger. 

Colic, cholera, choler, choleric, melancholy. 
Pxeo, (rcviu),) to breathe. Pneuma, (rtvsvfi(h) a breath ; also spirit 

Pneumatic, pneumatic?:, dyspnoea, pneumonia. 



EIGHTEENTH STUDY. 

THE HANDS. 

The word, hand, is from the Saxon hand, and is that 
which is stretched out and takes. 

LATIN. 

Ma'ncs, the hand. 

Manual, manufacture, manuscript, manacle, manipulate, emancipate, 
manage, amanuensis, manure, fnanoeuvre, maintain. 
Ar'mus, an arm. Arma, arms, weapons. 

Arm, disarm, army, armistice, armor, armory, armament. 
Ntjl'lus, none ; void, of no effect. 

Nullify, annul, nullity. 
Dig'itus, a finger. Originally it meant a shoot. 

Digit, digitalis, digitated. 
Dex'ter, pertaining to the right hand ; fit and prompt in use. 

Dexterous, dexterity, ambidexter. 
Sinis'ter, pertaining to the left hand ; weak and unused. 

Sinister. 



\ 



ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 315 



Pug'nts, the fist.; that which is thick or pressed together. 

.Tenacious, pugilist, repugnance, expugn, impugn, oppugn. 
Plau'do, (plau'sum,) to clap; to praise by clapping. 

Plaudit, plausible, applaud, applause, explode, explosive. 
Prehex'do, (prehen'sum,) to seize by stretching out the hand. 

Apprehend, reprehe?id, reprehensible, comprehend, incornpre/tensible. 
Ten'eo, (ten'tum,) to hold. The primary sense is to keep by straining. 

Tenable, tendril, tenement, te?iant, tenet, tenure, abstain, appertain, con- 
tain, contenf, continue, countenance, detain, entertain, obtain, pertain, 
retain, sustain, tenon, tenor, continence, pertinent, lieutenant. 
Su'mo, (sump'tum,) to take. The primary sense is to take up with the hand. 
Assume, consume, assnniption, presume, resume, unassnming, conswnption, 
conszwned, sumptuous. 
Fen-' do, (fensum,) to strike. The primary sense is that of falling on or 
thrusting against. 

Fence, defense, defend, fend, offend, offense, offensive, defendant. 
U'tob, (u'sus,) to use. The primary sense is that of taking with the hand. 
Use, abuse, disnse, misnse, nseful, usical, pemcse, usage, ntensil, usury, 
utility. 
Jacxo, (jac'tum,) to throw. The primary sense is driving or urging. 

Abject, deject, eject, inject, jet, object, project, reject, subject, conjecture, 
ejaculate, inter/'ecdon, adjective, projectile. 
Habeo, (hab'itum,) to have. The primary sense is obtaining, and then hold- 
ing. 

Have, habit, inhabit, prohibit, exhibit, uninhabitable, Aa&itatio'n. 
Capio, (captum,) to take. The primary sense is to take up with the hand. 
Capaole, caption, accept, anticipate, perception, conceive, perceive, deceive, 
except, emancipate, incapable, inception, incipient, susceptible, intercept 
misconceive, municipal, occupy, participate, precept preconceive, prince, 
principal, captive, capacity, and others. 
Rapio, (raptura,) to snatch. 

itavish, rapine, rape, rapacious, rapid, rapture, abreption, rapt, enraptare. 
Torqueo, (tortum,) to twist. 

Distort, tort, retort, extort, torture, contort, tarment, extortion. 



Cheiu, (^f t p,) the hand. 

C/uVography, cfrirurgeon. 
Ballo, (,3aM.a,) to cast or throw with the hand. 

Balister, hyperiote, parable, problem, symbol, emblem. 



316 ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 

NINETEENTH STUDY. 

THE FEET. 

The word, foot, comes from the Saxon fot, and means 
something set or placed, 

LATIN. 

Pes, (pe'dis,) a foot. It means originally that which is spread or put out. 
Pedal, pedestal, pedestrian, hiped, pedlar, peddle, pedigree, impede, expedi- 
ent, impediment, inexpedient, quadruped'. • 
Ambulo, (ambulatum,) to walk. It is composed of am and aller, perhaps 
from ballo, to go or throw about. 

Amble, perambulate, ambulatory, ambulate, preamble. 
Gra'dior, (gres'sus,) to take steps. Its primary sense is a reach of the foot. 
Grade, gradual, degrade, aggress, digress, ingress, egress, pedigree, -pro- 
gress, regro.de, transgress, congress, graduate, degree, retrograde. 
Salio, (sal'tum,) to leap. The primary sense is to spring up or shoot for- 
ward. 

Salient, sally, assail, exult, insult, result, assailant, assault, salmon. 
Vestig'ium, a footstep. It comes from a root meaning to tread. 

Vestige, vestibule, investigate. 
Vi'a, a way. It comes from a root meaning to go, and is the path which 
we go. 

Deviate, obviate, obvious, previous, pervious, trivial, viaduct, impervious. 
Sur'go, (surrec'tum,) to rise. The primary sense is to lift oneself up. 

Insurgent, insurrection, resurrection, surge, surgeless. 
Sis'to, or sto, (statum,) to stand. The primary sense is to set or place. 

State, station, assist, co-exist, consist, statue, consistory, desist, exist, ar- 
rest, consistent, insist, irresistible, persist, resist, subsist, distant, instate, 
interstice, subsi!itiite, substance, superstition. 



Pous, (rtovSi Ttobbc) a foot. The primary sense is that which is set. 

Antipodes, tripod, polypus. 
Stasis, (fftfafftj,) a standing. The primary sense is fixed firmly on the 
feet or basis. 

Apostasy, ecstasy, hypostasis, system, hydrostatics. 



ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 317 



TWENTIETH STUDY. 

THE ORGAN OF SPEECH. 

The word, speech, is from the Saxon spcecan, and origi- 
nally meant to thrust out. 



Lin'gua, the tongue; language. The primary sense is to extend and join. 

Linguist, language, lingual. 
Vo'co, (voca'tum,) to call. The original 6ense is to drive out voice or sound. 
Vocal, vocation, revoke, -provoke, advocate, convocation, invocation, irre- 
vocable, equivocal, equivocate, vocabulary, voice, vouch. 
Fa'ri, (fa'tus,) to speak. The primary sense is to bear and place or fix. 

Fate, fatal, affable, ineffable, infant, infancy, pre/ace, infantry, fable, Jib. 
Cla'mo, (clama'tum,) to cry out. The primary sense is to make a loud noise. 
Clamor, clamorous, claim, claimant, disclaim, exclaim, proclaim, reclaim, 
acclaim, declaim, proc/awation. 
Plo'ro, (plora'tum,) to wail. The primary sense is to strain the voice in be- 
wailing. 

Deplore, explore, implore, deplorable, unexplored. 
Di'co, (dic'tura,) to say. The primary sense is to fix or settle. 

Diction, dictionary, dictate, indict, dictator, addict, benediction, edict, in- 
dite, predict, verdict, predicate, malediction, contradiction. 



Glottis, glossa, (y^w-f-ra or y?iwcro-a,) the tongue; language. Its primary sense 
unites the ideas of extending and smoothing. 
Glottis, epiglottis, polyglot, glossary, glossology. 
Phemi, (fyrjixi,) to tell. The original sense is pushing out, as the lips. 

Prop/tet, prophetic, propAcsy, blaspheme. 
Phra'zo, (tP a ^ w >) to relate. The primary sense is that of leading out the 
voice. 

Phrase, paraphrase, periphrasis, perip/irastic. 
Lex'is, (Tiitf,) a word. It comes from the root, lego, to speak, or draw 
oat connectedly. 

Lexicon, lexicography. 



318 ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 

Logos, (xoyos,) speech, reason. Its primary sense is to connect and draw 
out, as the voice. 

Logic, diaZo^ue, philology, apology, analogy, catalogue, apologue, deca- 
logue, eulogy. 
Ep'os, (iVtoj,) a speech, a poem. It comes from srtu, to speak or thrust out 
the lips. 

.Z?pic, orthoepy. 

TWENTY-FIRST STUDY. 

MUSCULAR ACTION. 

Action is from the Latin root, ago, to drive or move. 
The action of the muscles in moving the bodily organs 
makes us acquainted with all other actions. The Saxons 
formed nearly all their verbs by placing the verbs, gan, 
agan and anan, meaning to MOVE, TAKE to or GIVE FEOM 
oneself, to the names of things. These three kinds of 
action, arising out of the motion of the muscles, are the 
source of all others. They are modified by the hands, feet 
and the other bodily organs. 



Mo'veo, (mo'tum,) to move. The primary sense is to shove or urge out. 
Move, motion, remove, um?io?;ed, movable, motive, emotion, -promote, re- 
mote, commotion, movement, mob. 
A'oo, (ac'tum,) to do. The primary sense is to drive or put in motion. 

- Act, actor, agent, action, activity, cogent, aaile, agitate, extent, prodigal 
enact, counteract, overact, react, reenac£, transact, manage, damage, actual. 
E'o, (i'tum,) to go. The primary sense is to move or pass away. 

Ambient, exit, initial, transient, issue, ambitious, perish, iterate, itine- 
rant, obituary, sedition, transit, transitive. 
Va'do, (va'sum,) to go forth. The primary sense is moving forcibly. 

JEvade, invade, evasion, pervade, wade. 
Tendo, (fcm'sum, or ten'tum,) to stretch; to go forward, or obtain. 

Tend, aitend, contend, distend, attention, extend, extent, intend, intent, in- 
tense, portend, pretend, prete7ise, subtend, superinte/ia 7 , tense, tension, tent, 
tenaon. 



ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 319 

Ve'nio, (ven'tum,) to eome. The primary sense is to fall iipon or happen 
in going, to obtain. 

Convene, convent, covenant, event, invent, prevent, circumvent, advent, ad- 
venture, ventvre, avenue, contravene, intervene, revenue, supervene, eventual. 
Do, (da'tum,) to give. The primary sense is that of yielding up. 

Doxxor, donation, pardon, date, add, condition, edit, misdate, render, subdue, 

tradition, surrender, traitor, editor. 

Ya'leo, to he strong. The primary sense is to strain so as to reach a point. 

Valid, va^or, value, variant, avail, convalescent, preva?7, countervail, 

prevalent, invalid, equivalent. 

Pos'sum. to be able. The primary sense is that of strength, from straining. 

Possible, impossible, puissant. 
Po'tens, (potentis,) power. The primary sense is strong in body. 

Potent, impotent, omnipotent, potential, plenipotentiary. 
Ar'ceo, to hinder, restrain. 

Coerce, exercise, unexercised. 
Ce'do, (cessum,) to yield. The primary sense is to fall back from a position. 
Cede, cease, cession, abscess, accede, ancestor, concede, decease, exceed, ex- 
cess, accessible, intercede, precede, proceed, secede, succeed, process, success, 
recess, predecessor, precedence. 
Cur'ro, (cur' sum,) to run. The primary sense is to rush forward. 

OWrent, cursory, corsair, course, concwr, conconrse, di^conrse, discission, 
excursion, incur, occur, recourse, recur, succor, currency, career, precursor, 
incursion. 
Duco, (ductum,) to lead. The primary sense is to draw out, or draw. 

Duct, duke, adduce, conduce, deduce, educe, induce, introduce, conduct, 
misconduct, produce, reduce, seduce, traduce, educate, deduct, deduction, in- 
ducement, inductive, education. 
Durus, hard. The primary sense is firm or resisting. 
Durable, durance, endure, obdurate, indicated. 
Ars, (ar'tis,) ait, skill The primary sense is strength, and arose from effort. 

Art, artist, artisan, artful, artless, iner£, artifice. 
Gero, (gestum,) to carry. 

6res£ure, gest, gestation, con^esdon, digest, indigestion, belligerent, sug- 
ges , register. 
Maneo, (mansum,) to stay. 

Jfansion, manse, immanent, permanent, remain, remnant. 
QuiEs, (quietis,) re*t. 

Quiet, acquiesce, disquiet, coy, requiem, unquiet. 
Trul'O, (trusum,) to thrust; to push. 

Abstruse, detrude, intrude, obtrude, protrude, retrude, unobtrusive. 



320 ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 

Fir'mus, strong. The primary sense is that which is hard and resists 
pressure. 

Firm, affirm, confirm, infirm, unfirm, firmament, infirmity. 
Ri'geo, to be stiff. The primary sense is sliff by extending. 

Rigid, rigidity, rigor. 
Ko'bur, strength. The primary sense is firm resistance. 

Robust, corroborate. 
Soli'dus, solid. The primary sense is firm by pressure. 

Solid, solidity, consolidate, solder, solidify. 
Ca'veo, (cautum,) to beware. The primary sense is to yield, and then draw 
back. 

Caution, incautious, precaution. ■ 

Ar'guo, to argue. The primary sense is that of straining or driving. 

Argue, unargued, aranment, argumentative. 
Fal'lo, (fal'sum,) to deceive. The primary sense is to fail or give way. 

Fail, false, fallacious, falter, fault, default, fallible, fallacy, falsify, 
infallible. 
Pa'tior, (patiens, passus,) to suffer. The primary sense is holding out under 
pressure. 

Patient, patience, passion, passionate, compassionate, impassioned, pass- 
ive, impassive, passible, impassible. 
Cau'sa, cause. The primary sense is that of urging or driving. 
Cause, accuse, excuse, causation, unaccused. 



A'go, (ayo,) to lead. The primary sense is that of urging, and then leading. 

Demagogue, -pedagogue, stratagem, synagogue. 
Du'namis, (Svvautc,) power. The primary sense is strength. 

Dynamics, dynasty. 
Dus, (5vj,) bad. The primary sense is that of resistance or straining. 

Dyspepsia, dysentery, oysphony. 
Prasso, (rtpacrffw,) to do or make. The primary sense is using or putting 
forth strength. 

Practice, practical, practicable, impracticable, praxis, pragmatical. 
Spao, (crrtaco,) to draw. The primary sense is stretching or pulling. 

Spasm, spasmodic, epispastic. 
To'nos, (tovos,) tone. The primary sense is tension, and arises from 
stretching. 
Tone, tonic, tune, monotone, semitone, unowned, atonic. 



ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 321 



TWENTY-SECOND STUDY. 

THE SENSES. 

The word, sense, is from the French sens and the Latin sen- 
tio, to know b j feeling. The sense of sight refers chiefly to 
the mind : hearing is the sense of the heart. 

LATIN. 

Sen'tio, (sensum,) to know by the senses. The primary sense is to feel, or 
apprehend by feeling. 

Sense, sensual, scent, sentence, sentiment, consent, sentinel, dissent, non- 
sense, resent, sentient, sensitive, presentiment. 
Au'dio, (audi'tum,) to hear. The primary sense is that of directing the ear. 

_4Wible, inandible, audience, auditor, auditory, obeo'tent. 
So'nus, a sound. The primary sense is that of stretching or reaching the ear. 

Sound, sonorous, resound, consonant, dissonant, unison. 
Lux, (lu'cis,) and lu'men, light. The primary sense is that of darting, as rays. 
Lucid, rjellucid, trans^ncid, e^ncidate, illuminate, luminary, luciier, 
Zncubration. 
Oc'ulus, the eye. The primary sense is what is covered. 

Ocidar, oculist, binoc?,^ar, mocul&te, 
Can'deo, to glow, as a red-hot substance. It is taken from fire. 

Candy, kindle, enkindle, candor, candid, candidate, cense, censer, incense, 
incendiary. 
Cla'rus, clear or bright. The primary sense is open to light. 

Clear, cZarify, clarion, declare. 
Flam'ma, a flame. The primary sense is glowing or shooting up in light. 

Flame, inflame, in/?ammable, ^ambeau. 
Ful'go, to shine. The primary sense is breaking forth of light. 

Fulgent, effulgent, refulgence. 
Fu'mus, smoke. The primary sense is vapor or smoke. 

Fume, perfume, fumigate. 
Pa'rio, (par'itum,) to be present. The primary sense is coming into view. 

Appear, apparent, peer, disappear, transparent. 
Spe'cio, (spec'tum,) to look with the eye. The primary sense is opening the 
eye. 

Aspect, spectacle, speculate, auspice, circumspect, conspicuous, despise, 
despite, respect, disrespect, expect, perspicuity, inspection, perspective, 
prospect, retrospect, suspect, spectre, specify. 
14* 



322 ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 

Yro'eo, (vi'sum,) to see. The primary meaning is to move and direct the eye. 

Fusion, visible, visage, visit, visor, devis", evident, provide, improvident, 
invidious, invisible, purvey, survey, supervise. 
Ima'go, (imag'inis,) an image. The primary sense is a likeness, and arises 
from the eye. 

Image, imagery, imagine, imaginary. 
Sa'pio, to taste or know by tasting. The primary sense h proving with the 
taste. 

Sapid, insipid, sapient, savor, unsavory. 
Gus'to, (gus'tatum,) to taste. The primary sense is to rouse the taste. 

Gust, di?gust, gustful, diso^sring. 
Ca'leo, to be warm, or burn. 

CWid, calify, caloric, incafescence. 
Fri'gus, (fri'goris,) cold. The primary sense is to make stiff. 

Frigid, frigidity, refrigerate, refrigerator. 
Pla'xus, even, level. The primary sense is smooth or even to the touch. 

Plane, plain, explain, explanatory. 
Po'lio, (poli'tum,) to polish. The primary sense is to make smooth to the 
touch. 

.Polish, repolish, unpoZished, polite. 
Pun'go, (punctum.) to prick. The primary sense is a point of feeling. 

Pungent, puncture, expunge, cornpwraction, punctuation, punctilious. 
Su'do, (suda'tum.) to sweat. The primary sense is to flow out and be moist. 

Sweat, exude, s-wdorific. 
Ar'dieo, (ar's ; ,) to burn. The primary sense is to be hot. 

1 Ardov, ardent, arson. 
Exterus, outer. 

Exterior, eternal, eztfraneous, extreme, strange, extrinsic. 
Probo, (brobatum,) to try. Tlie primary sense seems to be to taste. 

Provable, probate, proof, prove, approve, approbation, rejorove, disap- 
prove, improve, irnprooable, reprooate. 
Severus, severe. The primary sense is harsh or rough to the taste. 

Severe, seyerit} T , persevere. 
Aoidus, sharp. The primary sense is sharp, from acies, an edge or point. 

Acid, acidity, acidulate, subacid. 
Acer, (acris,) sour or pungent. The primary sense is sharp to the taste. 

Acrid, eager, over-eager, acerbity, exacerbate. 
Ta.vgo, (tactum,) to touch. The primary sense is to draw or move along, as 
the finger. 

Tact, confab, tangent, contingent,eontiguous, tangible, intangible, con- 
tagion, contiguity. 






ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 323 

Odor, a scent or smell. 

Odor, ocforous, inodorous, odoriferous. 
Oleo, to emit odor. 

Olfactory, redolent. 

GREEK. 

Akou'o, (axovoi,) to hear. The primary sense is to raise or point the ear. 

Acoustics, otocowstic. 
Pho'ne, (pavy.) a sound. 

Phonics, euphony, symphony, pho7io\ogy. 
Phos, (<jju»j,) light. That which shines out or appears. 

PAosphate. pAosphorous, ^>Aotometer. 
Op'tomai, (brtto/Acu,) to see. The primary sense is to see by using the eye. 

Optics, optical, synopsis, opAthalmia^ dioptrics. 
Ora'ma, (6pa/ia,) a sight or view. 

Panorama, diorama. 
Phai'no, (<J>ou'va,) to appear. The primary sense is to come into view by 

shining. 

.Phenomenon, diaphanous, phantom, fanatic, fancy, fantasy, epiphany, 

sycophant, phantasm, phase. 
Thea'omaT, (OsdofMU,) to behold. Theatron, (foai'pov,) an edifice in which 

spectacles were seen. The primary sense of the verb is to fix, as the eye, 

in seeing attentively. 
Theatre, ^Aeatfrical. 
Sko'peo, (axofteto,) to observe. The primary sense is to stretch or strain 

so as to see to the end. 

Scope, telescope, microscope, episcopate, episcopal, bishop. 
Ox'us, (°^i,) sharp, acid. The primary sense is sharp or stinging to the 

taste. 

Ctealic, orride, oxygen. 

TWENTY-THIRD STUDY. 



The word, soid, is from the Saxon saivl, and means life or 
breath. 

LATIX. 

Sum, I am. Esse, to be. Ens, (entis.) being. Futu'rus, about to be. The 
sense of the verb is to be set or fixed, and arises from consciousness. 



824 ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 

Essence, essential, co-essential, interest, disinterested, unessential, entity, 
nonentity, future, futurity, absent, -present. 
Am'o, (ama'tum,) to love. The primary sense is a reaching forth, as of the 
heart. 

Amour, amatovj, amiable, paramour, ena?no?*ed, amity, amicable, amor- 
ous. 
An'go, (anxi,) to vex, to be angry. The primary sense is to press so as to 
choke utterance. 

Anger, anguish, anxiety, anxious. 
Mi'rus, strange. The primary sense is to hold back or suspend. 

Admire, miracle, mirror, miraculous, unadmired. 
So'lor, (sola'tus,) to soothe. The primary sense is to strengthen or settle. 

Solace, console, disconsolate, inconsolable. 
Spe'ro, to hope. The primary sense is to reach or stretch after. 

Despair, desperate, prosper, unprosperous. 
Ve'reor, to fear. The primary sense is to draw within oneself. 

Rever<°, reverent, irreverent, reverend, reverential. 
Pla'ceo, to quiet or please. The primary sense is to make smooth. 

Complacent, please, displease, pleasant, unpleasant, complaisance, com- 
placence. 
Tim'eo, to fear. The primary sense is to shake or fall back. 

Timid, Amorous, intimidate. 
Tkr'reo, (ter'ritum,) to affright. The primary sense is to shrink or shiver. 

Terror, deter, terrible, terrify, unterrified. 
Sci'o, to know. Scientia, knowledge. The primary sense of the verb is to 
take up or draw within. 

Science, sciolist, conscience, omniscience, prescience, consciousness. 
He'or, (ra'tus,) to think or judge. The primary sense is to cast or throw up, 
and then fix in the mind. 

Rate, misrate, overrate, underrate, ratio, reason, rational. 
Nos'co, (no'tam,) to know. No'men, a name. The primary sense is to set or 
fix. 

JNbte, notion, cog7ii£ion, denote, recognition, recognize, nomen, nominal, 
nominate, name, noun, pronoun, misnomer, nomenclature, notice. 
Mem'ini, to remember. The primary sense is to hold or contain. 

Memory, mindful, ?nemorable, commemorate, memoir, immemorial, unre- 
membered, memorial, reminiscence. 
Cre'do, (credi'tum,) to believe. The primary sense is to rest upon. 

Creed, credit, accredit, discredit, incredible, miscreant, recreant, uncredible 
creditor, credential, credulous. 



ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 325 

Clkm'ens, (dementis,) kind, merciful. The primary sense is smooth. 

Clement, inclement, clemency. 
Fi'do, to trust. The primary sense is to strain and make fast. 

Faith, faiiMal, fidelity, fealty, feoff, feud, affiance, fief, confide, defy, in- 
fidel, diffidence, perfidy, af/tanced. 
Vk'iius, true. The primary sense is to make straight. 

Verity, veracity, aver, verdict, verily, veritable, verify. 
Sa'gus, wise. The primary sense is seeking, 

Sage, sagacity, sagacious, presage. 
Vo'lo, to will or wish. The primary sense is to stretch forward. 

Portion, voluntary, benevolence, malevolence, involuntary, volunteer. 
Caxo, (cantum,)to sing. 

Chant, cant, accent, decant, recant, enchant, canto, incantation, canticle. 
Hen'seo, to judge. 

Censor, censure, cense, census, censorious. 
Do'leo, to grieve. 

Dole, condole, indolent, dolorous. 
^E'quus, equal, just. 

Equal, equalize, inequ&l, unequal, adequate, equity, inio-«ity, equator, 
equation, equilibrium, e^ninox, equivalent. 
^Esti'mo, (ffistima'tum,) to value. 

Esteem, estimate, estimation, estimable, inestimable. 
Jo'cus, a joke. 

Joke, jocose, ^'octmd. 
Intra, Inttjs, within. 

internal, interior, intimate, intestine, intrinsic. 
I'ra, anger. 

Ire, irascible. 
Leg'o, (lectum,) to gather ; to choose ; to read. 

Xe^ible, teo-end, teo-ion, coltea^ue, tecteire, colter, college, cull, dialect, 
election, di£io-ent, ectec^ic, select, eclogue, recollect, neglect, eligible, inteltec£, 
elegant, lesion, prelect, sacrilege. 



Phren-, (epp^v,) the mind. The primary sense is to move or wish. 

Frant\c, frenzy, phrenology. 
Psu'che, (^vx^,) the soul. The primary sense is life or breath. 

Psychology. 
Au'tos, (avtoc,) oneself. 

^wtecrat, antegrapb, automaton. 



326 ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 

Dox'a, (5o|a,) an opinion. The primary sense is that which is thought 

Ortho<foz, heterodox, paracfoa;, doxologj. 
Gno'me, (yvJifiv,) reason. Gnosis, (yvcoaic,) knowledge. 

Gnostic, prognostic, diagnosis. 
Mne'me, (jivrnAV,) memory. The primary sense is to hold or contain. 

J/ncmonics, amnesty. 
Piii'los, (fy'tKoc,) a friend. The primary sense is to embrace or kiss. 

Philanthropist, Philadelphia, pAifologist, p/tiZosophy. 
Skep'tomat, ((Jx8rtto/xai,) to examine. The primary sense is to look about. 

Skeptic, skeptical, skepticism. 
So'phia, (cro^i'a,) wisdom. The primary sense is holding or containing. 

Sophism, sophistry, sophisticated, unsophisticated. 
Or'thos, (6p0o?,) straight or right. 

Orthodox, orthography, orthoepy, orthoepi&t. 
Ho'mos, (o/xo^,) like. The primary sense is the same. 

Z/omo^eneous, 7io?nologous, Aomosreneal. 



CHAPTER V. 
SOCIETY. 

Society, in all its forms, is only varieties 01 man's social 
nature. 

T W E N T Y- F O U R T H STUDY. 



The word, society, comes from the Latin, through the 
French, and means fellowship. 



So'cras, a companion. The primary sense is to follow. 

Sociable, social, associate, consociate, unsociable. 
Spon'deo, (spon'sum,) to promise. The primary sense is to send to. 

Sponsor, spouse, correspond, despond, respond, response, espouse, respon- 
sible, irresponsible. 






ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 327 

Mrrro, (mis'suni,) to send. The primary sense is going away. 

J/ission, message, admit, commit, commission, demise, demit, emit, dis- 
miss, intermission, missile, missiye, omit, inadmissible, intennit, remit, 
manumit, -permit, promise, surmise, transmit, submit 
Sua'do, (sua'sum,) to advise. The primary sense is to urge or excite. 

Tersuade, dissuade, dissnasive, suasion. 
Ye'nio, (yen' turn,) to come. The primary sense is to appear or pass into 
view. 

"Event, advent, venture, adventure, contravene, convene, covenant, convent, 
convenient, invent, inconve?iient, intervene, supervene, peradventure, re- 
verm e, avenue, uneovenanted. 
Pe'to, (petitum,) to seek. The primary sense is to urge or press. 

Petition, compete, impetuous, compatible, competent, repeat, repetition, 
appetite, petulant. 
Ho nor, honor. The primary sense is placed upon. 

Honor, honorary, honorable, dishonor, ho?iest, Aonesty, disAcwiest. 
Dig'nus, worthy. The primary sense is good or strong. 

Dignity, indignity, deign, condign, disdain, indignant. 
Cer'to, to contend. The primary sense is to set or place. 

Concert, disconcert, preconcerted. 
Cel'ebek, famous. The primary sense is lifted up. 

Celebrate, celebrated, celebrity. 
Minis'ter, a servant. The primary sense is less. 

Minister, ministry, ministerial, administer, minstrel. 
Mos, (mo'ris,) a custom. The primary sense is to pass or flow on. 

Moral, moralist, immoral, demoralize. 
Sequor, (secutus,) to follow. The primary sense is to seek after. 

Sue, enswe, consecutive, execute, consequence, persecute, prose/ute, non- 
suit, obsequies, sequence, subsequent, purswe, unsuitable. 
Exem'plum, an example; a copy or model. 

Example, exemplar, exemplify, sample, samplar. 
Foz'dus, (fce'deris,) a league. 

Federal, confederate, confederacy. 
H.e'res, (han-e'dis,) an heir. 

Heir, coheir, inherit, hereditary. 
Hos'pes, (hos'pitis,) a host; one who entertains strangers. 

Hosu, Aospitality, Aospitable. 
Laud'o, to praise. 

Laud, laudable. 
Mi'gro, (migratum,) to remove. 

Migrate, migration, emigrate, immigrate, intermigration, transmigrate. 



328 ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 

Ro'go, (roga'tura,) to ask. 

Rogation, abrogate, derogate, interogate, prerogative, prorogue, surrogate, 
interrogatory. 
Testis, a witness. 

Test, testament, testify, testimony, attest, contest, detest, incontastfible, 
protest 

GREEK. 

JSVmos, (vo/tor,) a law. The primary sense is to divide, or separate. 

Anomaly, antinomy, antinomian, astronomy, deuteronomy, economy. 
Eth'os, (t9o$,) a custom. The primary sense is settled. 

Ethics,, epical. 
Stel'lo, (aieXkio,) to send. The primary sense is to urge forth. 

Apostle, epistle, peristaltic, systole. 
Charis, (^apij,) favor or grace. The primary sense is dear or precious. 

EucAarist, charity. 



Tf ENTT-FIFTH STUDY. 

THE NATION. 

The word, nation, is of Latin origin, and means that 
which, is born. 

LATIN. 

Civrs, a citizen. The primary sense is inclosed or shut in, cities being inclosed 
in ancient times. 

Civic, civil, uncivil, civilian, civilize, civility, city, 
Im'pero, to command. The primary sense is to bear upon. 

Imperial, imperious, imperative, empire, emperor. 
Cri'men, (crim'inis,) a crime. The primary sense is separated or judged. 

Crime, criminal, recriminate, discriminate, indiscriminate. 
Le'go, (lega'tum,) to appoint. The primary sense is to lay upon, as a message. 

Legate, legation, legacy, oblige, allege, delegate, colleague. 
Munus, (mu'neris,) an office or gift. 

Municipal, munificence, common, commune, communicate, immunity, 
remunerate, uncommon, community. 
Plebs, (ple'bis,) the common people. 

PZeoeian. 



ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 329 

Pop'ulus, the people. The primary sense is the whole family, or children. 

People, populace, popular, depopulate, repeople. 
Tur'ba, a crowd. The primary sense is to stir or turn. 

Turbid, disturb, imperturbable, disturbance, -perturb, undisbursed. 
Vinco, (vic'tum,) to conquer. The primary sense is to press upon and sub- 
due. 

Invincible, victor, vanquish, convince, evict, evince, convincible, province. 
Vin'dex, (vin'dicis,) a defender. The primary sense is to subdue. 

Vindicate, avenge, revenge, unrevenged. 
Vui/gus, the people. The primary sense is to crowd out, and be public. 

Vulgar, vulgarity, di\ulge, undivu^red. 
Re'go, (rec'tum,) to direct or rule. The primary sense is to point out. 

Regent, regal, rector, raiment, region, ramant, reign, right, erect, cor- 
rect, direct, indirect, incorrect, regulate, arrert. 
Concili'um, an assembly, or council. The primary sense is that which is 
called. 

Council, conciliate, reconcile, reconciliation. 
Classis, a class. The primary sense is inclosed or collected together. 

Class, classic, classis, classify, classification. 
Man'do, (manda'tum,) to give a' charge to. 

Mandate, command, commend, demand, remand, recommend. 
Mi'les, (mil'itis,) a soldier. 

Militia, military, militate, militant. 
Nor' ma, a rule. 

Normal, enormous, enormity. 
Ntjn'cio, to announce. 

Announce, denounce, enunciate, nuncio, renounce, pronounce. 
Pce'na, punishment. 

Penal, penalty, penance, penitence, penitentiary, impenitent, repent, sub- 
poena. 
Pu'nio, (punitum,) to punish. 

Punish, punitive, impunity. 
Scin'do, (scissum,) to cut off. 

/Scissors, rescind, abscind, scantling. 
Sig'num, a sign, a seal. 

Sign, signal, signify, assign, consign, design, ensign, resign, signet, coun- 
tersign, significant. 
Sons, (sor'tis,) a lot, chance. 

Sort, assort, consort, resort, sortition. 
Teib'uo, (trib'ututn,) to render or give. 

Tribute, attribute, contribute, distribute, retribution, tributary. 



330 ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 

Crux, (crucis,) a cross. 

Cross, excruciate, crwcifix, crwsade, crucify, exempting. 

Cul'pa, a fault. 

Culpable, culprit, exculpate, incubate. 
Hos'tis, an enemy. 

Host, hostile, hostility. 
Ju'dico, (judica'tum,) to judge. . 

Judge, judicious, judicial, judiciary, vvejudice, adjudge, forejudge, mjudi- 



cious. 

GR£c<K» 



Eth'nos, QOvoi,) a nation. The primary sense seems to be a heath. 

Ethnic, ethnology. 
Despo'tes, (fctf*o**fo) a lord. The primary sense is power or force. 

Despot, despotic, despotism. 
Demos, (817.110$,) the people. 

demagogue, democracy, democrat, epidemic, endemic 
Kki'tes,(*P^S,) a judge. The primary meaning is to sift or separate. 

Critic, critical, hyperergic, hypocrisy. - 

La'os, (Xao ? ,) the people. The primary sense is stone, from their fabled 
origin. 

Lay, layman, laity, laic. 



TWENTY -SIXTH STUDY. 

THE CHURCH. 

The word, church, comes through the Saxon from the 
Greek, and means the Lord's house. 

LATIN. 

Pio, (pia'tum,) to satisfy by sacrifice. The primary sense is to pacify. 

Expiate expiatory, Macular. g 

Sacer, consecrated. The primary sense is to separate to a religions nse 

Sacred, consecrate, desecrate, sacrifice, sacrilege, execrate, sacerdotal, 

sacrament. . - 7 , -M 

San'cio, (sanctum,) to consecrate. The primary sense as to make clean. 
Saint, sanedfy, sanctified, sancfity, sanctaary, sanctimonious. 



ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 331 

O'ro, (ora'tum,) to pray. The primary sense is to move the lips, as in 
prayer. 

Oracle, oration, orison, adore, exorable, inexorable, oracular, peroration. 
Vo'veo, (votum,) to vo-w. The primary sense is to devote to God. 

Vow, votary, vote, votive, avow, devote, covet, devout, devotion, devotee. 
Fa'num, temple. 

Fane, profane, 
Mer'go, (mer'sum,) to dip, to sink. 

Merge, emerge, emergency, immersion. 



Cheistos, (xptatos,) the anointed. The primary sense is one set apart by 
anointing. 

Christ, chrism, Christianity, Christmas. 
Hieros, (tfpoj,) sacred. The primary sense is set apart to a religious use. 

^Hierarchy, hieroglyphics. 
Baptizo, (fSaritt^co,) to baptize. A rite of the Christian Church. 

Baptize, baptism, baptismal, ipedobaptists. 
Martur, (fxap'tvp,) a witness. 

Martyr, martyrdom, protomarfyr. 

CHAPTER VI. 

BUSINESS. 

The pursuits of man arose gradually out of one another, 
and took their names from bodily and mental actions, or 
the object of pursuit. 

TWENTY-SEVENTH STUDY. 

AGRICULTURE. 

The word, agriculture, comes from two Latin words, sig- 
nifying to till the field. 

LATIN. 

A'ger, (a'gri,) a field. The primary sense is a cleared or open place. 
.Agrarian, agriculture, agriculturist, per^rinate. 



332 ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 

Co'lo, (cul'tum,) to cultivate. The primary sense is to dwell or settle down. 

Colony, colonist, occult, culture, agriculture, horticwfture. 
A'ro, to plough. The primary sense is to thrust forward. 

Arable. 
Hortus, a garden. The primary sense is a hedged place. 

Horticulture, Aorfo'cultural. 
Jungo, (junc'tum,) to join. The primary sense is to extend, and then yoke. 

Junction, join, adjoin, conjoin, dis;'om, enjoin, interjoin, joint, rejoint, 
disjoin, joi?ier, adjunct, conjugal, conjunction, injunction, subjugate, sub- 
jective. 
Puto, (putatum,) to think. The primary sense is lop off or prune. 

Compute, amputate, depute, dispute, impute, repute, dentation, countf, 
account, reputed, discount 
Ra'dius, a rod. The primary sense is a shoot. 

Radius, radiate, irradiate, ray, radiance. 
Spar'go, (spar'sum,) to scatter. The primary sense is to cast abroad, as 
seed. 

Asperse, disperse, intersperse, sparse. 
Flkc'to, (fiex'um,) to bend. 

jp^zion^ezible, deflection, circum/tec, reflect, inflect, inflection. 
Hu'mus, the ground. 

Inhume, exhume, humid, humidity, humble, humor, humility, exhuma- 
tion. 
Pe'cus, a herd or flock, cattle. 

Peculate, peculiar, pecuniary. 
Vi'num, wine. 

Vine, vinegar, vineyard, vintage, vinous. 



TWENTY-EIGHTH STUDY. 

HUNTING AND FISHING. 

The word, hunt, is from the Saxon huntien, and means 
to urge or drive. 

LATIN. 

Fk'ra, a wild beast. 

i^crocious, fierce. 
Fu'gio, (fu'gitum,) to flee. The primary sense is to fly or haste. 

Refuge, suhterfuge, fugitive, centrifugal. 



ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 333 

Cjs.no, (csesum,) to cut or kill. The primary sense is to cut off, or end. 

Concise, decide, excise, excision, incision, precise, homicide, fratricide, 
parricide, decisive, suicide, regicide, occasion, circumcise. 
Se'co, (sec'tum,) to cut. The primary sense is to cut and separate. 

Sect, section, secant, bisect, dissert, insect, intersection. 
Div'ido, (divisum,) to divide. The primary sense is separate, or waste. 

Divide, divisible, indivisible, devise, subdivide, undivided. 
Do 'mo, to tame. 

Indomitable. 
Fligo, (flictum,) to beat. 

Afflict, conflict, inflict, -profligate. 
Li'go, (liga'tum,) to bend. 

Zi^ament, league, liable, oblige, aMegrianee, alloy, religion, a\ly. 
Nec'to, (nectum,) to tie. 

Connect, anne#, disconnect, annexation. 
Pan'go, (pac'tus,)"to drive in, to fix. 

Com^actf, pact, impact, impinge. 
Pel'lo, (pul'sum,) to drive. 

Pulse, compel, repulse, dispel, expel, impel, impulse, •propel, repel, re- 
pulsive. 
Pr^e'da, booty, prey. 

Prey, depredate, predatory. 
Strin'go, (stric'tum,) to bind. 

Striet, strain, straight, stringent, constrain, Astringent, distrain, district, 
restrain, restrict, unrestrained. 



TWENTY-NINTH STUDY. 

MECHANICS. 

The word, mechanic, comes from the Latin mechanicus, 
a machine. 

LATIN. 

Stru'o, (struc'tum,) to build. The primary sense is to set or lay. 

Structure, construct, obs^rwerf, destroy, destruction, instruct, superstruct- 
ure, uninspected, construe, insfrwment. 
Navis, a ship. The primary sense is to swim. 

Navy, naval, navigation, navigable, circumnavigation. 



334 ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 

Figo, (fixum,) to fasten. The primary sense is to join to. 

Fix, affix, -prefix, transfix, suffix, fixture, ci*uci/mon. 
Rota, a wheel. The primary sense is to run round. 

Rotary, rotation, rote, routine, rotund. 
Ap'to, to fit or join. The primary sense is juncture. 

Apt, adapt, inept, aptitude. 
Fun'dus, a foundation. The primary sense is set. 

Foundation, found, fundamental, profou?id. 
ILe'ro, (hse'sum,) to stick, to adhere. The primary sense is the same. 

Adhere, cohesive, Aesitate, inherent, incoherent. 
Mo'lior, (molitus,) to rear or build. The primary sense is to cast up. 

Mole, de?7ioZish, demolition. 
O'pus, (op'eris,) a work. The primary sense is to strain or exert force. 

Operate, co-operate, opera, operation, operative, opwscule. 



Ergon, (cpyw,) a work. The primary sense is to urge or press. 

Eneroy, litwroy. surgery, metallwroy. 
Mechanao, (fivixavdio,) to contrive. The primary sense is to fashion, or 
make. 

Mechanics, mechanical, mechanism, mechanician. 



THIKTIETH STUDY. 

MANUFACTURES. 

The word, manufacture, is composed of two Latin words, 
meaning to make with the hand. 

LATIN. 

Li'num, flax. The primary sense is long or line-like. 

Xiraen, line, lint, lawn, gridelin. 
Fi'lum, a thread. The primary sense is long and thin. 

File, defile, filacious, ^igrane, fillet, profile. 
Pli'co, (plica' turn,) to fold. JPlecto, (plexum,) to twine. The primary sense 
is to lay to. 

Apply, pliable, ply, accomplice, complicate, display, explicit, implicit, 
multiple, triple, imply. 



ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 335 

Sje'ro, (ser'tum.) to knit together. The primary sense is to thrust. 

Series, assert, desert, dissertation, exert, insert, sermon. 
Tex'o, (tex'tum,) to weave. The primary sense is to interlay. 

Text, context, pretext, texture. 
Tin'go, (tinc'tum,) to dip or dye. The primary sense is to throw into. 

Tinge, taint, stain, tincture. 
Yol'vo, (volu'tum,) to roll. The primary sense is to press by rolling. 

Devolve, evolve, involve, revolt, revolve, volume, wobble. 

THIKTY-FIEST STUDY. 

DISTRIBUTORS MERCANTILE PURSUITS. 

The word, merchant, is from the Latin mercor, to buy, 
and comes to us through, the French marchand. 

LATIN. 

Merx, (mer'cis,) merchandise. The primary sense of the root is to buy. 

Merchandise, mercantile, commerce. 
Nkgo'tium, business. The primary sense is to go on a mission. 

Negotiate, negotiable. 
Pen'do, (pen'sum,) to weigh or pay out. The primary sense is to balance or 
weigh. 

Pendent, recompense, pension, pensive, suspend, compensate, dispense, 
expend, indispensable. 
Por'to, to carry. The primary sense is to bear from place to place. 

Porter, comport, deport, port, important, export, import, importune, pass- 
port, purport, report, support, transport, opportune. 
Prktium, price or reward. The primary sense is amount or value. 

Price, priceless, appreciate, depreciate, appreciable, inappreciable, appre- 
ciation, depreciation. 
Scri'bo, (scrip'sum,) to write. The primary sense is to grave or mark. 

Scribe, scrioble, scripture, scrivener, ascribe, scrip, describe, inscribe, 
prescribe, manuscript, postscript, transcribe, subscribe. 
Fis'cus, a money-bag, The primary sense is a basket. 

Fisc, fiscal, confiscate. 
De'beo, (deb'itum,) to owe. The primary sense is to bind or press. 

Due, debt, debit, debtor, debenture. 
Ve'ho, (vec'tum,) to carry. The primary sense is to 6ear off or drive. 
Vehicle, convex, convey, convoy, inveigh. 



336 ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 



Pher'o, (<|> £ 'p tt >) to bear or carry. The primary sense is to lift and remove. 

Metaphor, phosp/torus, periphery. 
Poleo, (rtotea,) to sell. The primary sense is to go about and barter. 

Monopoly, monopolize, bibliopoftst. 

T HI K T Y - S E C N" D STUDY. 

TEACHERS. 

The word, teach, is from the Saxon word tcecan, and means 
to lead or show. 

LATIN. 

Do'ceo, (doctum,) to teach. The primary sense is to lead or show. 

Doctor, docile, doctrine, document, doctrinal. 
Dis'co, to learn. The primary sense is take in or receive. 

Disciple, discipline. 
Sua'deo, (sua'sum,) to advise. The primary sense is to incite or rouse. 

Suasion, -persuade, dissuade, disswasive. 
Tra'do, (tradi'tum,) to deliver. The primary sense is to hand down. 

Tradition, traitor, betray. 
Ver/bum, a word — the written word. The primary sense is to bear or press. 

Verbal, verb, adverb, proverb, verbose. 
Lit'era, a letter. The primary sense is a mark. 

Letter, literal, alteration, illiterate, obliterate, unlettered. 



Paidaia, (rta&dia,) education. The primary sense is to lead or draw forth, 
as a child's mind. 

Pedagogue, pedant, pedantic, cyclopedia, encyclopedia. 
Didasco, (SiSacrxw,) to teach. The primary sense is to divide and find. 

-Didactic, didactically. 
Mathema, (naO^fMh) knowledge or learning. The primary sense is what is 
learned. 

Jfa^Acmatics, polyma^y. 
Schole, (cr^o^,) leisure. The primary sense is freedom from business, 
leisure. 
School, scholar, scholastic. 



ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 337 



THIRTY-THIRD STUDY 



The word, artist, is of Latin origin, and comes from a root 
signifying strength, and then skill. It arises from muscular 
action. 

LATIN. 

Musa, a muse. The primary sense is to hum, or move with a murmur. 

Muse, mwsic, amuse, museum, musical. 
Li'ber, (li'bri,) a book. The primary sense is bark, the material on which 
men wrote. 

Library, libel, librarian. 

GREEK. 

Grapho, (}'pa<j>co,) to write. The primary sense is to streak or mark. 

Graphic, autograph, biography, anagram, epigram, engrave, graphite, 
lithograph, orthography, -paragraph, telegraph. 
HEGEsrs, (yjyrjsii,) an explanation. The primary sense is to draw out and 
explain. 
Exegesis. 
Glu'pho, (}\vtym,) to carve or engrave. The primary sense is to cut in. 
Glyph, hieroglyphic. 



T H I R T Y - F O U R T H STUDY. 

LAWYERS. 

The word, lawyer, comes from two Saxon words, laga 
and wer, and means the set man, laga signifying that which 
is set or laid. 

LATIN. 

Jus, (ju'ris,) right, or law. The primary sense is straight, from extending. 

Just, ^'wstice, justify, adjust, injure, /wn'sdiction. 
Juro, to swear. The primary sense is an act of worship. 

Abjure, adjure, conjure, jury, juror, perjure, perjury. 
15 



338 ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 

Judico, (judicatum,) to judge. The primary sense is to declare what is right. 

Judicial, adjudge, prejudice, judge, judiciary. 
Lex, (le'gis,) a law. The primary sense is set or laid down. 

Legal, /estimate, loyal, illegal, il/^itimate, Z^islate, privilege. 



THIETY -FIFTH STUDY 



The word, doctor, is of Latin origin, and means one who 
teaches. 

LATIN. 

Medeor, to cure. 

Medicine, medical, remedy, remediable, irremeable. 
Mor'bus, disease. The primary sense is to fall or sink. 

Morbid, mor&osity, cholera-?/ior6w& 



THIRTY-SIXTH STUDY. 

AMUSEMENTS. 

The word, amusement, comes from the Latin through the 
French, and means to divert or turn aside the mind. 

LATIN. 

Ludo, (lu'sum,) to play. 

Ludicrous, allusion, elude, il/wsion, prelude, delude, interlude. 
Perso'na, a mask worn by players. The primary sense is to sound or speak 
through, as a mask. 

Person, personify, personate. 



CHAPTER VII. 

NATURE. 

Nature acts upon the bodily organs, and helps us to 
many words. 



ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 339 

THIRTY-SEVENTH STUDY. 

ANIMALS. 

The word, animal, is from the Latin, and means breath or 
life. 

LATIN. 

Ca'nis, a dog. The primary sense is to fawn. 

Canine, cannibal, kennel, unkennel. 
Avis, a bird. The primary sense is to fly. 

Aviary, awgur, awspice, inaugurate. 
Cor'nu, a horn. The primary sense is a sprout. 

Corneous, cornea, unicorn. 
Grex, (gre'gis,) a flock, as of sheep. The primary sense is to come or crowd 
together. 

6rrco- arious, aggregate, congregate, egregious. 
Pascor, (pastus,) to feed. The primary sense is to reach or stretch, as in 
feeding. 

Pastor, pastoral, pasture, repast. 
Volo, to fly. The primary sense is tojoass away. 

Vblaiile, volley, volatize. 

GREEK. 

Kuon, (xvcov.) a dog. The primary sense is to fawn. 

Cynic, cynical, cynosure. 
Zo'ox, (£«o!/,) an animal. The primary sense is to breathe or live. 

Zoology, zoonomy, zoophyte, zodiac, zoography. 
Kox'che, (xoyxri,) a shell. The primary sense is wrinkled. 

Conch, concnology, concnoidal. 
En'tomos, (svtofioi,) an insect. The primary sense is to cut into. 

Entomology, entomologist. 

T H IE T Y - E I GHT H STUDY. 

PLANTS. 

The word, plant, is of Latin origin, and comes to us 
through the French. It means a shoot. 



340 ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 



LATIN. 

Plan'ta, a plant. The primary sense is a shoot, and comes from a root 
meaning to lay. 

Plant, implant, supplant, transpla?it, plantation, implanted. 
Au'geo, (auxi, auc'tum,) to increase. The primary sense is to grow or eke out. 

Augment, awction, aw<tfioneer, author, authority, ancillary. 
Cau'dex, the trunk of a tree. The primary sense is cut. 

Codicil, code. 
Cres'co, (cre'tum,) to grow. The primary sense is to enlarge. 

Crescent, concrete, decrease, increase, excrescent, concretion, increment. 
De.v'sus, thick or close. The primary sense is pressed together. 

Dense, condense, recondense, density, condensation. 
Flos, (flo'ris,) a flower. The primary sense is to open or shoot out. 

Flower, floral, flour, flourish, efflorescence, reflourish, Flora, florist, florid. 
Fo'lium, a leaf. The primary sense is to roll or fold. 

Foil, foliage, milfoil, trefoil, foliate, folio, -portfolio. 
Gra'num, a grain of corn. The primary sense is ground or dust. 

Grain, granary, granular, granulate, granite, garnet, grange, pome- 
granate. 
Matu'rus, ripe. The primary sense is to reach or fall to, as ripeness. 

Mature, maturity, immature, premature. 
Pomum, an apple. The primary sense is to swell or dilate. 

Pome, joomacious, ^omice. 
Radix, (radicis,) a root. The primary sense is a shoot, rod or stem. 

Radix, race, raze, eradicate, radical. 
Se'mex, (sem'inis,) a seed. The primary sense is that which is scattered or 
sown. 

Seminal, seminary, disseminate. 
Um'bra, a shade. The primary sense is to shade or cut oft by intercepting. 

Umbra, wm&rageous, umbrage, umbrella, penumbra. 
Fru'or, to enjoy. The primary sense is to use or enjoy. 

Fruit, fruition, fructify. 
Ardor, a tree. 

Arbor, aroorist, arboret. 



Petalon, (rtstaXov,) a leaf. The primary sense is to open or expand. 
Petal, petalons, monopetalows, polypetalons. 






ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 341 

Bot'ane, (potawq,) a plant. The primary sense is that which feeds or nour- 
ishes. 

Botany, botanist. 

Biblos, (/3t/3kof,) a book. The primary sense is the inner bark. 
Bible, biblical, bibliography. 

THIRTY -NINTH STUDY. 

MINERALS. 

The word, mineral, comes from the Latin through the 
French, and means mine, or vein. 



Calx, (cal'eis,) chalk. The primary sense is a hard mass or lump. 

Chalk, calcine, calc&rious. 
Cal'culus, a little pebble. The primary sense is the same as calx, from 
which it comes. 

Calculus, calculate, calculous. 
Plumbum, lead. The primary sense is a lump — what is heavy. 

Plumb, plumber, plumbago. 
Ferrum, iron. 

Carrier, farrier j, ferruginous, fei*rule. 



Chru'sos, fapuorof,) gold. The primary sense is yellow, from its color. 

Chrysolite, chrysalis. 
Lithos, (%ido$,) a stone. 

• Chrysolite, Zi^ography. 
Pe'tra, (rts'fpa,) a rock. The primary sense is set, or firm. 
Peter, petrify, petron. 

FOETIEH STUDY. 

THE EARTH. 

The word, earth, is from the Saxon eard, and means 
crushed or broken, as dust. 



342 ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 



LATTX. 

Ter'ra, the earth. The primary sense is that which is gnawed — fine dust 
Terrace, terrene, terrestrial, country, inter, disinter, subterranean, medi- 
terranean, terrier. 
Aqua, water. The primary sense is to ooze or drip. 

Aquatic, aqueous, terraqueous. 
Fxu'o, to flow. The primary sense is to flow or wash. 

Fluent, flux, fluctuate, affluence, circum/?uent, con/?uence, influence, in- 
terment, inelli/?uent, refluent, snperfluence, semi/?uid, fluid, effluvia, influ- 
ential, super/?uous, super/?uity. 
Fun'do, to pour out. The primary sense is to pour out, as water. 

Fuse, fusion, fusible, confound, confusion, effusion, infuse, -profusion, 
refund, suffuse, transfuse. 
Insula, an island. The primary sense is in water. 

Isle, island, insulate, insular, -peninsula. 
Ma' re, the sea. The primary sense is flows or yields. 

Marine, maritime, cormorant, mermaid, submarine, transmarine, ultrama- 
rine, ?rcariner. 
Moxs, (mon'tis,) a mountain. The primary sense is a heap or elevation. 

Mount, mountain, amount, dismount, surmountable, paramount, promont- 
ory, surmount, tantamount 
MrxDrs, the world. 

Mundane, antemundane, supramunaane. 
Muto, to change. The primary sense is to close up or press. 

Mutable, commute, immutable, transmutable, permutation, transmute. 
Pax'do, to lay open. The primary sense is to spread or stretch. 

~Expand, expansion, expanse, expansive, pace, pass, compass, encompass, 
impassable, surpass, trespass. 
Ri'vus, a stream. The primary sense is to flow through. 
River, rivulet, rival, derive, outm'alled, unrivalled. 
TJxda, a wave. The primary sense is to swell up. 

£7naulate, undulating, abound, abundance, inundate, redundant. 



Hu'dor, (vSop,) water. The primary sense is to be wet. 

Hydra, hydrant, hydraulics, hydrogen, Acrophobia, AyaVostatics, aropsy. 
Ge, {yr],) the earth. The primary sense is that which brings forth, as a 
mother. 

Geography, oeometry, otology, apogee, perigee. 



ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 343 

Nesos, (vyjao$,) an island. 

Polynesia, Feloponnesus. 

FORTY-FIRST STUDY. 
THE HEAYENS. 

The word, heaven, is from the Saxon heofen, and means 
to be high, or arched. 

LATIN. 

Sol, (so'lis,) the sun. 

Solar, insolaXe, parasol, solstice. 
Lu'na, the moon. 

Lunar, sublunary, lunacy, lunatic. 
Flo, (fla'tum,) to blow. The primary sense is to drive, or thrust. 

Inflate, afflatus, flatulence, flute. 
Mis'ceo, (mix'tum,) to mingle. The primary sense is to stir or flow together, 
as in twilight. 

Mix, mixture, intermix, admixture, commix, unmixed, promiscuous, 
miscellany. 
O'rior, to rise. The primary sense is to rise, or spring up to view. 

Orient, oriental, abortive, exortive, primordial. 



Astron, (cLatpov,) a star. The primary sense is to twinkle. 

Astral, asterisk, astronomy, astrology, disaster. 
Helios, (faxoc,) the sun. The primary sense is .to be hot. 

Aphelion, perihelion, heliotrope. 
Pub, (rtvp,) fire. The primary sense is to rage or agitate. • 

Pyre, empyreal, ^>?/roligneo.us, pyrotechnics, joyrometer. 
Ai'ther, (alOrip,) the air. The primary sense is to shine, or glow. 

Ether, Cereal. 
At'mos, (atfiog,) vapor. The primary sense is breath or steam. 

Atmosphere, atmospheric. 
An'emos, (avepog,) the wind. The primary sense is a moving. 

Anemometer, anemone. 
A'er, (cw?p,) the air. The primary sense is lifted up, or light. 

Serial, aerolite, aeronaut, artery, air. 
Kosmos, (xoo/tof,) the world. The primary sense is order or beauty. 

Cosmogony, microcosm, ^osmetic, cosmopolite^ 



344 ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 



CHAPTER VIII. 

PLACE AND TIME. 

Place and time, through objects, give rise to many 
words. The notion of place is suggested by objects — time 
by succession. 

FOETY-SECOND STUDY. 

PLACE. 

The word, place, is from the French, and means that 
which is laid or set. 

LATIN. 

Lo'cus, a place. The primary sense is lay, or set. 

Locai, locality, locate, dislocate, collocation, allocation, locomotive. 
Or'do, (or'dinis,) order. The primary sense is row, or series. 

Order, ordinary, inordinate, subordinate, extraordinary. 
Me'dius, middle. The primary sense is to come to, or happen. 

Medium, mediate, immediate, intermediate, mediocrity. 
Pro'pe, near. Prox'imus, nearest. The primary sense is to pass to, or to- 
wards. 

-Proximate, approximate, approach, reproach, uuxeproached. 
Spatium, space. The primary sense is to open out, or widen. 

Space, spacious, expatiate, interspace. 
Super, above or over. 

Superior, superlative, superb, insuperable, supreme, supremacy, super- 
cilious, sovereign. 
Vi'cis, change or succession. The primary sense is to turn, or change place. 

Ficar, vicissitude, vice-admiral, vice-president, vicegerent, viceroy, vis- 
count. 
A'lius, foreign ; another. The primary sense is to change. 

Alien, alienate, alienation, unalienable. 
Pos'terior, following. 

Posterior, posterity, postern, preposterous. 



ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 345 



Topos, (tfortoj,) a place. The primary sense is position. 

Topic, topical, topography, Utopian. 
Taxis, (raftc,) a range, or arrangement. The primary sense is to arrange. 

Syntax, tactics. 

FOKTY-THIBD STUDY. 

TIME. 

The word, time, comes to us from the Saxon timet, and 
means to happen, or pass. The notion of time arises in the 
mind. 

LATIN. 

Tem'pus, (tempo'ris,) time. The primary sense is to fall, or rush. 

Time, temporal, temporary, contemporary, tense, extemporaneous, temper, 
tempest, extempore, temple, temporize, temperance, intemperance, distemper, 
temperament. 
Anti'quus, ancient. The primary sense is what is before. 

Antiquary, antiquated, antique, ancient, antic. 
Bre'vis, short. The primary sense- is to break. 

Brevity, breviary, abbreviate, brief, sernioreve, breve. 
Di'es, a day. The primary sense is to shoot, as the rays of the dawn. 

Diurnal, diary, dial, meridian, meridional, dismal. 
iE'vuM, an age. The primary sense is full. 

Coeval, primeval, longevity. 
Ko'vus, new. 

Novel, novelist, novelty, innovate, renovate, novice, novitiate. 
Nox, (noc'tis,) night. The primary sense is to bend down. 

iVbc£urnal, equinox, equinoctial. 
Se'nex, aged. The primary sense is to extend. 

Senior, senator, seignor, senile, senility. 
Ul'tbius, last. The primary sense is to draw out, and be late or last. 

Ultimate, ultimately, ultimatum, ulterior, penult, antepenwft. 



Chro'nos, (Xf>ov°S,) time. The primary sense is to end or complete. 
Chronicle, chronic, chronology, chronometer, synchronism. 
15* 



346 ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 

Abche, (apAty) the beginning. The primary sense is to separate, to be first. 

Anarchy, archangel, archeology, archetype, architect, archives, patri- 
arch. 
Pro'tos, (rtpor'oj,) the first. The primary sense is before, in place or time. 

Protocol, prototype, protoxide. 



CHAPTER IX. 

FOKM AND QUANTITY. 

Form and quantity are closely connected with the origin 
and growth of words — words relating to the world. 

FORTY-FOURTH STUDY. 



The word, form, is from the Latin, and comes from a root 
meaning to set, or bind. 

LATIN. 

Forma, form. 

Form, deform, conform, inform, misform, multiform, perform, reform, 
transform, triform, uniform, unre/ormed, conformity, nonconformity. 
Circus, a circle. The primary sense is to sweep round, or turn about. 

Circ, circle, encircle, circlet, circuit, circus, semicircle, circulate. 
Or'bis, a circular body. The primary sense is round. 

Orb, oroit, oroicular, exorbitant, disoroed. 
Mo'dus, a manner. The primary sense is measure, and then form. 

Mode, moderate, modest, modish, mood, modulate, accommodate, com- 
modious, immoderate, immodest, modify, remodel, model, modicum, moder- 
ator. 

GREEK. 

Kuk'los, (xvx%og,) a circle. The primary sense is to move round. 

Cycle, encyclical, epicycle, cyctopcedia, encyclopaedia. 
Go'nia, (yovia,) an angle. 

Diagonal, hexagon, heptaowt, polyowi, triyon, trigonometry. 
Tu'pos, (tvrtof,) a shape or mould. The primary sense is stroke, or mark 
made by a blow. 

Type, typical, typography, antitype, archetype, stereotype. 



ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 347 

Ei'dos, (f?5oj,) image or appearance. The primary sense of the root is to 
stretch — to see. 

Idol, cycloid, spheroid 
Ken'tron, (xtvtpov,) a central point. The primary sense of the root is to 
sting or prick — hence point. 

Centre, concentrate, eccentric, centrifugal, centripetal. 
Mor'phe, ({lopty??,) a form. 

Amorphous, metamorphous, anthromorpAite. 

FORTY-FIFTH STUDY. 

QUANTITY. 

The word, quantity, comes from trie Latin through, the 
French, and means how much. 



Quantus, how great, or as much. 

Quantity. 
Nu'merus, number. The primary sense is to name or tell. 

Number, numerous, enumerate, numeration numerical, inmmerable, un- 
nnmoered. 
Minor, less. The primary sense is to divide or lessen. 

Minor, minority, minute, minute, minion, minus, diminution, diminish. 
Magnus, gr^at. The primary sense is strength or power — to stretch. 

Magnitude, magniiy, magnanimous, magnificence, main, major, mayor, 
majority, majesty, majestic. 
Gran'dus, large. The primary sense is to advance. 

Grand, grandeur, aggrandize, grandev, grandiloquence. 
Bis, twice. 

i?iped, binary, 6isect, combine, balance, biennial. 
Tres, (tria,) three. 

Triad, treble, triangle, trine, trio, trefoil, trident, trinity, triple, tripod, 
triune, triumvir, trivial, trisyllable. 
Quatuor, four. Quadra, a square body. 

Quadrant, quart, ^waaVangle, g-naoruped, square, quarantine, quarter, 
squadron. 
Centum, a hundred. 

Cent, century, coiturion, centipede. 



348 - ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 

Integer, whole, entire. The primary sense is untouched. 

Integral, entire, integer, integrity. 
Latus, broad. The primary sense is to extend or widen. 

Lateral, latitude, collateral, dilate. 
Longus, long. The primary sense is to draw out. 

Long, longitude, longevity, prolong, oblong, elongate. 
Multus, many, much. The primary sense is a heap or mass. 

Multitude, multifarious, multiply, Triplication, multiplied. 
Omnis, all. 

Omnipotent, omnipresent, omniscient. 
Pars, (par'tis,) a part. The primary sense of the root is to break. 

Part, parcel, parse, partial, particle, partition, depart, impart, partici- 
pate, impartial. 
Plus, (plu'ris,) more. 

Plus, plural, overplus, surplus, plurality. 
Primus, first. 

Prime, primer, primeval, primrose, primate, principle, jonwcipal, pnor, 
jsnority. 
Totus, whole, all. 

Total, totally, totality. 
Unus, one. 

Unity, union, unite, diswmte, reunite, unit, unison, wmque, uni verse, 
triraty. 

GREEK. 

Arithmos, (apiOfxog,) number. - 

Arithmetic, arithmetician, logarithm. 
Deka, (8exa,) ten. 

Decalogue, decagon. 
Hepta, (ertta,) seven. 

Heptarchy, heptagon. 
Monos, (povoc,) sole, only. 

Monad, monk, monastery, monarch, monotony, monopolize, monosyllable. 
Pan, (rtav, rtavtoc,) all, every. 

Pantheist, pantheon, panoply, panegyric, panorama, pantomime. 
Polus, (rtohv?,) much or many. 

Polyanthus, polypus, polytheism, polygon, polysyllabic. 



ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 849 



FORTY -SIXTH STUDY. 

WEIGHTS AND MEASURES. 

Weights and measures arose from the action of bodily 
organs or things in the world. 



Gra'yis, heavy. The primary sense is pressing, or weighing down. 

• Grave, gravity, gravitation, aggravate, grief, grieve. 
Le'vis, light. The primary sense of the root is to lift up, or raise high. 

Levity, alleviate, lever, levy, relieve, leaven. 
Meteor, (mensus,) to measure. The primary sense is to lay, or extend. 

Mete, measure, dimension, immense, commensurate, immensity. 
Pondus, (ponderis,) a weight. The primary sense of the root is to weigh or 
balance. 

Pound, ponderous, ponder, preponderate, imponderable. 



Baros, (|3apo$,) weight. The primary sense is pressing. 

Barometer, barytone. 
Met'ron, (pt-tpov,) a measure. The primary sense is to extend, or limit. 

Meter, metrical, diameter, symmetry, thermometer. 

CHAPTER X 

GOD. 

After God was known by man, the bodily organs, na- 
ture and the soul, united to form words to express His nature. 

forty-seventh study. 

GOD. 

De'us, God. Di'vus, a god. The primary sense is to place, or open as the 
dawn. 

Deity, deist, divine, divinity. 



350 ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 

Cre'o, (crea'tum,) to create. The primary sense is to drive out, or bring 
forth. 

Create, creation, creature, creator, procreation, recreation. 

GREEK. 

The'os, (0f6j,) God. The primary sense is to move, or place, or open as 
the dawn. 

Theist, a^Aeist, theism., ageism, mono^Aeism, poly^/ieism, Geology, theo- 
cracy. 

FORTY-EIGHTH STUDY. 

LAST THINGS. 

Last things are suggested by first things — the end waits 
upon the beginning. 

LATIN. 

Fi'nis, an end or limit. The primary sense is a limit, or bounds. 

Finis, finite, infinite, infinitude, define, definite, final, definition, confine, 
affi?iity, in? "finite, fine. 
Ter'minus, a bound or limit. The primary sense is to turn, as at a limit. 
Term, terminate, determine, determinate, exterminate, indeterminate, 
interminable, Predetermine, -predetermine. 
Mors, (mortis,) death. The primary sense is to fail or fall. 
Mortal, mortality, iminortal, mortify, immortalize. 



Taphos, (-rcKjjor,) a tomb. The primary sense is awe or amazement. 
Epitaph, cenotaph. 

FORTY-NINTH STUDY. 

THE END OF THE THIRD PART. 

The Third Part of the Hand-Book of English Ortho- 
graphy has furnished us with an agreeable view of words — 
their philosophic etymology. It has led us up to the native 
sources of words in the actions of the bodily organs. 



ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 351 

A few of the results may be recalled, and placed again 
before the mind. 

1. The organ of speech is the direct and visible source of 
language. Spoken words are its products. 

2. This organ is acted upon by all the other bodily organs 
and the world. They aid it in the formation of words. 

3. The several organs of the body, especially the senses, 
hands, feet and the organ of respiration, aid the organ of 
speech so much as to become sources of large groups of 
words. 

4. The bodily organs are all modified by the world, which 
becomes in turn the source of many words. This is espe- 
cially true of groves, water and the heavens : plants and ani- 
mals are fruitful in aiding human speech. 

5. Muscular action is the source of nearly all words that 
denote action. It gives rise to the words that express the 
actions of going, having and giving ; and to these, nearly all 
the others may be referred. 

6. The soul is the true source of words, and through mus- 
cular action, as it appears in the various bodily organs, 
makes itself known. In doing so, it acts upon the whole 
body as its instrument. It speaks in every organ. 

7. "Words, as thus viewed, have their origin in the bodily 
organs as acted upon by the world and used by the soul. 
Their study becomes simple and interesting. 

8. The etymology of words, as thus presented, loses all 
mystery. It becomes a part of our nature. The pupil is 
conducted to the various issues of words in his language, as 
they had their birth in the bodily organs of those who first 
used them, and in the action and bepose of his own bodily 
obgans, feels and knows their primary meanings. 



352 ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 



CHAPTER XI. 

THE RETROS PE C T. 

A eeteospect is always useful. It connects the present 
and past, and assists us to carry our experience into the 
future. Eetrospect makes knowledge portable. 

fiftieth study. 

A EETEOSPECT OF THE THIRD HAND-BOOK. 

The end of the Hand-Book of English Orthography is 
reached, and may now, by a simple retrospect, be connected 
with the beginning. 

The Hand-Book of English Orthography proposed, at the 
outset, to make us acquainted with the engrafted words of 
our language — words of Gothic, Celtic, French, Latin and 
Greek origin. In doing this, it regarded the two Hand- 
Books on the Anglo-Saxon part of our language as the 
basis and the Anglo-Saxon element as the stock on which 
the other elements have been engrafted. 

The Fikst Part of the Hand-Book furnished a historic 
view of all these elements, and laid open the composite char- 
acter of the English language. It also supplied the termina- 
tions, suffixes and prefixes of like origin — the materials by 
which the growth of words is carried on to meet the wants 
of the mind. 

The Second Part made us acquainted with these words 
in their historic etymology. It traced derivative words 
to their roots, and these roots to the languages from which 
we have directly received them. It led us to form words 
for ourselves by building on suffixes and prefixes to the 
root- word, and in this way repeat the steps by which the 



ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 353 

Goths, French, Latins and Greeks formed their words and 
shaped them for speech. 

The Third Part introduces us to these words in their 
philosophic etymology. It traced the chief words of the 
engrafted parts of our language to the Latin and Greek, and 
taking up the Latin and Greek radical words that have 
found their way into the English language, referred them 
to their natural origin in the organs of the body, as acted 
upon by the world, and called into action or repose by the 
soul. 

A simple history and philosophy runs through the whole, 
and opens up to us in successive views, some seven thou- 
sand choice words, which have been engrafted upon the 
Anglo-Saxon stock. An easy and progressive analysis and 
synthesis lead us to their national origin, and thence 'to their 
native sources in nature. Arrived at their natural origin, 
we have, within the compass of our own bodies, the means of 
feeling and knowing their primary meanings. We are close 
by the fountain-heads of human speech. 

fifty-first study. 

A RETROSPECT OF THE THREE HAND-BOOKS. 

The three Hand-Books of English Orthography have 
conducted us over a wide and rich field. Before we dismiss 
them, it is desirable to cast a look across it and mark its 
outlines. 

The Hand-Books have made us acquainted with English 
orthography in all that pertains to the English word — its 
structure, meaning and use. 

In doing this, the Hand-Books give a historic view of the 
language. It is analyzed and resolved into its elements. 



354 ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 

The Anglo-Saxon is the stock, and tKe Gothic, Celtic, French, 
Latin and Greek elements, engraftures upon it, partaking of 
its form and vitality. The English language, like our own 
nation, is mixed. It is a composite language. 

The First Hand-Book furnishes the Anglo-Saxon root- 
words. These are the words of the childhood of the Saxon 
race, and well become our childhood. These words are 
grouped under the things which they represent in speech, 
defined and used in imitative questions. In their study, the 
mind makes its first excursions over the objects lying be- 
tween home and heaven. 

The Second Hand-Book gives us the Anglo-Saxon de- 
rivatives. The radical words change their form and mean- 
ing to meet the wants of the mind. In studying these words, 
the child is first introduced by history to the Anglo-Saxon 
part of our language. Analysis makes him acquainted with 
the materials of the growth of words. The application of 
these materials puts him in possession of some four thou- 
sand derivative words. In this way, he builds up words for 
himself, and repeats the steps of our Saxon forefathers. He 
makes his second excursion over the objects that he between 
home and heaven. Co & 

The Third Hand-Book makes us acquainted with the 
engrafted elements of the English language — the words of 
Gothic, Celtic, French, Latin and Greek origin. To these 
words, history gives him a full introduction. Analysis lays 
bare their structure. Synthesis builds them up again. His- 
toric etymology traces them to the nations from which we 
have directly received them. Philosophic etymology follows 
them up to their natural origin in the bodily organs. In 
studying them, he follows the full growth of the English 
mind, and as he makes his third excursion over the objects 
lying between home and k heaven, feels the poverty of the 

I^fl—^r AY) LC 29 1 









ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 355 

Anglo-Saxon element, and borrows from all quarters to en- 
rich it. 

Such is the course of studies laid down in the Thkee 
Hand-Books. It is the historic growth of our language, 
repeated in the growth of each mind. The words of the 
English language are presented in families, grouped under 
the things which they represent, ranged under their national 
standards and traced to their native sources as they arose 
out of the action and repose of the bodily organs, the world 
and the soul. 














; : * , i 



>v 





'i»V 



aV ^ 












* v ..*'•♦ "* 




l9 »L!nL% *> 



■o5 C Deacidified using the Bookkeeper process. 
* N.» »._..*._!:_: ^^ Q nt- Mnnnfisium Oxide 



Neutralizing agent: Magnesium Oxide 
Treatment Date: Oct. 2006 



c^ ♦Ssfe «, ,^ V /J\li PreservationTechnologies 

^S °/^"P>«- ^^ *i^ll A WORLD LEADER .N PAPER PRESERVAT.ON 



<?x 



(i 






111 Thomson Park Drive 
Cranberry Township, PA 16066 
(724)779-2111 



.« 



.k 













*>*V 







*^\WA« ^* c^ *V?S£V. ^ ,4, 

...,^/\WWA. : 




^ 

W 



5* o'JL'- "*< 



fl? ^o 






< Vo« •- 












i 



DOBBS BROS 

LIBRARY BINDING 




V FEB V-.-* ^0 

,,'ST. AUGUSTINE 




X • 








V *»1*°* o 



LIBRARY OF CONGRESS 




003 341 691 A 






ran 



SW9 






mix 



mat 



HH 

m 



BN 



H 



1 



■ 



m 



■ 

■ffli 



Hi 



BII 



I I 

9 



A 



I 



